485BPOS 1 d28690.htm 485BPOS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 30, 2011

Securities Act File No. 033-56094

Investment Company Act File No. 811-07428



U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

______________

FORM N-1A

Registration Statement Under The Securities Act Of 1933

x

Pre-Effective Amendment No.

o

Post-Effective Amendment No. 152

x

and/or

 

Registration Statement Under The Investment Company Act Of 1940

x

Amendment No. 153
(Check appropriate box or boxes)

x

ING MUTUAL FUNDS

(Exact Name of Registrant Specified in Charter)

7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100

Scottsdale, AZ 85258

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code:  (800) 992-0180

Huey P. Falgout, Jr.

ING Investments, LLC

7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100

Scottsdale, AZ 85258

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

With copies to:

Jeffrey S. Puretz, Esq.

Dechert, LLP

1775 I Street, N.W.

Washington, DC 20006

________________________

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

o

Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)

x

on September 30, 2011 pursuant to paragraph (b)

o

60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

o

on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

o

75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)

o

on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

If appropriate, check the following box:


o

This post-effective amendment designated a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.





ING MUTUAL FUNDS

(“Registrant”)


CONTENTS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT


This Registration Statement consists of the following papers and documents:


*    Cover Sheet


*    Contents of Registration Statement


*    Explanatory Note


*

Registrant’s ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W shares Prospectus dated September 30, 2011


*

Registrant’s ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W shares Statement of Additional Information dated September 30, 2011


*

Part C


*    Signature Page





ING MUTUAL FUNDS


EXPLANATORY NOTE


This Post-Effective Amendment No. 152 to the Registration Statement (“Amendment”) on Form N-1A for ING Mutual Funds (the “Registrant”) is being filed under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for the purpose of registering new Class A, Class C, Class R, and Class W shares and finalizing Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W shares for ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund. Attached is the Fund’s Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W shares’ Prospectus and related Statement of Additional Information, each dated September 30, 2011. This filing supersedes Post-Effective Amendment No. 151 to the Registration Statement filed on September 28, 2011.





Prospectus September 30, 2011

  • ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Class: A/ IEMHX; C/ IEMJX; I/ IEMGX; R/ IEMKX; W/ IEMLX
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities nor has the SEC judged whether the information in this Prospectus is accurate or adequate. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
E-Delivery Sign-up - details on back cover
INVESTMENTS


Table of Contents
SUMMARY SECTION
ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund
1
KEY FUND INFORMATION
5
Fundamental Policies
5
Fund Diversification
5
Investor Diversification
5
Temporary Defensive Strategies
5
Percentage and Rating Limitations
5
Investment Not Guaranteed
5
Shareholder Reports
5
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND
6
Additional Information About the Investment Objective
6
Additional Information About Principal Investment Strategies
6
Additional Information About the Risks
6
Additional Risks
9
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
10
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
11
The Investment Adviser
11
The Sub-Advisers and Portfolio Managers
11
The Administrator
13
The Distributor
13
CLASS OF SHARES
14
Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees
16
SALES CHARGES
17
HOW SHARES ARE PRICED
20
HOW TO BUY SHARES
21
HOW TO SELL SHARES
24
HOW TO EXCHANGE SHARES
26
FREQUENT TRADING - MARKET TIMING
28
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
30
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES
31
ACCOUNT POLICIES
33
Account Access
33
Privacy Policy
33
Householding
33
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
34
TO OBTAIN MORE INFORMATION
Back Cover

ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND

These tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $100,000 in ING Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the discussion in the Sales Charges section of the Prospectus (page 17) or the Statement of Additional Information (page 84).

Shareholder Fees
Fees paid directly from your investment

Class Maximum sales charge (load) as a % of offering price Maximum deferred sales charge as a % of purchase or sales price, whichever is less
A 5.75 None
C None 1.00
I None None
R None None
W None None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
Expenses you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment

Class A C I R W
Management Fee % 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fee % 0.25 1.00 None 0.50 None
Administrative Services Fee % 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
Other Expenses 1 % 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses % 1.60 2.35 1.35 1.85 1.35
Waivers and Reimbursements % (0.10) (0.10) (0.10) (0.10) (0.10)
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Waivers and Reimbursements % 1.50 2.25 1.25 1.75 1.25
1 Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
2 The adviser is contractually obligated to limit expenses to 1.60%, 2.35%, 1.35%, 1.85%, and 1.35% for Class A, C, I, R, and W shares, respectively, through March 1, 2013; the obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, extraordinary expenses, and Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. The obligation will automatically renew for one-year terms unless it is terminated by the Fund or the adviser upon written notice within 90 days of the end of the current term or upon termination of the advisory agreement and is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years. In addition, the adviser is contractually obligated to further limit expenses of Class I shares to 1.25% through March 1, 2013. There is no guarantee that this obligation will continue after March 1, 2013. The obligation will only renew if the adviser elects to renew it and is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years. The obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, extraordinary expenses, and Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses.
Expense Examples $

The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in shares of the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated. The Examples show costs if you sold (redeemed) your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The Examples also assume that your investment had a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

Class Share Status 1 Yr 3 Yrs
A Sold or Held $ 448 768
C Sold $ 303 712
Held $ 228 712
I Sold or Held $ 127 405
R Sold or Held $ 178 559
W Sold or Held $ 127 405

The Examples reflect applicable expense limitation agreements and/or waivers in effect, if any, for the one-year period and the first year of the three-year period.

Portfolio Turnover % of average value of portfolio

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transactions costs and may mean higher taxes if you are investing in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Expense Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.

Since the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus, there is no annual portfolio turnover rate information included.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of issuers in emerging markets. The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior notice of any change in this investment policy.

Developing or emerging countries include most countries in the world except Australia, Canada, Japan, New Zealand, Hong Kong, Singapore, the United Kingdom, the United States, and most of the countries of Western Europe. An emerging market company is one: that is organized under the laws of, or has a principal place of business in an emerging market; where the principal


ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund 1


securities market is in an emerging market; that derives at least 50% of its total revenues or profits from goods that are produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in an emerging market; or at least 50% of the assets of which are located in an emerging market. The Fund may invest in companies of any market capitalization.

Equity securities may include common stock, preferred stock, convertible securities, depositary receipts, participatory notes, trust or partnership interests, warrants and rights to buy common stock, and privately placed securities. The Fund may also invest in real estate investment trusts and non-investment grade bonds (high-yield or “junk bonds”).

The Fund may invest in derivatives, including but not limited to, futures, options, swaps, and forwards as a substitute for securities in which the Fund can invest; to hedge various investments; to seek to reduce currency deviations, where practicable, for the purpose of risk management; to seek to increase the Fund’s gains; and for the efficient management of cash flows.

The Fund may invest in securities denominated in U.S. dollars, major reserve currencies, and currencies of other countries in which it can invest. The Fund typically maintains full currency exposure to those markets in which it invests. However, the Fund may, from time to time, hedge a portion of its foreign currency exposure into the U.S. dollar.

The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (“1940 Act”).

Each sub-adviser may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into opportunities believed to be more promising, among others.

The Fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its assets.

Delaware Management Company (“Delaware Management”) and J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMorgan”) (each a “Sub-Adviser” and collectively “Sub-Advisers”) provide the day-to-day management of the Fund. The Sub-Advisers act independently of each other and use their own methodology for selecting investments. ING Investments, LLC, the Fund’s investment adviser, will determine the amount of Fund assets allocated to each Sub-Adviser.

Delaware Management Company

Delaware Management selects growth-oriented and value-oriented investments on the basis of the investment’s discount to its intrinsic value. When selecting growth-oriented securities, Delaware Management typically seeks high growth caused by secular economic factors. These factors may include demographics, economic deregulation, and technological developments. When selecting value-oriented securities, Delaware Management typically seeks lower valuations caused by cyclical economic factors or temporary changes in business operations. Strong management and sustainable business franchise are key considerations in selecting both growth-oriented and value-oriented securities.

In order to compare the value of different stocks, Delaware Management considers whether the future income stream on a stock is expected to increase faster than, slower than, or in line with the level of inflation. Delaware Management then estimates what it thinks the value of the anticipated future income stream would be worth if such income stream were being paid today. Delaware Management believes this gives it an estimate of the stock’s intrinsic value.

Because the Fund invests primarily in emerging countries, there may be less information available for the Delaware Management to use in making this analysis than is available for more developed countries. Currency analysis is an important part of the valuation exercise. Delaware Management attempts to determine whether a particular currency is overvalued or undervalued by comparing the amount of goods and services that a dollar will buy in the United States to the amount of foreign currency required to buy the same amount of goods and services in another country. When the dollar buys less, the foreign currency may be overvalued, and when the dollar buys more, the foreign currency may be undervalued. Relative per capita income levels are also a key factor in this analysis.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

JPMorgan emphasizes securities that it believes are ranked as undervalued, while underweighting or avoiding securities that appear overvalued.

The JPMorgan believes that emerging markets are generally inefficient as demonstrated by the high and variable volatility of many emerging markets and individual companies in these markets. Corporate disclosure and transparency can vary widely thereby exacerbating the inefficiency of these markets and offering opportunities to experienced, well-informed active investors.

In managing its portion of the Fund, JPMorgan adheres to a disciplined process for stock selection and portfolio construction. A proprietary multi-factor model is used to quantitatively rank securities in the Fund’s investment universe which JPMorgan uses to select securities. Securities held in the Fund that JPMorgan believes have become overvalued and/or whose factor signals have deteriorated materially may be sold and are generally replaced with more attractive securities on the basis of JPMorgan’s disciplined investment process.

The portfolio construction process controls for sector and industry weights, number of stocks held, and position size. Risk or factor exposures are actively managed through portfolio construction. JPMorgan utilizes currency specialists in determining the extent and nature of the Fund’s exposure to various foreign currencies.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

You could lose money on an investment in the Fund. Any of the following risks, among others, could affect Fund performance or cause the Fund to lose money or to underperform market averages of other funds.

Company   The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stocks could become worthless.




2 ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Convertible Securities   Convertible securities are securities that are convertible into or exercisable for common stocks at a stated price or rate. Convertible securities are subject to the usual risks associated with debt securities, such as interest rate and credit risk. In addition, because convertible securities react to changes in the value of the stocks into which they convert, they are subject to market risk.

Currency   To the extent that the Fund invests directly in foreign currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged.

Derivative Instruments   Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of the Fund and reduce its returns.

Foreign Investments/Developing and Emerging Markets Investing in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may result in the Fund experiencing more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies, due to smaller markets, differing reporting, accounting and auditing standards, and nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, foreign currency fluctuations, currency blockage, or political changes or diplomatic developments. Foreign investment risks typically are greater in developing and emerging markets than in developed markets.

High-Yield Securities   Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments.

Interest Rate   With bonds and other fixed rate debt securities, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the security, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk.

Investment Model   Each Sub-Adviser’s proprietary model may not adequately allow for existing or unforeseen market factors or the interplay between such factors.

Liquidity   If a security is illiquid, the Fund might be unable to sell the security at a time when the Fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the Fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount the Fund could realize upon disposition. The Fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. The Fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the Fund.

Market   Stock prices are volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. The stock market tends to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. From time to time, the stock market may not favor the growth- or value-oriented securities in which the Fund invests. Rather, the market could favor securities to which the Fund is not exposed or may not favor equities at all.

Market Capitalization   Stocks fall into three broad market capitalization categories - large, mid, and small. Investing primarily in one category carries the risk that, due to current market conditions, that category may be out of favor with investors. If valuations of large-capitalization companies appear to be greatly out of proportion to the valuations of mid- or small-capitalization companies, investors may migrate to the stocks of mid- and small-sized companies causing the Fund that invests in these companies to increase in value more rapidly than a fund that invests in larger, fully-valued companies. Investing in mid- and small-capitalization companies may be subject to special risks associated with narrower product lines, more limited financial resources, smaller management groups, and a more limited trading market for their stocks as compared with larger companies. As a result, stocks of mid- and small-capitalization companies may decline significantly in market downturns.

Other Investment Companies   The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because the Fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of that other investment company (including management fees, administration fees and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the Fund.

Real Estate Companies and Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)   Investing in real estate companies and REITs may subject the Fund to risks similar to those associated with the direct ownership of real estate, including losses from casualty or condemnation, changes in local and general economic conditions, supply and demand, interest rates, zoning laws, regulatory limitations on rents, property taxes and operating expenses, in addition to terrorist attacks, war or other acts that destroy real property.

Securities Lending   Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.




ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund 3

An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Since the Fund had not commenced operations as of the calendar year ended December 31, 2010, there is no annual performance information included.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Investment Adviser ING Investments, LLC
Sub-Adviser Delaware Management Company
Portfolio Manager
Liu-Er Chen, CFA
Portfolio Manager (since 9/11)




Sub-Adviser J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.
Portfolio Managers
George Iwanicki, Jr. Anuj Arora
Portfolio Manager (since 9/11) Portfolio Manager (since 9/11)

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold on any business day (normally any day when the New York Stock Exchange is open). You can buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary; by visiting our website at www.INGInvestment.com; by writing to us at ING Funds, 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258; or by calling us at 1-800-992-0180.

Minimum Initial Investment $ by share class

Class A,C I R W
Non-retirement accounts $ 1,000 250,000 1,000
Retirement accounts $ 250 250,000 250,000 1,000
Certain omnibus accounts $ 250 250,000
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan $ 1,000

There are no minimums for additional investments except that the Pre-Authorized Investment Plan requires a monthly investment of at least $100.

TAX INFORMATION

The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains.

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.




4 ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund

KEY FUND INFORMATION

This Prospectus contains information about the Fund and is designed to provide you with important information to help you with your investment decisions. Please read it carefully and keep it for future reference.

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is incorporated by reference into (legally made a part of) this Prospectus. It identifies investment restrictions, more detailed risk descriptions, and other information that may be helpful to you in your decision to invest. You may obtain a copy, without charge, from the Fund.

Other ING Funds may also be offered to the public that have similar names, investment objectives, and principal investment strategies as those of the Fund. You should be aware that the Fund is likely to differ from these other ING Funds in size and cash flow pattern. Accordingly, the performance of the Fund can be expected to vary from those of other ING Funds.

Other mutual funds and/or funds-of-funds may invest in the Fund. So long as the Fund accepts investments by other investment companies, it will not purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or under the terms of an exemptive order granted by the SEC.

The Fund is a series of ING Mutual Funds (“Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust registered as an open-end management investment company, and is managed by ING Investments, LLC (“ING Investments” or “Adviser”).

Fundamental Policies

Fundamental investment policies contained in the SAI may not be changed without shareholder approval. The Board of Trustees (“Board”) and/or the Adviser may change any other policies and investment strategies.

Fund Diversification

The Fund is diversified, as defined in the 1940 Act. A diversified fund may not, as to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets in any one issuer and may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities, or other investment companies). A non-diversified fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its assets that it may invest in the obligations of a single issuer.

Investor Diversification

Although the Fund is designed to serve as a component of a diversified investment portfolio of securities, no single mutual fund can provide an appropriate investment program for all investors. You should evaluate the Fund in the context of your personal financial situation, investment objectives, and other investments.

Temporary Defensive Strategies

When the Adviser or sub-adviser (if applicable) anticipates unusual market or other conditions, the Fund may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies as a defensive measure. In such circumstances, the Fund may invest in securities believed to present less risk, such as cash, cash equivalents, money market fund shares and other money market instruments, debt securities that are high quality or higher quality than normal, more liquid securities, or others. While the Fund invests defensively, it may not achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s defensive investment position may not be effective in protecting its value. It is impossible to predict accurately how long such alternative strategies may be utilized. The types of defensive positions in which the Fund may engage are identified and discussed in the SAI.

Percentage and Rating Limitations

The percentage and rating limitations on Fund investments listed in this Prospectus apply at the time of investment.

Investment Not Guaranteed

Please note your investment is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, or any other government agency.

Shareholder Reports

The Fund’s fiscal year ends October 31. The Fund will send financial statements to its shareholders at least semi-annually. An annual shareholder report containing financial statements audited by the independent registered public accounting firm will be sent to shareholders every year.

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND

Additional Information About the Investment Objective

The Fund’s investment objective is non-fundamental and may be changed by a vote of the Fund’s Board, without shareholder approval. The Fund will provide 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in the non-fundamental investment objective. There is no guarantee the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Additional Information About Principal Investment Strategies

For a complete description of the Fund’s principal investment strategies, please see the Fund’s summary prospectus or the summary section of this Prospectus.

Additional Information About the Risks

All mutual funds involve risk - some more than others - and there is always the chance that you could lose money or not earn as much as you hope. The Fund’s risk profile is largely a factor of the principal securities in which it invests and investment techniques that it uses. Below is a discussion of the risks associated with certain of the types of securities in which the Fund may invest and certain of the investment practices that the Fund may use. For more information about these and other types of securities and investment techniques that may be used by the Fund, see the SAI.

Many of the investment techniques and strategies discussed in this Prospectus and in the SAI are discretionary which means that the Adviser or sub-adviser can decide whether to use them. The Fund may invest in these securities or use these techniques as part of the Fund’s principal investment strategies. However, the Adviser or sub-adviser may also use these investment techniques or make investments in securities that are not a part of the Fund’s principal investment strategies.

The discussions below expand on the risks included in the Fund’s summary section of the Prospectus. Please see the SAI for a further discussion of the principal and other investment strategies employed by the Fund.

Company.   The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stocks could become worthless.

Convertible Securities.   Convertible securities are securities that are convertible into or exercisable for common stocks at a stated price or rate. Convertible securities are subject to the usual risks associated with debt securities, such as interest rate and credit risk. In addition, because convertible securities react to changes in the value of the stocks into which they convert, they are subject to market risk.

The value of a convertible security will normally fluctuate in some proportion to changes in the value of the underlying security because of the conversion or exercise feature. However, the value of a convertible security may not increase or decrease as rapidly as the underlying security. A convertible security may also provide income and be subject to interest rate risk. Convertible securities may be lower-rated securities subject to greater levels of credit risk. In the event the issuer of a convertible security is unable to meet its financial obligations, declares bankruptcy, or becomes insolvent, a fund could lose money. A fund may be forced to convert a convertible security before it otherwise would do so, which may decrease the fund’s returns.

Currency.   To the extent that a fund invests directly in foreign currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. Currency rates may be affected by changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, by the imposition of currency controls, or other political or economic developments in the United States or abroad. As a result, a fund’s investments in foreign currency or foreign currency-denominated securities may reduce the value of the fund’s assets.

Derivative Instruments.   Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of a fund and reduce its returns. Generally, derivatives are sophisticated financial instruments whose performance is derived, at least in part, from the performance of an underlying asset or assets. Derivatives include, among other things, swap agreements, options, forwards and futures. The investment of a fund’s assets required to purchase certain derivatives may be small relative to the magnitude of exposure assumed by the fund; therefore, the purchase of certain derivatives may have an economic leveraging effect on the fund; thus exaggerating any increase or decrease in the net asset value

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND  (continued) of the fund. Investments in derivatives are generally negotiated over-the-counter with a single counterparty and as a result are subject to credit risks related to the counterparty’s ability to perform its obligations and further that any deterioration in the counterparty’s creditworthiness could adversely affect the value of the derivative. In addition, derivatives and their underlying securities may experience periods of illiquidity which could cause a fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell, or to sell a security it otherwise might hold at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. A fund’s adviser or sub-adviser might imperfectly judge the direction of the market. For instance, if a derivative is used as a hedge to offset investment risk in another security, the hedge might not correlate to the market’s movements and may have unexpected or undesired results such as a loss or a reduction in gains to a fund.

Foreign Investments/Developing and Emerging Markets.   To the extent a fund invests in securities of issuers in markets outside the United States, its share price may be more volatile than if it invested in securities of issuers in the U.S. market due to, among other things, the following factors: comparatively unstable political, social and economic conditions, and limited or ineffectual judicial systems; comparatively small market sizes, making securities less liquid and securities prices more sensitive to the movements of large investors and more vulnerable to manipulation; governmental policies or actions, such as high taxes, restrictions on currency movements, trade or diplomatic disputes, creation of monopolies, and the seizure of private property through confiscatory taxation and expropriation or nationalization of company assets; incomplete, outdated, or unreliable information about securities issuers due to less stringent market regulation and accounting standards; comparatively undeveloped markets and weak banking and financial systems; market inefficiencies, such as higher transaction costs, and administrative difficulties, such as delays in processing transactions; and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which could reduce gains or widen losses. In addition, foreign taxes could reduce the income available to distribute to shareholders, and special U.S. tax considerations could apply to foreign investments. Depositary receipts are subject to risks of foreign investments and might not always track the price of the underlying foreign security.

Foreign investment risks typically are greater in developing and emerging markets than in developed markets, for such reasons as social or political unrest, heavy economic dependence on agriculture or exports (particularly commodities), undeveloped or overburdened infrastructures, vulnerability to natural disasters, significant and unpredictable government intervention in markets or the economy, currency devaluations, runaway inflation, environmental problems, and business practices that depart from norms for developed countries and less developed or liquid markets for securities generally.

High-Yield Securities.   Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. Investments in high-yield debt securities generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality debt securities, but they also typically entail greater potential price volatility and principal and income risk. The prices of high-yield debt securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual corporate developments. High-yield debt securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities tend to be more volatile. The secondary market in which high-yield debt securities are traded is generally less liquid than the market for higher grade bonds. At times of less liquidity, it may be more difficult to value high-yield debt securities.

Interest Rate.   With bonds and other fixed rate debt securities, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the security, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk.

Investment Model.   The sub-adviser’s proprietary model may not adequately allow for existing or unforeseen market factors or the interplay between such factors. The proprietary models used by a sub-adviser to evaluate securities or securities markets are based on the sub-adviser’s understanding of the interplay of market factors and do not assure successful investment. The markets, or the price of individual securities, may be affected by factors not foreseen in developing the models.

Liquidity.   If a security is illiquid, the adviser or sub-adviser might be unable to sell the security at a time when a fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount a fund could realize upon disposition. A fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. A fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the fund.

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND  (continued)

Market.   Stock prices are volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. The stock market tends to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. From time to time, the stock market may not favor the growth- or value-oriented securities in which a fund invests. Rather, the market could favor securities to which a fund is not exposed or may not favor equities at all.

Market Capitalization.   Stocks fall into three broad market capitalization categories - large, mid, and small. Investing primarily in one category carries the risk that, due to current market conditions, that category may be out of favor with investors. If valuations of large-capitalization companies appear to be greatly out of proportion to the valuations of mid- or small-capitalization companies, investors may migrate to the stocks of mid- and small-sized companies causing a fund that invests in these companies to increase in value more rapidly than a fund that invests in larger, fully-valued companies. Investing in mid- and small-capitalization companies may be subject to special risks associated with narrower product lines, more limited financial resources, smaller management groups, and a more limited trading market for their stocks as compared with larger companies. As a result, stocks of mid- and small-capitalization companies may decline significantly in market downturns.

Other Investment Companies.   The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because a fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of that other investment company (including management fees, administration fees and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the fund.

Other investment companies include ETFs and Holding Company Depositary Receipts (“HOLDRs”), among others. ETFs are exchange-traded investment companies that are, in many cases, designed to provide investment results corresponding to an index. The value of the underlying securities can fluctuate in response to activities of individual companies or in response to general market and/or economic conditions. Additional risks of investments in ETFs include: (i) the market price of an ETF’s shares may trade at a discount to its net asset value; (ii) an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading may be halted if the listing exchanges’ officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts trading generally. Because HOLDRs concentrate in the stocks of a particular industry, trends in that industry may have a dramatic impact on their value.

Real Estate Companies and Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”).   Investing in real estate companies and REITs may subject the fund to risks similar to those associated with the direct ownership of real estate, including losses from casualty or condemnation, changes in local and general economic conditions, supply and demand, interest rates, zoning laws, regulatory limitations on rents, property taxes and operating expenses, in addition to terrorist attacks, war or other acts that destroy real property. Some REITs may invest in a limited number of properties, in a narrow geographic area or in a single property type, which increases the risk that a fund could be unfavorably affected by the poor performance of a single investment or investment type. These companies are also sensitive to factors such as changes in real estate values and property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, supply and demand, and the management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. Borrowers could default on or sell investments the REIT holds, which could reduce the cash flow needed to make distributions to investors. In addition, REITs may also be affected by tax and regulatory requirements in that a REIT may not qualify for preferential tax treatments or exemptions. REITs require specialized management and pay management expenses.

Securities Lending.   Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that a fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that a fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.

To generate additional income, a fund may lend securities to financial institutions that are believed to be creditworthy by the adviser. When lending securities, a fund will receive cash or U.S. government securities as collateral.

When a fund lends its securities, it is responsible for investing the cash it receives as collateral from the borrower, and the fund could incur losses in connection with the investment of such collateral, often referred to as “investment risk.” A fund will minimize investment risk by limiting the investment of cash collateral to high-quality instruments of short maturity.

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND  (continued)

A fund may also lose money from the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner, often referred to as “borrower default risk.” In the event of a borrower default, a fund will be protected to the extent the fund is able to exercise its rights in the collateral promptly and the value of such collateral is sufficient to purchase replacement securities. In addition, a fund will be protected by its securities lending agent, which has agreed to indemnify the fund from losses resulting from borrower default.

Additional Risks

The discussion below includes risks that are not described in the Fund’s summary but which, nevertheless, are a risk to the Fund.

Counterparty.   The entity with which a fund conducts portfolio-related business (such as trading or securities lending), or that underwrites, distributes or guarantees investments or agreements that the fund owns or is otherwise exposed to, may refuse or may become unable to honor its obligations under the terms of a transaction or agreement. As a result, that fund may sustain losses and be less likely to achieve its investment objective. These risks may be greater when engaging in over-the-counter transactions.

Duration.   One measure of risk for fixed-income securities is duration. Duration measures the sensitivity of a bond’s price to interest rate movements and is one of the tools used by a portfolio manager in selection of fixed-income securities. Historically, the maturity of a bond was also used as a proxy for the sensitivity of a bond’s price to changes in interest rates, otherwise known as a bond’s interest rate risk or volatility. According to this measure, the longer the maturity of a bond, the more its price will change for a given change in market interest rates. However, this method ignores the amount and timing of all cash flows from the bond prior to final maturity. Duration is a measure of average life of a bond on a present value basis which was developed to incorporate a bond’s yield, coupons, final maturity and call features into one measure. For point of reference, the duration of a noncallable 7% coupon bond with a remaining maturity of 5 years is approximately 4.5 years and the duration of a noncallable 7% coupon bond with a remaining maturity of 10 years is approximately 8 years. Material changes in interest rates may impact the duration calculation.

Increase in Expenses.   Your actual cost of investing in a fund may be higher or lower than the expenses shown in the fund’s Annual Fund Operating Expenses for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if the fund’s assets decrease. The fund’s assets may decrease and fund expense ratios increase for many reasons, including volatility in the fund’s net asset value caused by volatility in the secondary markets for assets in which the fund invests.

Investment by Other Funds.   Various other mutual funds and/or funds-of-funds, including some ING funds, may invest in a fund. If investments by these other funds result in large inflows or outflows of cash from the fund, the fund’s performance or realization of capital gains could be affected. While it is very difficult to predict the overall impact of these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on portfolio management. For example, these transactions could also increase transaction costs or portfolio turnover. The adviser or sub-adviser will monitor transactions by the funds-of-funds and will attempt to minimize any adverse effects on a fund and funds-of-funds as a result of these transactions.

Manager.   A fund is subject to manager risk because it is an actively managed investment portfolio. The adviser, the sub-adviser or each individual portfolio manager will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for a fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. Many managers of equity funds employ styles that are characterized as “value” or “growth.” However, these terms can have different application by different managers. One manager’s value approach may be different from another, and one manager’s growth approach may be different from another. For example, some value managers employ a style in which they seek to identify companies that they believe are valued at a more substantial or “deeper discount” to a company’s net worth than other value managers. Therefore, some funds that are characterized as growth or value can have greater volatility than other funds managed by other managers in a growth or value style.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION

Portfolio Holdings Information

A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures regarding the release of portfolio holdings information is available in the Fund’s SAI. Portfolio holdings information can be reviewed online at www.INGInvestment.com.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

The Investment Adviser

ING Investments, an Arizona limited liability company, serves as the investment adviser to the Fund. ING Investments has overall responsibility for the management of the Fund. ING Investments oversees all investment advisory and portfolio management services for the Fund.

ING Investments is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser. ING Investments is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Groep”) (NYSE:ING). ING Groep is a global financial institution of Dutch origin offering banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services to over 85 million private, corporate and institutional clients in more than 40 countries. With a diverse workforce of about 105,000 people, ING Groep is dedicated to setting the standard in helping its clients manage their financial future. ING Investments became an investment management firm in April 1995.

ING Groep has adopted a formal restructuring plan that was approved by the European Commission in November 2009 under which the ING life insurance businesses, including the retirement services and investment management businesses, which include the Adviser and its immediate affiliates, would be separated from ING Groep by the end of 2013. To achieve this goal, ING Groep announced in November 2010 that it plans to pursue two separate initial public offerings: one a U.S. focused offering that would include U.S. based insurance, retirement services, and investment management operations; and the other a European based offering for European and Asian based insurance and investment management operations. There can be no assurance that the restructuring plan will be carried out through two offerings or at all.

The restructuring plan and the uncertainty about its implementation, whether implemented through the planned public offerings or through other means, in whole or in part, may be disruptive to the businesses of ING entities, including the ING entities that service the Fund, and may cause, among other things, interruption or reduction of business and services, diversion of management’s attention from day-to-day operations, and loss of key employees or customers. A failure to complete the offerings or other means of implementation on favorable terms could have a material adverse impact on the operations of the businesses subject to the restructuring plan. The restructuring plan may result in the Adviser’s loss of access to services and resources of ING Groep, which could adversely affect its businesses and profitability. In addition, the divestment of ING businesses, including the Adviser, may potentially be deemed a “change of control” of the entity. A change of control would result in the termination of the Fund’s advisory and sub-advisory agreements, which would trigger the necessity for new agreements that would require approval of the Fund’s Board, and may trigger the need for shareholder approval. Currently, the Adviser does not anticipate that the restructuring will have a material adverse impact on the Fund or its operations and administration.

ING Investments’ principal office is located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258. As of June 30, 2011, ING Investments managed approximately $49.5 billion in assets.

Management Fee

The following table shows the aggregate annual management fee to be paid by the Fund for the current fiscal year as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010, the management fee reflects the current contract rate:

Management Fee
ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund 1.00%

For information regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory relationships (if applicable), please refer to the Fund’s annual shareholder report to be dated October 31, 2011.

The Sub-Advisers and Portfolio Managers

The Adviser has engaged one or more sub-advisers to provide the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. The sub-advisers are not affiliates of ING Investments.

The Adviser acts as a “manager-of-managers” for the Fund. The Adviser delegates to the sub-advisers of the Fund the responsibility for investment management, subject to the Adviser’s oversight. The Adviser is responsible for monitoring the investment program and performance of the sub-advisers of the Fund.

From time to time, the Adviser may also recommend the appointment of additional sub-advisers or replacement of sub-advisers to the Fund’s Board. It is not expected that ING Investments would normally recommend replacement of an affiliated sub-adviser as part of its oversight responsibilities. The Fund and the Adviser have received exemptive relief from the SEC to permit the Adviser, with the approval of the Fund’s Board, to appoint an additional non-affiliated sub-adviser or to

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND  (continued) replace an existing sub-adviser with a non-affiliated sub-adviser, as well as change the terms of a contract with a non-affiliated sub-adviser, without submitting the contract to a vote of the Fund’s shareholders. The Fund will notify shareholders of any change in the identity of the sub-adviser of the Fund, the addition of a sub-adviser to the Fund, or any change in the terms of a contract with a non-affiliated sub-adviser. In this event, the name of the Fund and its investment strategies may also change.

Under the terms of the sub-advisory agreement, the agreement can be terminated by the Adviser or the Fund’s Board. In the event the sub-advisory agreement is terminated, the sub-adviser may be replaced subject to any regulatory requirements or the Adviser may assume day-to-day investment management of the Fund.

ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund

The Multi-Manager Approach

Delaware Management Company and J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. are the sub-advisers of ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund. Each sub-adviser makes investment decisions for the assets it has been allocated to manage. The Adviser may change the allocation of the Fund’s assets between the sub-advisers as it determines necessary to pursue the Fund’s investment objective.

The Adviser will determine what it believes to be the optimal allocation of the assets under management between the two sub-advisers. Subsequent inflows and outflows will be allocated between the two sub-advisers to maintain this allocation.

Delaware Management Company

Delaware Management Company (“Delaware Management” or “Sub-Adviser”) is a series of Delaware Management Business Trust (“DMBT”), which is a subsidiary of Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. (“DMHI”). Macquarie Group Limited, an Australian publicly held company (ASX: MQG), indirectly holds, through its subsidiaries, all of the voting equity of DMHI and DMBT. DMBT is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser and its predecessors have advised publicly offered mutual funds since 1938. The principal address of Delaware Management is 2005 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. As of June 30, 2011 DMHI and its subsidiaries managed $155 billion in assets under management.

The following individual is responsible for the day-to-day management of ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund’s assets allocated to Delaware Management.

Liu-Er Chen, CFA, Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer-Emerging Markets and Healthcare, heads Delaware Management’s global Emerging Markets Team. Prior to joining Delaware Management in September 2006, he spent nearly 11 years at Evergreen Investment Management Company.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMorgan” or “Sub-Adviser”) is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co., a bank holding company. JPMorgan also provides discretionary investment services to institutional clients. The principal address of JPMorgan is 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017. As of June 30, 2011, JPMorgan and its affiliates had $1.34 trillion in assets under management.

The following individuals are jointly responsible for the day-to-day management of ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund’s assets allocated to JPMorgan.

George Iwanicki, Jr., Portfolio Manager and global macro strategist within the Emerging Markets Equity Team, has been at JPMorgan since 1992 and is responsible for Global Emerging Markets portfolios and chairs the Asset Allocation Committee. Prior to this, he served several years as the U.S. Economist as well as the North American representative in the firm’s Macro Research Group (a trans-Atlantic team formed in 1995 to manage the global asset allocation process). Prior to joining the firm, he spent five years as an economist at Kidder, Peabody & Co., Inc.

Anuj Arora, Portfolio Manager, has been at JPMorgan since 2006 and is focused on managing the GEM Diversified strategy. Prior to this, he was a quantitative analyst for Mesirow Financial and an analyst at Birkelbach Investment Securities.

Additional Information Regarding the Portfolio Managers

The SAI provides additional information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by each portfolio manager, and each portfolio manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND  (continued)

The Administrator

ING Funds Services, LLC (“Administrator”) serves as administrator to the Fund and receives an annual administrative services fee equal to 0.10% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.

Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Administrator provides all administrative services reasonably necessary for the ordinary operation of the Fund other than the investment advisory services performed by the Adviser or the Sub-Advisers including, but not limited to, acting as a liaison among the various service providers to the Fund, including the custodian, transfer agent, and such other service providers as may be retained by the Fund. The Administrator provides the Fund, at the Administrator’s expense, with adequate personnel, office space, communications facilities, and other facilities necessary for operation of the Fund.

The Distributor

ING Investments Distributor, LLC (“Distributor”) is the principal underwriter and distributor of the Fund. It is a Delaware limited liability company with its principal offices at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258.

The Distributor is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). To obtain information about FINRA member firms and their associated persons, you may contact FINRA at www.finra.org or the Public Disclosure Hotline at 800-289-9999.

CLASS OF SHARES

CHOOSING A SHARE CLASS

When choosing between classes, you should carefully consider: (1) how long you plan to hold shares of the Fund; (2) the amount of your investment; (3) the expenses you’ll pay for each class, including ongoing annual expenses along with the initial sales charge or the contingent deferred sales charges (“CDSC”); and (4) whether you qualify for any sales charge discounts. Please review the disclosure about all of the available share classes carefully. Before investing, you should discuss with your financial intermediary which share class may be right for you.

The tables below summarize the features of the classes of shares available through this Prospectus. Fund charges may vary so you should review the Fund’s fee table as well as the section entitled “Sales Charges” in this Prospectus.

Summary of primary differences among share classes:

Class A
Initial Sales Charge Up to 5.75% (reduced for purchases of $50,000 or more and eliminated for purchases of $1 million or more)
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge None (except that with respect to purchases of $1 million or more for which the intial sales charge was waived, a charge of 1.00% applies to redemptions made within 18 months) 1
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees 0.25% annually
Purchase Maximum None
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size $1,000 ($250 for IRAs)/$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)
Minimum Subsequent Purchases None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege $5,000
Conversion None
Class C
Initial Sales Charge None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge 1.00% if the shares are sold within one year from the date of purchase
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees 1.00% annually
Purchase Maximum $1,000,000
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size $1,000 ($250 for IRAs)/$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)
Minimum Subsequent Purchases None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege $5,000
Conversion None

Class I
Initial Sales Charge None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge None
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees None
Purchase Maximum None
Minimum Initial Purchase*/Minimum Account Size $250,000/$250,000
Minimum Subsequent Purchases None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege None
Conversion None

CLASS OF SHARES  (continued)

Class R
Initial Sales Charge None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge None
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees 0.50% annually
Purchase Maximum None
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size $250,000/$250,000
Minimum Subsequent Purchases None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege None
Conversion None
Class W
Initial Sales Charge None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge None
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees None
Purchase Maximum None
Minimum Initial Purchase*/Minimum Account Size $1,000/$1,000
Minimum Subsequent Purchases None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege None
Conversion None
1 Shareholders who invested $1,000,000 - $2,499,999 prior to July 1, 2011, will be subject to a 1.00% CDSC fee if they redeem their shares within 18 months (reduced from 2 years) from the date of purchase. Shareholders who invested $2,500,000 - $4,499,999 prior to July 1, 2011, will be subject to a 0.50% CDSC fee if they redeem their shares within one year from the date of purchase, and shareholders who invested $5,000,000 or more prior to July 1, 2011, will be subject to a 0.25% CDSC fee if they redeem their shares within one year from the date of purchase.
* Minimum investment amounts may not be waived for individual accounts that are managed by an investment adviser representative, as defined in Rule 203A-3(a) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Please refer to the minimum investments table on page 22 for additional information.

The relative impact of the initial sales charge, if applicable, and ongoing annual expenses will depend on the length of time a share is held. Higher distribution fees mean a higher expense ratio, so Class C shares pay correspondingly lower dividends and may have a lower net asset value (“NAV”) than Class A and Class R shares.

Because the Fund may not be able to identify an individual investor’s trading activities when investing through omnibus account arrangements, you and/or your financial intermediary are responsible for ensuring that your investment in Class C shares does not exceed $1,000,000. The Fund cannot ensure that they will identify purchase orders that would cause your investment in Class C shares to exceed the maximum allowed amount. When investing through such arrangements, you and/or your financial intermediary should be diligent in determining that you have selected the appropriate share class for you.

You and/or your financial intermediary also should take care to assure that you are receiving any sales charge reductions or other benefits to which you may be entitled. As an example, as is discussed below, you may be able to reduce a Class A sales charge payable by aggregating purchases to achieve breakpoint discounts. The Fund uses the net amount invested when determining whether a shareholder has reached the required investment amount in order to be eligible for a breakpoint discount. In order to ensure that you are receiving any applicable sales charge reduction, it may be necessary for you to inform the Fund or your financial intermediary of the existence of other accounts that may be eligible to be aggregated. The SAI discusses specific classes of investors who may be eligible for a reduced sales charge. Before investing you should discuss which share class may be right for you with your financial intermediary.

CLASS OF SHARES  (continued)

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

The Fund pays fees to the Distributor on an ongoing basis as compensation for the services the Distributor provides and the expenses it bears in connection with the sale and distribution of Fund shares (“distribution fees”) and/or in connection with personal services rendered to Fund shareholders and the maintenance of shareholder accounts (“service fees”). These payments are made pursuant to distribution and/or shareholder servicing plans adopted by the Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act (“12b-1 Plan”). Because these fees are paid on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

The Fund has adopted a 12b-1 Plan for Class A, Class C, and Class R shares. The following table lists the maximum annual rates at which the distribution and/or servicing fees may be paid under each 12b-1 Plan (calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the particular class of shares):

Fund Class A Class C Class R
ING Emerging Markets Equity 0.25% 1.00% 0.50%

SALES CHARGES

The Fund makes available in a clear and prominent format, free of charge, on its website, (www.INGInvestment.com), information regarding applicable sales loads, reduced sales charges ( i.e ., breakpoint discounts), sales load waivers, eligibility minimums and purchases of the Fund’s shares. The website includes hyperlinks that facilitate access to the information.

Class A Shares

This section includes important information about sales charges and sales charge reduction programs available to investors in the Fund’s Class A shares and describes the information or records you may need to provide to the Distributor or your financial intermediary in order to be eligible for sales charge reduction programs.

Unless you are eligible for a waiver, the public offering price you pay when you buy Class A shares of the Fund is the net asset value (“NAV”) of the shares at the time of purchase, plus an initial sales charge. The initial sales charge varies depending on the size of your purchase, as set forth in the following tables. No sales charge is imposed when Class A shares are issued to you pursuant to the automatic reinvestment of income dividends or capital gains distributions. For investors investing in Class A shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, it is the responsibility of the financial intermediary to ensure that the investor obtains the proper breakpoint discount, if any.

Because the offering price is calculated to two decimal places, the dollar amount of the sales charge as a percentage of the offering price and your net amount invested for any particular purchase of Fund shares may be higher or lower depending on whether downward or upward rounding was required during the calculation process.

Class A shares of the Fund are sold subject to the following sales charge:

Your Investment As a % of
the offering price
As a % of net
asset value
Less than $50,000 5.75 6.10
$50,000 - $99,999 4.50 4.71
$100,000 - $249,999 3.50 3.63
$250,000 - $499,999 2.50 2.56
$500,000 - $999,999 2.00 2.04
$1,000,000 and over 1 N/A N/A
1 See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charges (”CDSCs“) - Class A Shares” below.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges (“CDSCs”) - Class A Shares

Investments of $1 Million or More.   There is no front-end sales charge if you purchase Class A shares in an amount of $1 million or more. However, the shares will be subject to a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within eighteen months from the date of purchase. For investments made prior to July 1, 2011, shareholders who invested $1,000,000 - $2,499,999 will be subject to a 1.00% CDSC fee if they redeem their shares within 18 months(reduced from 2 years) from the date of purchase. Shareholders who invested $2,500,000 - $4,499,999 will be subject to a 0.50% CDSC fee if they redeem their shares within one year from the date of purchase, and shareholders who invested $5,000,000 or more will be subject to a 0.25% CDSC fee if they redeem their shares within one year from the date of purchase.

CDSC - Class C Shares

Unless you are eligible for a waiver, if you sell your Class C shares within the time periods specified below, you will pay a CDSC according to the following schedules. It is the responsibility of your financial intermediary to ensure that you are credited with the proper holding period for the shares redeemed.

Class C shares are offered at their NAV per share without any initial sales charge. However, you may be charged a CDSC on shares that you sell within a certain period of time after you bought them. The amount of the CDSC is based on the lesser of the NAV of the shares at the time of purchase or redemption. The CDSCs are as follows:

Class C CDSC

Years after purchase CDSC on shares being sold
1st year 1.00%
After 1st year none
SALES CHARGES  (continued)

To keep your CDSC as low as possible, each time you place a request to redeem shares, the Fund will first redeem shares in your account that are not subject to a CDSC and then will sell shares that have the lowest CDSC.

There is no CDSC on shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions.

CDSC on Exchange into ING Senior Income Fund

You are not required to pay an applicable CDSC upon an exchange from the Fund described in this Prospectus into ING Senior Income Fund. However, if you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund and subsequently offer your common shares for repurchase by ING Senior Income Fund, the Fund’s CDSC will apply. After an exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, the time period for application of the CDSC will be calculated based on the first date you acquired your shares in the Fund.

Reduced or Waived Front-End Sales Charges

Investors in the Fund could reduce or eliminate sales charges applicable to the purchase of Class A shares through utilization of the Letter or Intent, Rights of Accumulation, or Combination Privilege. These programs are summarized below and are described in greater detail in the SAI.

You may reduce the initial sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund by combining multiple purchases to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedules. You may do this by:

  • Letter of Intent  — lets you purchase shares over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge as if the shares had all been purchased at once;
  • Rights of Accumulation  — lets you add the value of shares of any open-end ING Fund (excluding ING Money Market Fund) you already own to the amount of your next purchase for purposes of calculating the sales charge; or
  • Combination Privilege  — shares held by investors in the ING Funds which impose a CDSC may be combined with Class A shares for a reduced sales charge.

In addition, certain investors may be eligible for special purchases of Class A shares at NAV. This may be done by:

  • Reinstatement Privilege  — If you sell Class A shares of the Fund (or shares of other ING Funds managed by the Adviser) and reinvest any of the proceeds in Class A shares of another ING Fund within 90 days. For additional information regarding the reinstatement privilege, contact a Shareholder Services Representative or see the SAI; or
  • Purchases by Certain Accounts  — Class A shares may be purchased at NAV by certain fee-based programs offered through selected registered investment advisers, broker-dealers, and other financial intermediaries.

See the Account Application or the SAI for details, or contact your financial intermediary or a Shareholder Services Representative for more information.

Required Shareholder Information and Records. In order for investors in Class A shares of the Fund to take advantage of sales charge reductions, an investor or his/her financial intermediary must notify the Distributor that the investor qualifies for such reduction. If the Distributor is not notified that the investor is eligible for these reductions, the Distributor will be unable to ensure that the reduction is applied to the investor’s account. An investor may have to provide certain information or records, including account statements, to his/her financial intermediary or to the Distributor to verify the investor’s eligibility for breakpoint privileges or other sales charge waivers.

CDSC Waivers.   If you notify the Fund’s transfer agent, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“Transfer Agent”), at the time of redemption, the CDSC for Class A, Class B and Class C shares will be waived in the following cases:

  • Redemptions following the death or permanent disability of a shareholder if made within one year of death or the initial determination of permanent disability. The waiver is available only for shares held at the time of death or initial determination of permanent disability.
  • Redemptions for Class C shares, pursuant to a Systematic Withdrawal Plan, up to a maximum of 12% per year of a shareholder’s account value based on the value of the account at the time the plan is established and annually thereafter, provided all dividends and distributions are reinvested and the total redemptions do not exceed 12% annually.
  • Mandatory distributions from an employer sponsored tax-deferred retirement plan or an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”).
SALES CHARGES  (continued)
  • Reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions.

If you think you may be eligible for a CDSC waiver, contact your financial intermediary or a Shareholder Services Representative.

Reinstatement Privilege.   If you sell Class A or Class C shares of the Fund you may be eligible for a full or prorated credit of the CDSC paid on the sale when you make an investment up to the amount redeemed in the same share class within 90 days of the eligible sale. Reinstated Class C shares will retain their original cost and purchase date for purposes of the CDSC. This privilege can be used only once per calendar year. If you want to use the Reinstatement Privilege, contact your financial intermediary or a Shareholder Services Representative, or see the SAI for more information. An investor may be asked to provide information or records, including account statements, regarding shares of the Fund held in all of the investor’s accounts held directly with the Trust or through a financial intermediary; any account of the investor at another financial intermediary; and accounts of related parties of the investor, such as members of the same family or household, at any financial intermediary.

HOW SHARES ARE PRICED

When you buy shares, you pay the net asset value (“NAV”). When you sell shares, you receive the NAV. Exchange orders are effected at NAV.

The NAV per share of the Fund is determined each business day as of the close of regular trading (“Market Close”) on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless otherwise designated by the NYSE). The Fund is open for business every day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is closed on all weekends and on all national holidays and Good Friday. Fund shares will not be priced on those days. The NAV per share of the Fund is calculated by taking the value of the Fund’s assets attributable to the class, subtracting the Fund’s liabilities attributable to the class, and dividing by the number of shares of the class that are outstanding. To the extent the Fund invests in other open-end funds (other than ETFs), the Fund will calculate its NAV using the NAV of the funds in which it invests as described in that fund’s prospectus.

In general, assets are valued based on actual or estimated market value, with special provisions for assets not having readily available market quotations and short-term debt securities, and for situations where market quotations are deemed unreliable. Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost which, when combined with accrued interest, approximates market value. Securities prices may be obtained from automated pricing services. Shares of investment companies held by the Fund will generally be valued at the latest NAV reported by that investment company. The prospectuses for those investment companies explain the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing.

Trading of foreign securities may not take place every day the NYSE is open. Also, trading in some foreign markets and on some electronic trading networks may occur on weekends or holidays when the Fund’s NAV is not calculated. As a result, the NAV of the Fund may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Fund’s shares. When market quotations are not available or are deemed unreliable, the Fund will use a fair value for an asset that is determined in accordance with procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board. The types of assets for which such fair value pricing might be required include, but are not limited to:

  • Foreign securities, where a foreign security whose value at the close of the foreign market on which it principally trades likely would have changed by the time of the close of the NYSE, or the closing value is otherwise deemed unreliable;
  • Securities of an issuer that has entered into a restructuring;
  • Securities whose trading has been halted or suspended;
  • Debt securities that have gone into default and for which there are no current market value quotations; and
  • Securities that are restricted as to transfer or resale.

The Fund or the Adviser may rely on the recommendations of a fair value pricing service approved by the Fund’s Board in valuing foreign securities. Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. The Adviser will make such determinations in good faith in accordance with procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board. Fair value determinations can also involve reliance on quantitative models employed by a fair value pricing service. There can be no assurance that the Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its NAV per share.

HOW TO BUY SHARES

Customer Identification

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person that opens an account, and to determine whether such person’s name appears on government lists of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations.

What this means for you: the Fund, the Distributor, or a third-party selling you the Fund, must obtain the following information for each person that opens an account:

  • Name;
  • Date of birth (for individuals);
  • Physical residential address (although post office boxes are still permitted for mailing); and
  • Social Security number, taxpayer identification number, or other identifying number.

You may also be asked to show your driver’s license, passport, or other identifying documents in order to verify your identity. In addition, it may be necessary to verify your identity by cross-referencing your identification information with a consumer report or other electronic database. Additional information may be required to open accounts for corporations and other non-natural persons.

Federal law prohibits the Fund, the Distributor and other financial institutions from opening accounts unless they receive the minimum identifying information listed above. They also may be required to close your account if they are unable to verify your identity within a reasonable time.

If you are a participant in a qualified retirement plan, you should make purchases through your plan administrator or sponsor, who is responsible for transmitting orders.

The Fund and the Distributor reserve the right to reject any purchase order. Please note that cash, traveler’s checks, third-party checks, money orders, and checks drawn on non-U.S. banks (even if payment may be effected through a U.S. bank) generally will not be accepted. The Fund and the Distributor reserve the right to waive minimum investment amounts. Waiver of the minimum investment amount can increase operating expenses of the Fund. Minimum investment amounts may not be waived for individual accounts that are managed by an investment adviser representative, as defined in Rule 203A-3(a) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Fund and the Distributor reserve the right to liquidate sufficient shares to recover annual transfer agent fees or to close your account and redeem your shares should you fail to maintain your account value minimum.

The Fund reserves the right to suspend the offering of shares or to reject any specific purchase order. The Fund may suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed or when trading is restricted for any reason or under emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.

Class A and Class C Shares

Class A and Class C shares may be purchased and sold by contacting any financial intermediary (who may impose transaction charges in addition to those described in this Prospectus) authorized to sell Fund shares. You may purchase additional shares in various ways, including through your financial adviser and by mail, telephone, on-line, and bank wire.

Class I Shares

Class I shares may be purchased without a sales charge by: (1) qualified retirement plans such as 401(a), 401(k), or other defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans; (2) insurance companies and foundations investing for their own account; (3) wrap programs offered by broker-dealers and financial institutions; (4) accounts of, or managed by, trust departments; (5) individuals whose accounts are managed by an investment adviser representative, as stated above; (6) retirement plans affiliated with ING Groep; (7) ING Groep affiliates for purposes of corporate cash management; and (8) other registered investment companies.

Class R Shares

Class R shares may be purchased without a sales charge. Class R shares of the Fund are continuously offered to qualified retirement plans (“Retirement Plans”) including, but not limited to, 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer sponsored 403(b) plans, IRAs, Simplified Employee Pension Plans (“SEPs”), and other accounts or plans whereby Class R shares are held on the books of the Fund through omnibus accounts (either at the plan level or the level of the plan administrator). Purchases

HOW TO BUY SHARES  (continued) and redemptions of shares may be made only by eligible Retirement Plans for the purpose of funding qualified retirement plans. Please refer to the plan document for information on how to direct investments in, or redemptions from, an investment option corresponding to the Fund and any fees that may apply.

The administrator of a Retirement Plan or employee benefits office can provide participants with detailed information on how to participate in the plan and how to elect the Fund as an investment option, alter the amounts contributed to the plan, or reallocate contributions. Eligible Retirement Plans generally may open an account and purchase Class R shares by contacting any broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (“Financial Service Firm”) authorized to sell Class R shares of the Fund. Additional shares may be purchased through a Retirement Plan’s administrator or recordkeeper. Financial Service Firms may provide or arrange for the provision of some or all of the shareholder servicing and account maintenance services required by Retirement Plan accounts and their plan participants including, without limitation, transfers of registration and dividend payee changes. Financial Service Firms may also perform other functions, including generating confirmation statements, and may arrange with plan administrators for other investment or administrative services.

Financial Service Firms may independently establish and charge Retirement Plans and plan participants transaction fees and/or other additional amounts for such services, which may change over time. Similarly, Retirement Plans may charge plan participants for certain expenses. These fees and additional amounts could reduce the investment return in Class R shares of the Fund.

Class W Shares

Class W shares may be purchased without a sales charge by: (1) qualified retirement plans such as 401(a), 401(k), or other defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans; (2) insurance companies and foundations investing for their own account; (3) wrap programs offered by broker-dealers and financial institutions; (4) accounts of, or managed by, trust departments; (5) individuals whose accounts are managed by an investment adviser representative, as stated above; (6) retirement plans affiliated with ING Groep; (7) ING Groep affiliates for purposes of corporate cash management; and (8) by other ING Funds in the ING Family of Funds.

In addition, Class W shares are available to the following persons through direct investment (not through broker-dealers that are not approved by ING) into an ING Fund or through an ING approved broker-dealer (currently, ING Financial Partners, Inc.): (1) current and retired officers and Directors/Trustees of the ING Funds; (2) current and retired officers, directors, and full-time employees of ING Investments, LLC, Directed Services LLC, any ING Fund’s sub-adviser, ING Investments Distributor, LLC, and any affiliate of their affiliates; (3) family members of the foregoing persons (defined as current spouse, children, parents, grandparents, grandchildren, uncles, aunts, siblings, nephews, nieces, step-relations, relations at-law, and cousins); (4) any trust, pension, profit-sharing, or other benefit plan for such persons (including family members); and (5) discretionary advisory accounts of ING Investments, LLC, Directed Services LLC, any ING Fund’s sub-adviser, or ING Investments Distributor, LLC.

Retirement Plans

The Fund has available prototype qualified retirement plans for corporations and self-employed individuals. It also has available prototype IRA, Roth IRA and Simple IRA plans (for both individuals and employers), Simplified Employee Pension Plans and Pension and Profit Sharing Plans. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company acts as the custodian under these plans. For further information, contact a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company currently receives a $12 custodial fee annually for the maintenance of such accounts.

Make your investment using the purchase minimum guidelines in the following table.

Minimum Investments Class Initial Purchase Subsequent Purchases
Regular accounts A/C/W 1
I 1
$1,000
$250,000
No minimum
Retirement accounts A/C
I 1 /R
$250
$250,000
No minimum
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan A/C $1,000 At least $100/month
Certain omnibus accounts A/C
R
$250
$250,000
No minimum
1 Minimum investment amounts may not be waived for individual accounts that are managed by an investment adviser representative, as defined in Rule 203A-3(a) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
HOW TO BUY SHARES  (continued)

Make your investment using the methods outlined in the following table.

Buying Shares Opening an Account Adding to an Account
By Contacting Your Financial Intermediary A financial intermediary with an authorized firm can help you establish and maintain your account. Contact your financial intermediary.
By Mail Make your check payable to ING Funds and mail it with a completed Account Application. Please indicate your financial intermediary on the New Account Application. Fill out the Account Additions form at the bottom of your account statement and mail it along with your check payable to ING Funds to the address on the account statement. Please write your account number on the check.
By Wire Call Shareholder Services at (800) 992-0180 to obtain an account number and indicate your financial intermediary on the account.

Instruct your bank to wire funds to the Fund in the care of:

Bank of New York Mellon
ABA # 011001234
credit to: BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. as Agent for ING Funds
A/C #0000733938; for further credit to Shareholder A/C #            
(A/C # you received over the telephone)
Shareholder Name:
             (Your Name Here)

After wiring funds you must complete the Account Application and send it to:
ING Funds
P.O. Box 9772
Providence, RI
02940-9772
Wire the funds in the same manner described under “Opening an Account.”

HOW TO SELL SHARES

You may sell shares by using the methods outlined in the following table. Under unusual circumstances, the Fund may suspend the right of redemption as allowed by the SEC or federal securities laws.

If you are a participant in a qualified retirement plan, you should make redemptions through your plan administrator or sponsor, who is responsible for transmitting orders.

Selling Shares To Sell Some or All of Your Shares
By Contacting Your Financial Intermediary You may sell shares by contacting your financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may charge for their services in connection with your redemption request but neither the Fund nor the Distributor imposes any such charge.
By Mail Send a written request specifying the Fund name and share class, your account number, the name(s) in which the account is registered, and the dollar value or number of shares you wish to redeem to:

ING Funds
P.O. Box 9772
Providence, RI 02940-9772

If certificated shares have been issued, the certificate must accompany the written request. Corporate investors and other associations must have an appropriate certification on file authorizing redemptions. A suggested form of such certification is provided on the Account Application. A signature guarantee may be required.
By Telephone - Expedited Redemption You may sell shares by telephone on all accounts, other than retirement accounts, unless you check the box on the Account Application which signifies that you do not wish to use telephone redemptions. To redeem by telephone, call a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180.

Receiving Proceeds By Check:

You may have redemption proceeds (up to a maximum of $100,000) mailed to an address which has been on record with ING Funds for at least 30 days.

Receiving Proceeds By Wire:

You may have redemption proceeds (subject to a minimum of $5,000) wired to your pre-designated bank account. You will not be able to receive redemption proceeds by wire unless you check the box on the Account Application which signifies that you wish to receive redemption proceeds by wire and attach a voided check. Under normal circumstances, proceeds will be transmitted to your bank on the business day following receipt of your instructions, provided redemptions may be made. In the event that share certificates have been issued, you may not request a wire redemption by telephone.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan

You may elect to make periodic withdrawals from your account on a regular basis.

  Class A and Class C

  • Your account must have a current value of at least $10,000.
  • Minimum withdrawal amount is $100.
  • You may choose from monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual payments.

  Class I and Class W

  • Your account must have a current value of at least $250,000 or $1,000 for Class I and Class W shares, respectively.
  • Minimum withdrawal amount is $1,000.
  • You may choose from monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual payments.

For additional information, contact a Shareholder Services Representative or refer to the Account Application or the SAI.

HOW TO SELL SHARES  (continued)

Execution of Requests

Purchase and sale requests are executed at the next NAV determined after the order is received in proper form by the transfer agent or the Distributor. A purchase order will be deemed to be in proper form when all of the required steps set forth under “How to Buy Shares” have been completed. If you purchase by wire, however, the order will be deemed to be in proper form after the telephone notification and the federal funds wire have been received. If you purchase by wire, you must submit an application form in a timely fashion. If an order or payment by wire is received after Market Close, the shares will not be credited until the next business day. For your transaction to be counted on the day you place your order with your broker-dealer or other financial institution, they must receive your order before Market Close and promptly transmit the order to the transfer agent or the Distributor.

You will receive a confirmation of each new transaction in your account, which also will show you the number of shares you own including the number of shares being held in safekeeping by the transfer agent for your account. You may rely on these confirmations in lieu of certificates as evidence of your ownership.

Payments

Normally, payment for shares redeemed will be made within three days after receipt by the transfer agent of a request in good order. The Fund has the right to take up to seven days to pay your redemption proceeds and may postpone payment longer in the event of an economic emergency as determined by the SEC. When you place a request to redeem shares for which the purchase money has not yet been collected, the request will be executed at the next determined NAV but the Fund will not release the proceeds until your purchase payment clears. This may take up to 15 days or more. A redemption request made within 15 calendar days after submission of a change of address is permitted only if the request is in writing and is accompanied by a medallion signature guarantee. Redemption requests of an amount of $10 million or more must be submitted in writing by an authorized person.

A medallion signature guarantee may be required in certain circumstances. A request to change the bank designated to receive wire redemption proceeds must be received in writing, signed by an authorized person, and accompanied by a medallion signature guarantee from any eligible guarantor institution. In addition, if you wish to have your redemption proceeds transferred by wire to an account other than your designated bank account, paid to someone other than the shareholder of record, or sent somewhere other than the shareholder’s address of record, you must provide a medallion signature guarantee with your written redemption instructions. Please see the SAI for more details on the medallion signature guarantee program.

The Fund normally intends to pay in cash for all shares redeemed but under abnormal conditions that make payment in cash unwise, the Fund may make payment wholly or partly in securities at their then current market value equal to the redemption price. In such a case, the Fund could elect to make payment in securities for redemptions in excess of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. An investor may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash.

Telephone Orders

The Fund and the transfer agent will not be responsible for the authenticity of phone instructions or losses, if any, resulting from unauthorized shareholder transactions if they reasonably believe that such instructions were genuine. The Fund and the transfer agent have established reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine. These procedures include recording telephone instructions for exchanges and expedited redemptions, requiring the caller to give certain specific identifying information, and providing written confirmation to shareholders of record not later than five days following any such telephone transactions. If the Fund and the transfer agent do not employ these procedures, they may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions.

Small Accounts

Due to the relatively high cost of handling small investments, the Fund reserves the right, upon 30 days’ prior written notice, to redeem at NAV, the shares of any shareholder whose account (except for IRAs) has a total value that is less than the Fund’s minimum. Before the Fund redeems such shares and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, it will notify the shareholder that the value of the shares in the account is less than the minimum amount allowed and will allow the shareholder 30 days to make an additional investment in an amount that will increase the value of the account to the minimum before the redemption is processed. Your account will not be closed if its drop in value is due to Fund performance.

HOW TO EXCHANGE SHARES

Exchanges Between Shares of ING Funds

You may exchange shares of a Fund for shares of the same class of any other ING Fund, except for ING Corporate Leaders Trust Fund, without paying any additional sales charge, if you otherwise meet the eligibility requirements of the class of shares of the ING Fund to be received in the exchange. If you purchase Class A shares of ING Money Market Fund and did not pay a sales charge, you must pay the applicable sales charge on an exchange into Class A shares of another ING Fund. Additionally, Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund may be exchanged for Class C shares of any other ING Fund.

If you exchange shares of a Fund that are subject to a CDSC into shares of another ING Fund that are subject to a CDSC, the CDSC will continue to apply to your new shares at the same CDSC rate that was applicable to your original shares. Your new shares will continue to age for CDSC purposes from the date that the original shares were purchased.

If you acquired Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund through an exchange from Class C shares of an ING Fund that were subject to a CDSC and then exchange your Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund for Class C shares of another ING Fund you will continue to be subject to the CDSC that applied to your original shares. The time you held the Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund will not count toward the CDSC holding period.

If you acquired Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund through a purchase (not through an exchange) and then exchange your Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund into Class C shares of another ING Fund, you will become subject to any CDSC that applies to the ING Fund into which you exchange. The time you held your Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund will not count toward the CDSC holding period of the ING Fund into which you exchanged.

Exchanges Between Classes of Shares of the Same Fund

You may exchange Class B, Class C, and Class W shares of a Fund for Class I shares of the same Fund, or you may exchange Class A shares and Class I shares of a Fund for any other class of the same Fund, if you otherwise meet the eligibility requirements of the class of shares to be received in the exchange, except that: (1) you may not exchange shares that are subject to a CDSC until the CDSC period has expired; and (2) you may not exchange Class A shares for Class W shares unless you acquired the Class A shares through an ING approved broker-dealer (currently, ING Financial Partners, Inc.) All exchanges within the same Fund are subject to the discretion of the Distributor to permit or reject such exchanges.

Exchanges between classes of shares of the same Fund are not subject to the frequent trading and market timing policies of ING Funds.

Additional Information About Exchanges

Fees and expenses differ among ING Funds and among share classes of the same Fund. Please read the prospectus for the ING Fund and share class you are interested in prior to exchanging into that ING Fund or share class. Contact your financial intermediary or consult your plan documents for additional information.

An exchange of shares of a Fund for shares of another ING Fund is treated as a sale and purchase of shares and may result in the recognition of a gain or loss for federal and state income tax purposes. For exchanges among ING Funds and among classes of shares of the same Fund, you should consult your own tax advisor for advice about the particular federal, state, and local tax consequences to you of the exchange. The total value of shares being exchanged must at least equal the minimum investment requirement of the ING Fund into which they are being exchanged.

If you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, your ability to sell or liquidate your investment will be limited. ING Senior Income Fund is a closed-end interval fund and does not redeem its shares on a daily basis. It is not expected that a secondary market for ING Senior Income Fund’s shares will develop, so you will not be able to sell them through a broker or other investment professional. To provide a measure of liquidity, ING Senior Income Fund will normally make monthly repurchase offers for not less than 5% of its outstanding common shares. If more than 5% of ING Senior Income Fund’s common shares are tendered, you may not be able to completely liquidate your holdings in any one month. You also would not have liquidity between these monthly repurchase dates. Investors exercising the exchange privilege into ING Senior Income Fund should carefully review the prospectus of that fund. Investors may obtain a copy of the ING Senior Income Fund prospectus or any other ING Fund prospectus by calling 1-800-992-0180 or by going to www.INGInvestment.com.

In addition to each Fund available in this Prospectus, the Distributor offers many other funds. Shareholders exercising the exchange privilege with any other ING Fund should carefully review the prospectus of that fund before exchanging their shares. Investors may obtain a copy of a prospectus of any ING Fund not discussed in this Prospectus by calling 1-800-992-0180 or by going to www.INGInvestment.com.

HOW TO EXCHANGE SHARES  (continued)

You will automatically have the ability to request an exchange between ING Funds by calling a Shareholder Services Representative unless you mark the box on the Account Application that indicates that you do not wish to have the telephone exchange privilege. A Fund may change or cancel its exchange policies at any time, upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Systematic Exchange Privilege

Subject to the information and limitations outlined above, you may elect to have a specified dollar amount of shares systematically exchanged, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually from your account to an identically registered account in the same class of any other open-end ING Fund, except for ING Corporate Leaders Trust Fund. This exchange privilege may be modified at any time or terminated upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.

FREQUENT TRADING - MARKET TIMING

The Fund is intended for long-term investment and not as a short-term trading vehicle. Accordingly, organizations or individuals that use market timing investment strategies should not purchase shares of the Fund. The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion and without prior notice, to reject, restrict, or refuse purchase orders whether directly or by exchange, including purchase orders that have been accepted by a shareholder’s or retirement plan participant’s intermediary, that the Fund determines not to be in the best interest of the Fund. Such action may include, but not be limited to: rejecting additional purchase orders, whether directly or by exchange; extending settlement of a redemption up to seven days; rejecting all purchase orders from broker-dealers or their registered representatives suspected of violating the Fund’s frequent trading policy; or termination of the selling group agreement or other agreement with broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries associated with frequent trading. The Fund will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected orders or other actions as described above.

The Fund believes that market timing or frequent, short-term trading in any account, including a retirement plan account, is not in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders. Due to the disruptive nature of this activity, it can adversely affect the ability of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser (if applicable) to invest assets in an orderly, efficient manner. Frequent trading can raise Fund expenses through: increased trading and transaction costs; increased administrative costs; and lost opportunity costs. This in turn can have an adverse effect on Fund performance.

Funds that invest in foreign securities may present greater opportunities for market timers and thus be at a greater risk for excessive trading. If an event occurring after the close of a foreign market, but before the time a fund computes its current NAV, causes a change in the price of the foreign security and such price is not reflected in the fund’s current NAV, investors may attempt to take advantage of anticipated price movements in securities held by the fund based on such pricing discrepancies. This is often referred to as “price arbitrage.” Such price arbitrage opportunities may also occur in funds which do not invest in foreign securities. For example, if trading in a security held by a fund is halted and does not resume prior to the time the fund calculates its NAV such “stale pricing” presents an opportunity for investors to take advantage of the pricing discrepancy. Similarly, funds that hold thinly-traded securities, such as certain small-capitalization securities, may be exposed to varying levels of pricing arbitrage. The Fund has adopted fair valuation policies and procedures intended to reduce the Fund’s exposure to price arbitrage, stale pricing and other potential pricing discrepancies. Currently, Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data, Inc. provides such services to the Fund. However, to the extent that the Fund does not immediately reflect these changes in market conditions, short-term trading may dilute the value of the Fund’s shares which negatively affects long-term shareholders.

The Fund’s Board has adopted policies and procedures designed to deter frequent, short-term trading in shares of the Fund. In general, shareholders may make exchanges among their accounts with ING Funds once every thirty (30) days. However, the Fund prohibits frequent trading. The Fund has defined frequent trading as follows:

  • Any shareholder or financial adviser initiated exchanges among all their accounts with the Fund within thirty (30) calendar days of a previous exchange. All exchanges occurring on the same day for all accounts (individual, IRA, 401(k), etc.) beneficially owned by the same shareholder will be treated as a single transaction for purposes of this policy;
  • Trading deemed harmful or excessive by the Fund (including but not limited to patterns of purchases and redemptions), in its sole discretion; and
  • Trades initiated by financial advisers, among multiple shareholder accounts, that in the aggregate are deemed harmful or excessive.

The following transactions are excluded when determining whether trading activity is excessive:

  • Purchases and sales of Fund shares in the amount of $5,000 or less;
  • Transfers associated with systematic purchases or redemptions;
  • Purchases and sales of funds that affirmatively permit short-term trading;
  • Rebalancing to facilitate fund-of-fund arrangements or the Fund’s systematic exchange privileges;
  • Purchases or sales initiated by ING Funds; and
  • Transactions subject to the trading policy of an intermediary that the Fund deems materially similar to the Fund’s policy.
FREQUENT TRADING - MARKET TIMING  (continued)

Please note that while money market funds permit short-term trading, an exchange between a money market fund and another fund that does not permit short-term trading will count as an exchange for purposes of this policy.

If a violation of the policy is identified, the following action will be taken:

  • Upon the first violation of this policy in a calendar year, purchase and exchange privileges shall be suspended for ninety (90) days. For example, if an exchange is initiated on February 1st, and a second exchange is initiated on February 15th, trading privileges shall be suspended for ninety (90) days from February 1st.
  • Upon a second violation in a calendar year, purchase and exchange privileges shall be suspended for one hundred eighty (180) days.
  • No purchases or exchanges will be permitted in the account and all related accounts bearing the same Tax ID or equivalent identifier.

On the next business day following the end of the ninety (90) or one hundred eighty (180) day suspension any trading restrictions placed on the account(s) shall be removed.

The Fund reserves the right to modify this policy at any time without prior notice.

Although the restrictions described above are designed to discourage frequent, short-term trading, none of them alone, nor all of them taken together, can eliminate the possibility that frequent, short-term trading activity in the Fund will occur. Moreover, in enforcing such restrictions, the Fund is often required to make decisions that are inherently subjective. The Fund strives to make these decisions to the best of its abilities in a manner that it believes is in the best interest of shareholders.

Shareholders may invest in the Fund through omnibus account arrangements with financial intermediaries. Omnibus accounts permit intermediaries to aggregate their clients’ transactions and in these circumstances, the identity of the shareholder is often unknown. Such intermediaries include broker-dealers, banks, investment advisers, record keepers, retirement plans, and fee-based accounts such as wrap fee programs. Omnibus accounts generally do not identify customers’ trading activity on an individual basis. The Fund’s Administrator has agreements in place with intermediaries which require such intermediaries to provide detailed account information, including trading history, upon request of the Fund. There is no assurance that the Fund’s Administrator will request such information with sufficient frequency to detect or deter excessive trading or that review of such information will be sufficient to detect or deter excessive trading in omnibus accounts effectively.

In some cases, the Fund will rely on the intermediaries’ excessive trading policies and such policies shall define the trading activity in which the shareholder may engage. This shall be the case where the Fund is used in certain retirement plans offered by affiliates. With trading information received as a result of the agreements, the Fund may make a determination that certain trading activity is harmful to the Fund and its shareholders even if such activity is not strictly prohibited by the intermediaries’ excessive trading policy. As a result, a shareholder investing directly or indirectly in the Fund may have their trading privileges suspended without violating the stated excessive trading policy of the intermediary.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

ING mutual funds are distributed by the Distributor. The Distributor is a broker-dealer that is licensed to sell securities. The Distributor generally does not sell directly to the public but sells and markets its products through intermediaries such as other broker-dealers. Each ING mutual fund also has an investment adviser which is responsible for managing the money invested in each of the mutual funds. Both of these entities (collectively, “ING”) may compensate an intermediary for selling ING mutual funds.

Only persons licensed with FINRA as a registered representative (often referred to as a broker or financial adviser) and associated with a specific broker-dealer may sell an ING mutual fund to you. The Distributor has agreements in place with each broker-dealer selling the Fund defining specifically what those broker-dealers will be paid for the sale of a particular ING mutual fund. Those broker-dealers then pay the registered representative who sold you the mutual fund some or all of what they receive from ING. They may receive a payment when the sale is made and can, in some cases, continue to receive payments while you are invested in the mutual fund.

The Fund’s Adviser or the Distributor, out of its own resources and without additional cost to the Fund or its shareholders, may provide additional cash or non-cash compensation to intermediaries selling shares of the Fund, including affiliates of the Adviser and the Distributor. These amounts would be in addition to the distribution payments made by the Fund under the distribution agreements. The payments made under these arrangements are paid by the Adviser or the Distributor. Additionally, if a fund is not sub-advised or is sub-advised by an ING entity, ING may retain more revenue than on those funds it must pay to have sub-advised by non-affiliated entities. Management personnel of ING may receive additional compensation if the overall amount of investments in funds advised by ING meets certain target levels or increases over time.

The Distributor may pay, from its own resources, additional fees to these broker-dealers or other financial institutions including affiliated entities. These additional fees paid to intermediaries may take the following forms: (1) a percentage of that entity’s customer assets invested in ING mutual funds; (2) a percentage of that entity’s gross sales; or (3) some combination of these payments. These payments may, depending on the broker-dealer’s satisfaction of the required conditions, be periodic and may be up to: (1) 0.30% per annum of the value of the Fund’s shares held by the broker-dealer’s customers; or (2) 0.30% of the value of the Fund’s shares sold by the broker-dealer during a particular period. In accordance with these practices, if that initial investment averages a value of $10,000 over the year, the Distributor could pay a maximum of $30 on those assets. If you invested $10,000, the Distributor could pay a maximum of $30 for that sale.

The Fund’s Adviser or the Distributor may provide additional cash or non-cash compensation to third parties selling our mutual funds including affiliated companies. This may take the form of cash incentives and non-cash compensation and may include, but is not limited to: cash; merchandise; trips; occasional entertainment; meals or tickets to a sporting event; client appreciation events; payment for travel expenses (including meals and lodging) to pre-approved training and education seminars; and payment for advertising and sales campaigns. The Distributor may also pay concessions in addition to those described above to broker-dealers so that ING mutual funds are made available by those broker-dealers for their customers. The Sub-Adviser of the Fund may contribute to non-cash compensation arrangements.

Not all mutual funds pay the same amount to the broker-dealers who sell their mutual funds. Broker-dealers can receive different payments based on the mutual funds they offer, the companies with whom they are doing business and how much they sell. What these broker-dealers are paid also varies depending on the class of mutual fund you purchase.

The top 25 firms we paid to sell our mutual funds as of the last calendar year are:

Ameriprise Advisor Services, Inc.; Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Directed Services LLC; Financial Network Investment Corporation; First Clearing, LLC; ING Financial Advisers, LLC; ING Financial Partners, Inc.; ING Life Insurance & Annuity; ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company; LPL Financial LLC; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.; Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.; Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC; National Financial Services Corporation; Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.; Pershing, LLC; PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc.; Raymond James & Associates, Inc.; Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.; RBC Capital Markets, LLC; Sharebuilder Securities Corporation; TD Ameritrade, Inc.; UBS Financial Services, LLC; Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC; Wells Fargo Investments, LLC.

Your registered representative or broker-dealer could have a financial interest in selling you a particular mutual fund, or the mutual funds of a particular company, to increase the compensation they receive. Please make sure you read fully each mutual fund prospectus and discuss any questions you have with your registered representative.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions

The Fund generally distributes most or all of its net earnings in the form of dividends, consisting of ordinary income and capital gains distributions. The Fund distributes capital gains, if any, annually. The Fund also declares dividends and pays dividends consisting of ordinary income, if any, annually.

To comply with federal tax regulations, the Fund may also pay an additional capital gains distribution.

Dividend Reinvestment

Unless you instruct the Fund to pay you dividends in cash, dividends and distributions paid by the Fund will be reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. You may, upon written request or by completing the appropriate section of the Account Application, elect to have all dividends and other distributions paid on shares of the Fund invested in another ING Fund that offers the same class of shares.

Taxes

The tax discussion in this Prospectus is only a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax issues generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders. The following assumes that the Fund’s shares will be capital assets in the hands of a shareholder. Circumstances among investors may vary, so you are encouraged to discuss investment in the Fund with your tax advisor.

The Fund will distribute all, or substantially all, of its net investment income and net capital gains to its shareholders each year. Although the Fund will not be taxed on amounts it distributes, most shareholders will be taxed on amounts they receive.

Distributions, whether received as cash or reinvested in additional shares, may be subject to federal income taxes and may also be subject to state or local taxes. For mutual funds generally, dividends from net investment income (other than qualified dividend income, as described below) and distributions of net short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income under federal income tax laws whether paid in cash or in additional shares. Distributions from net long-term gains are taxable as long term taxable gains regardless of the length of time you have held the shares and whether you were paid in cash or additional shares.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law (in effect for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012), distributions of earnings from qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations will be taxable to non-corporate shareholders at the same rate as long-term capital gains (which is currently generally taxable at a maximum rate of 15% for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012), instead of at the ordinary income rate, provided certain requirements are satisfied.

Selling or exchanging your Fund shares is a taxable event and may result in capital gain or loss. A capital gain or capital loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two mutual funds. Any capital loss incurred on the sale or exchange of Fund shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term loss to the extent of long-term capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a sale, redemption or exchange of shares of the Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of that same Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the shares acquired. You are responsible for any tax liabilities generated by your transactions.

You will be notified after each calendar year of the amount of income, dividends and net capital gains distributed. If you purchase shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, that entity will provide this information to you.

The Fund intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company. A regulated investment company generally is not subject to tax at the fund level on income and gains from investments that are distributed to shareholders. However, the Fund’s failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would result in fund level taxation and therefore, a reduction in income available for distribution.

The Fund is required to withhold a legally determined portion, currently 28% (scheduled to increase to 31% after 2012), of all taxable dividends, distributions, and redemption proceeds payable to any noncorporate shareholder that does not provide the Fund with a shareholder’s correct taxpayer identification number or certification that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding. This is not an additional tax but can be credited against your tax liability.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES  (continued)

Shareholders that invest in the Fund through a tax-deferred account, such as a qualified retirement plan, generally will not have to pay tax on dividends until they are distributed from the account. These accounts are subject to complex tax rules, and you should consult your tax advisor about investing through such an account.

Foreign shareholders invested in the Fund should consult with their tax advisors as to if and how the U.S. federal income tax law and its withholding requirements apply to them. Generally, the Fund will withhold 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) on distributions to foreign shareholders.

Foreign Income Taxes . Investment income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which would entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of such taxes or exemption from taxes on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax for the Fund in advance since the amount of the assets to be invested within various countries is not known.

If more than 50% in value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of any taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may file an election with the Internal Revenue Service (the “Foreign Election”) that may permit you to take a credit (or a deduction) for foreign income taxes paid by the Fund. The Fund may be subject to certain holding period requirements with respect to securities held to take advantage of this credit. If the Foreign Election is made by the Fund, and you choose to use the foreign tax credit, you would include in your gross income both dividends received from the Fund and foreign income taxes paid by the Fund. You would be entitled to treat the foreign income taxes withheld as a credit against your U.S. federal income taxes, subject to the limitations set forth in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 with respect to the foreign tax credit generally. Alternatively, you could treat the foreign income taxes withheld as an itemized deduction from adjusted gross income in computing taxable income rather than as a tax credit. It is anticipated that the Fund will qualify to make the Foreign Election; however, the Fund cannot be certain that it will be eligible to make such an election or that you will be eligible for the foreign tax credit.

Please see the SAI for further information regarding tax matters.

ACCOUNT POLICIES

Account Access

Unless your Fund shares are held through a third-party fiduciary or in an omnibus registration at your bank or brokerage firm, you may be able to access your account information over the Internet at www.INGInvestment.com or via a touch tone telephone by calling 1-800-992-0180. Should you wish to speak with a Shareholder Services Representative, you may call the toll-free number listed above.

Privacy Policy

The Fund has adopted a policy concerning investor privacy. To review the privacy policy, contact a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180, obtain a policy over the Internet at www.INGInvestment.com, or see the privacy promise that accompanies any Prospectus obtained by mail.

Householding

To reduce expenses, we may mail only one copy of the Fund’s Prospectus and each annual and semi-annual shareholder report to those addresses shared by two or more accounts. If you wish to receive individual copies of these documents, please call a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180 or speak to your investment professional. We will begin sending you individual copies 30 days after receiving your request.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus, financial highlights are not available.

  

TO OBTAIN MORE INFORMATION

You’ll find more information about the Fund in our:

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL SHAREHOLDER REPORTS

In the Fund’s annual/semi-annual shareholder reports, when available, you will find a discussion of the recent market conditions and principal investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during the last fiscal year, the financial statements and the independent registered public accounting firm’s reports (in the annual shareholder report only).

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The SAI contains more detailed information about the Fund. The SAI is legally part of this Prospectus (it is incorporated by reference). A copy has been filed with the SEC.

Please write, call or visit our website for a free copy of the current annual/semi-annual shareholder reports, when available, the SAI, or other Fund information.

To make shareholder inquiries contact: The ING Funds 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034
1-800-992-0180 or visit our website at www.INGInvestment.com

This information may also be reviewed or obtained from the SEC. In order to review the information in person, you will need to visit the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or call 202-551-8090 for information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Otherwise, you may obtain the information for a fee, by contacting the SEC at:

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

Public Reference Section
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549

or at the e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov

Or obtain the information at no cost by visiting the SEC’s Internet website at www.sec.gov.

When contacting the SEC, you will want to refer to the Fund’s SEC file number. The file number is as follows:

ING Mutual Funds 811-07428
ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund




PRO-EMERGEQALL     (0911-093011)

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

September 30, 2011

 

ING MUTUAL FUNDS

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258-2034

(800) 992-0180

 

ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Class/Ticker; A/IEMHX; C/IEMJX; I/IEMGX; R/IEMKX; W/IEMLX

 

Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W Shares

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates to ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund (the “Fund”), a series of ING Mutual Funds (“Trust”). A prospectus or prospectuses (each, a “Prospectus” and collectively, the “Prospectuses”) for the Fund dated September 30, 2011, which provide the basic information you should know before investing in the Fund, may be obtained without charge from the Fund or the Fund’s principal underwriter, ING Investments Distributor, LLC (“Distributor”), at the address listed above. This SAI is not a prospectus, but is incorporated therein by reference, and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses, each dated September 30, 2011, which have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

The information in this SAI expands on the information contained in the Prospectuses and any supplements thereto. Copies of the Fund’s Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W Shares Prospectuses and annual or unaudited semi-annual shareholder reports, when available, may be obtained upon request and without charge by contacting the Fund at the address and phone number written above. Capitalized terms used in this SAI have the same meaning as in the Prospectuses and some additional terms are defined particularly for this SAI.

 

1

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
HISTORY OF THE TRUST 3
SUPPLEMENTAL DESCRIPTION OF FUND INVESTMENTS AND RISKS 3
FUNDAMENTAL AND NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS 49
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER 51
DISCLOSURE OF THE FUND’S PORTFOLIO SECURITIES 51
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST 53
TRUSTEE OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES 65
COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEES 66
CODE OF ETHICS 67
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES 68
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS 68
ADVISER 68
ADVISORY FEES RATES 70
SUB-ADVISERS 70
SUB-ADVISORY FEE RATES 72
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS 72
RULE 12B-1 PLANS 76
EXPENSES 78
ADMINISTRATOR 78
CUSTODIAN 78
LEGAL COUNSEL 79
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 79
TRANSFER AGENT 79
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS 79
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES 82
SALES CHARGES 84
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 89
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES AND PRIVILEGES 89
NET ASSET VALUE 92
TAX CONSIDERATIONS 94
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 101
DISTRIBUTOR 102
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA 102
PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS 105
DISTRIBUTIONS 106
GENERAL INFORMATION 106
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 107
APPENDIX A- PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES A-1

 

 

2

 


 

INTRODUCTION

 

This SAI is designed to elaborate upon information contained in the Fund’s Prospectuses, including the discussion of certain securities and investment techniques. The more detailed information contained in this SAI is intended for investors who have read the Prospectuses and are interested in a more detailed explanation of certain aspects of some of the Fund’s securities and investment techniques. Some of the Fund’s investment techniques are described only in the Prospectuses and are not repeated herein.

 

HISTORY OF THE TRUST

 

ING Mutual Funds

 

ING Mutual Funds is a Delaware statutory trust registered as an open-end, management investment company. ING Mutual Funds was organized in 1992 and currently consists of thirteen diversified, and five non-diversified series, one of which, ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund (“Emerging Markets Equity Fund”) is discussed in this SAI. Prior to a reorganization of ING Mutual Funds, which became effective on July 24, 1998, ING Mutual Funds offered shares in a number of separate diversified portfolios, each of which invested all of its assets in a corresponding master fund of Nicholas-Applegate Investment Trust (“Master Trust”). The July 24, 1998 reorganization eliminated this two-tiered “master-feeder” structure.

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DESCRIPTION OF FUND INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

 

Diversification

 

The Fund is classified as a diversified investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”). In order to qualify as diversified, the Fund must diversify its holdings so that at all times at least 75% of the value of its total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities, securities of other investment companies, and other securities (for this purpose other securities of any one issuer are limited to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the total assets of the Fund and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer).

 

Concentration

 

With respect to the Fund’s concentration policy, the adviser uses the Global Industry Classification Standards and Bloomberg L.P. to determine industry concentration.

 

Investments, Strategies, and Risks

 

The following pages identify various securities and investment techniques used by the adviser or sub-advisers in managing the Fund. The Fund may use any or all of these techniques at any one time, and the fact that the Fund may use a technique does not mean that the technique will be used. Unless otherwise noted, the Fund may invest up to 5% of its net assets in any type of security or investment noted in this SAI that the adviser or a sub-adviser reasonably believes is compatible with the investment objective and policies of the Fund. The Fund’s transactions in a particular type of security or use of a particular technique is subject to limitations imposed by the Fund’s investment objective, policies, and restrictions described in the Fund’s Prospectuses and/or this SAI, as well as the federal securities laws. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investment objective, policies, investment strategies and practices are non-fundamental unless otherwise indicated. The descriptions of the securities and investment techniques in this section supplements the discussion of principal investment strategies contained in the Fund’s Prospectuses. Where a particular type of security or investment technique is not discussed in the Fund’s Prospectuses, that security or investment technique is not a principal investment strategy. See the Fund’s fundamental investment restrictions for further information.

 

3

 


 

EQUITY INVESTMENTS

 

The value of equity securities, such as common stocks and preferred stocks, may decline due to general market conditions which are not specifically related to a particular company or to factors affecting a particular industry or industries. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed-income securities.

 

While some countries or companies may be regarded as favorable investments, pure fixed-income opportunities may be unattractive or limited due to insufficient supply, legal, or technical restrictions. In such cases, the Fund may consider convertible securities or equity securities to gain exposure to such investments.

 

At times, in connection with the restructuring of a preferred stock or fixed-income instrument either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Fund may determine or be required to accept equity securities, such as common stocks, in exchange for all or a portion of a preferred stock or fixed-income instrument. Depending upon, among other things, ING’s evaluation of the potential value of such securities in relation to the price that could be obtained by the Fund at any given time upon sale thereof, the Fund may determine to hold such securities in its portfolio.

 

Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed-income securities. The market price of equity securities owned by the Fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Equity securities may decline in value due to factors affecting equity securities markets generally or particular industries represented in those markets. The value of an equity security may also decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods or services.

 

Common Stocks

 

Common stocks represent an equity (ownership) interest in a company. This ownership interest generally gives the Fund the right to vote on issues affecting the company’s organization and operations. Such investments may be diversified over a cross-section of industries and individual companies. Some of these companies will be organizations with market capitalizations of $500 million or less or companies that have limited product lines, markets and financial resources and are dependent upon a limited management group. Examples of possible investments include emerging growth companies employing new technology, cyclical companies, initial public offerings of companies offering high growth potential, or other corporations offering good potential for high growth in market value. The securities of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies both because the securities typically are traded in lower volume and because the issuers typically are subject to a greater degree to changes in earnings and prospects.

 

Convertible Securities

 

A convertible security is a security that may be converted either at a stated price or rate within a specified period of time into a specified number of shares of common stock. By investing in convertible securities, the Fund seeks the opportunity, through the conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which the securities are convertible, while investing at a better price than may be available on the common stock or obtaining a higher fixed rate of return than is available on common stocks. The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also affect the investment value of a convertible security. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be

 

4

 


 

increasingly influenced by its conversion value.

 

The market value of convertible debt securities tends to vary inversely with the level of interest rates. The value of the security declines as interest rates increase, and increases as interest rates decline. Although under normal market conditions longer term debt securities have greater yields than do shorter-term debt securities of similar quality, they are subject to greater price fluctuations. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the instrument governing the convertible security. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund must permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Rating requirements do not apply to convertible debt securities purchased by the Fund because the Fund purchases such securities for their equity characteristics.

 

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”)

 

An ETF is an investment company whose goal is to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are traded on exchanges and are traded similar to a publicly traded company. Similarly, the risks and costs are similar to that of a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. Because ETFs trade on an exchange, they may not trade at NAV. Sometimes, the prices of ETFs may vary significantly from the NAVs of the ETF’s underlying securities. Additionally, if the Fund elects to redeem its ETF shares rather than selling them on the secondary market, the Fund may receive the underlying securities which it must then sell in order to obtain cash. Additionally, when the Fund invests in ETFs, shareholders of the Fund bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

 

Initial Public Offerings

 

Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”) occur when a company first offers its securities to the public. Although companies can be any age or size at the time of their IPO, they are often smaller and have a limited operating history, which involves a greater potential for the value of their securities to be impaired following the IPO. Investors in IPOs can be adversely affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders. In addition, all of the factors that affect stock market performance may have a greater impact on the shares of IPO companies.

 

The price of a company’s securities may be highly unstable at the time of its IPO and for a period thereafter due to market psychology prevailing at the time of the IPO, the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available and limited availability of investor information. As a result of this or other factors, the Fund’s adviser or sub-adviser might decide to sell an IPO security more quickly than it would otherwise, which may result in a significant gain or loss and greater transaction costs to the Fund. Any gains from shares held for one year or less will be treated as short-term gains, taxable as ordinary income to the Fund’s shareholders. In addition, IPO securities may be subject to varying patterns of trading volume and may, at times, be difficult to sell without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices.

 

The effect of an IPO investment can have a magnified impact on the Fund’s performance when the Fund’s asset bases are small. Consequently, IPOs may constitute a significant portion of the Fund’s returns particularly when the Fund is small. Since the number of securities issued in an IPO is limited, it is likely that IPO securities will represent a smaller component of the Fund’s assets as it increases in size and, therefore, have a more limited effect on the Fund’s performance.

 

There can be no assurance that IPOs will continue to be available for the Fund to purchase. The number or quality of IPOs available for purchase by the Fund may vary, decrease or entirely disappear. In some cases, the Fund may not be able to purchase IPOs at the offering price, but may have to purchase the shares in the

 

5

 


 

aftermarket at a price greatly exceeding the offering price, making it more difficult for the Fund to realize a profit.

 

Mid- and/or Small-Capitalization Companies

 

Investments in mid- and/or small-capitalization companies involve greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more established companies due to the greater business risks of small size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines, and the frequent lack of depth of management. The securities of smaller companies are often traded over-the-counter and may not be traded in volumes typical on a national securities exchange. Consequently, the securities of smaller companies may have limited market stability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies or the market averages in general. The trading volume of securities of mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies is normally less than that of larger companies and, therefore, may disproportionately affect their market price, tending to make them rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure than is the case with larger companies.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

An investment company is a company engaged in the business of pooling investors’ money and trading in securities for them. Examples include face-amount certificate companies, unit investment trusts and management companies. When the Fund invests in other investment companies, shareholders of the Fund bear their proportionate share of the underlying investment companies’ fees and expenses.

 

The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder. For so long as shares of the Fund are purchased by another ING Fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, the Fund will not purchase securities of a registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

 

There are some potential disadvantages associated with investing in other investment companies. In addition to the advisory and operational fees the Fund bears directly in connection with its own operation, the Fund would also bear its pro rata portions of each other investment company’s advisory and operational expenses. When the Fund invests in other investment companies, you indirectly pay a proportionate share of the expenses of that other investment company (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the Fund.

 

Preferred Stocks

 

Preferred stocks represent an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Preferred stocks may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. Preferred stocks are subject to issuer-specific and market risks applicable generally to equity securities. In addition, a company’s preferred stocks generally pay dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of preferred stocks will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects.

 

Preferred stocks, unlike common stocks, offer a stated dividend rate payable from a corporation’s earnings. Such preferred stocks’ dividends may be cumulative or non-cumulative, participating, or auction rate. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred stocks may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as call/redemption provisions prior to maturity, a negative feature when interest rates decline. Dividends on some preferred stocks may be “cumulative,” requiring all or a portion of prior unpaid dividends to be paid before dividends are

 

6

 


 

paid on the issuer’s common stocks. Preferred stocks also generally have a preference over common stocks on the distribution of a corporation’s assets in the event of liquidation of the corporation, and may be “participating,” which means that it may be entitled to a dividend exceeding the stated dividend in certain cases. The rights of preferred stocks on the distribution of a corporation’s assets in the event of a liquidation are generally subordinate to the rights associated with a corporation’s debt securities.

 

Private Funds

 

Private funds include U.S. or foreign private limited partnerships or other investment funds are referred to as private funds. Investments in private funds may be highly speculative and volatile. Because private funds are generally investment companies for purposes of the 1940 Act or would be but for the exemptions provided in sections 3(C)(1) or 3(C)(7) of the 1940 Act, the Fund’s ability to invest in them will be limited. In addition, Fund shareholders will remain subject to the Fund’s expenses while also bearing their pro rata share of the operating expenses of the private funds. The ability of the Fund to dispose of interests in private funds is very limited and involves risks, including loss of the Fund’s entire investment in the private fund.

 

Private investment funds include a variety of pooled investments. Generally, these pooled investments are structured as a trust, a special purpose vehicle, and are exempted from registration under the 1940 Act. As an investor, the Fund owns a proportionate share of the trust. Typically, the trust does not employ a professional investment manager. Instead, the pooled investment tracks some index by investing in the issuers or securities that comprise the index. The Fund receives a stream of cash flows in the form of interest payments from the underlying assets or the proceeds from the sale of the underlying assets in the event those underlying assets are sold. However, some pooled investments may not dispose of the underlying securities regardless of the adverse events affecting the issuers depending on the investment strategy utilized. In this type of strategy, the pooled investment continues to hold the underlying securities as long as the issuers or securities remain members of the tracked index.

 

The pooled investments allow the Fund to synchronize the receipt of interest and principal payments and also, diversify some of the risks involved with investing in fixed-income securities. Because the pooled investments hold securities of many issuers, the default of a few issuers would not impact the Fund significantly. However, the Fund bears its proportionate share of any expenses incurred by the pooled investments. In addition, the Fund assumes the liquidity risks generally associated the privately offered pooled investments.

 

Pooled investments that are structured as a trust contain many similarities to private funds that are structured as limited partnerships. The primary difference between the trust and the limited partnership structure is the redemption of the ownership interests. Typically, the ownership interests in a typical private fund are redeemable only by the general partners and thus, are restricted from transferring from one party to another. Conversely, the ownership interests in the trust are generally not redeemable by the trust, except under certain circumstances, and are transferable among the general public for publicly offered securities and “qualified purchasers” or “qualified institutional buyers” for privately offered securities.

 

The Fund cannot assure that it can achieve better results by investing in a pooled investment versus investing directly in the individual underlying assets.

 

Private investment funds also include investments in certain structured securities. Structured securities include notes, bonds, or debentures that provide for the payment of principal of, and/or interest in, amounts determined by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, interest rates, commodities, indices, or other financial indicators (the “Reference”) or the relative change in two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. The terms of structured securities may provide that under certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, may result in the loss of the Fund’s investment. Structured securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition, the change in interest

 

7

 


 

rate or the value of the security at maturity may be a multiple of the change in the value of the Reference. Consequently, leveraged structured securities entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt obligations. Structured securities may also be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex fixed-income investments.

 

Real Estate Securities

 

The Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and other real estate industry operating companies (“REOCs”). For purposes of the Fund’s investments, a REOC is a company that derives at least 50% of its gross revenues or net profits from either: (1) the ownership, development, construction, financing, management, or sale of commercial, industrial, or residential real estate; or (2) products or services related to the real estate industry, such as building supplies or mortgage servicing. Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Although the Fund will not invest directly in real estate, the Fund may invest in equity securities of issuers primarily engaged in or related to the real estate industry. Therefore, an investment in REITs is subject to certain risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate and with the real estate industry in general. These risks include, among others: possible declines in the value of real estate; risks related to general and local economic conditions; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; overbuilding; extended vacancies of properties; increases in competition, property taxes and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws; costs resulting from the clean-up of, and liability to third parties for damages resulting from, environmental problems; casualty or condemnation losses; uninsured damages from floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters; limitations on and variations in rents; changes in interest rates; and acts of terrorism, war or other acts of violence. To the extent that assets underlying the REITs’ investments are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects, the REITs may be subject to certain of the foregoing risks to a greater extent. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, and self-liquidation. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investment in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed-rate obligations.

 

Investing in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small-capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities.

 

Investments in mortgage-related securities involve certain risks. In periods of declining interest rates, prices of fixed-income securities tend to rise. However, during such periods, the rate of prepayment of mortgages underlying mortgage-related securities tends to increase, with the result that such prepayments must be reinvested by the issuer at lower rates. In addition, the value of such securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers of mortgage-related securities owned by the Fund. Because investments in mortgage-related securities are interest sensitive, the ability of the issuer to reinvest or to reinvest favorably in underlying mortgages may be limited by government regulation or tax policy. For example, action by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to limit the growth of the nation’s money supply may cause interest rates to rise and thereby reduce the volume of new residential mortgages. Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantees and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will be able to meet their obligations.

 

8

 


 

Rights

 

Rights are instruments, frequently distributed to an issuer’s shareholders as a dividend, that entitle the holder to purchase a specific number of shares of common stock on a specific date or during a specific period of time. The exercise price on the rights is normally at a discount from market value of the common stock at the time of distribution. The rights do not carry with them the right to dividends or to vote and may or may not be transferable. Rights are frequently used outside of the United States as a means of raising additional capital from an issuer’s current shareholders.

 

As a result, an investment in warrants or rights may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant or a right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and warrants and rights expire worthless if they are not exercised on or prior to their expiration date.

 

Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

Synthetic convertible securities are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, the Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables the Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, the Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations.

 

Unseasoned Companies

 

The Fund considers securities of companies with limited operating histories to be securities of companies with a record of less than three (3) years’ continuous operation, including the operations of any predecessors and parents. These are sometimes referred to as “unseasoned issuers.” These companies by their nature have only a limited operating history that can be used for evaluating the company’s growth prospects. As a result, investment decisions for these securities may place a greater emphasis on current or planned product lines and the reputation and experience of the company’s management and less emphasis on fundamental valuation factors than would be the case for more mature companies.

 

FIXED – INCOME INVESTMENTS

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

Asset-backed securities represent individual interests in pools of consumer loans, home equity loans, trade receivables, credit card receivables, and other debt and are similar in structure to mortgage-backed securities. The assets are securitized either in a pass-through structure (similar to a mortgage pass-through structure) or in a pay-through structure (similar to a collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”) structure). Asset-backed securities may be subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying loans. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of certain types of loans underlying asset-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. Accordingly, the Fund’s ability to maintain positions in these securities will be affected by reductions in the principal amount of the securities resulting from prepayments, and the Fund must reinvest the returned principal at prevailing interest rates, which may be lower. Asset-backed securities may also be subject to extension risk during periods of rising interest rates.

 

9

 


 

Asset-backed securities entail certain risks not presented by mortgage-backed securities. The collateral underlying asset-backed securities may be less effective as security for payments than real estate collateral. Debtors may have the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards or other obligations underlying the asset-backed security, or the debt holder may not have a first (or proper) security interest in all of the obligations backing the receivable because of the nature of the receivable or state or federal laws protecting the debtor. Certain collateral may be difficult to locate in the event of default, and recoveries on depreciated or damaged collateral may not fully cover payments due on these securities.

 

It is expected that governmental, government-related, or private entities may create mortgage loan pools and other mortgage-backed securities offering mortgage pass-through and mortgage-collateralized investments in addition to those described above. As new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and offered to investors, investments in such new types of mortgage-backed securities may be considered for the Fund.

 

The non-mortgage-related asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest include, but are not limited to, interests in pools of receivables, such as credit card and accounts receivables and motor vehicle and other installment purchase obligations and leases. Interests in these pools are not backed by the U.S. government and may or may not be secured.

 

The credit characteristics of asset-backed securities differs in a number of respects from those of traditional debt securities. Asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable to other debt obligations, and there is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to support payment on these securities.

 

The principal on asset-backed securities, like mortgage-related securities, may normally be prepaid at any time, which will reduce the yield and market value of these securities. Asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities generally experience less prepayment than residential mortgage-related securities. In periods of falling interest rates when liquidity is available to borrowers, the rate of prepayments tends to increase (as does price fluctuation) as borrowers are motivated to pay off debt and refinance at new lower rates. During such periods, reinvestment of the prepayment proceeds by the Fund will generally be at lower rates of return than the return on the assets which were prepaid. Certain commercial mortgage-backed securities are issued in several classes with different levels of yield and credit protection. The Fund’s investments in commercial mortgage-backed securities with several classes may be in the lower classes that have greater risks than the higher classes, including greater interest rate, credit and prepayment risks. While asset-backed securities are designed to allocate risk from pools of their underlying assets, the risk allocation techniques may not be successful, which could lead to the credit risk of these investments being greater than indicated by their ratings. The value of asset-backed securities may be further affected by downturns in the credit markets or the real estate market. It may be difficult to value these instruments because of the transparency or liquidity of some underlying investments, and these instruments may not be liquid. Finally, certain asset-backed securities are based on loans that are unsecured, which means that there is no collateral to seize if the underlying borrower defaults.

 

Corporate Debt Securities

 

Corporate debt securities include corporate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar corporate debt instruments, including convertible securities. The investment return on a corporate debt security reflects interest earnings and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate debt security will generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. There is also the risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to pay interest or principal at the time called for by the instrument. Investments in corporate debt securities that are rated below investment-grade are described in “High-Yield Securities” below.

 

Debt obligations that are deemed investment-grade carry a rating of at least Baa3 from Moody’s or BBB- from S&P, or a comparable rating from another rating agency or, if not rated by an agency, are determined by the

 

10

 


 

adviser or sub-adviser to be of comparable quality. Bonds rated Baa3 or BBB- have speculative characteristics and changes in economic circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make interest and principal payments than higher rated bonds.

 

Credit-Linked Notes

 

A credit-linked note (“CLN”) is generally issued by one party with a credit option, or risk, linked to a second party. The embedded credit option allows the first party to shift a specific credit risk to the CLN holder, or the Fund in this case. The CLN is issued by a trust, a special purpose vehicle, collateralized by AAA-rated securities. Because of its high ratings, a CLN may be purchased by the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective. The CLN’s price or coupon is linked to the performance of the reference asset of the second party. Generally, the CLN holder receives either fixed or floating coupon rate during the life of the CLN and par at maturity. The cash flows are dependent on specified credit-related events. Should the second party default or declare bankruptcy, the CLN holder will receive an amount equivalent to the recovery rate. The CLN holder bears the risk of default by the second party and any unforeseen movements in the reference asset, which could lead to loss of principal and receipt of interest payments. In return for these risks, the CLN holder receives a higher yield. As with most derivative investments, valuation of a CLN is difficult due to the complexity of the security (i.e., the embedded option is not easily priced). The Fund cannot assure that they can implement a successful strategy regarding this type of investment.

 

Floating or Variable Rate Instruments

 

Floating or variable rate bonds normally provide that the holder can demand payment of the obligation on short notice at par with accrued interest. Such bonds are frequently secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. Floating or variable rate instruments provide for adjustments in the interest rate at specified intervals (weekly, monthly, semiannually, etc.). The Fund would anticipate using these bonds as cash equivalents, pending longer term investment of its funds. Other longer term fixed-rate bonds, with a right of the holder to request redemption at certain times (often annually, after the lapse of an intermediate term), may also be purchased by the Fund. These bonds are more defensive than conventional long-term bonds (protecting to some degree against a rise in interest rates), while providing greater opportunity than comparable intermediate term bonds since the Fund may retain the bond if interest rates decline. By acquiring these kinds of bonds, the Fund obtains the contractual right to require the issuer of the security, or some other person (other than a broker or dealer), to purchase the security at an agreed upon price, which right is contained in the obligation itself rather than in a separate agreement with the seller or some other person.

 

Government Trust Certificates

 

Government Trust Certificates represent an interest in a government trust, the property of which consists of: (i) a promissory note of a foreign government no less than 90% of which is backed by the full faith and credit guaranty issued by the federal government of the United States (issued pursuant to Title III of the Foreign Operations, Export, Financing and Related Borrowers Programs Appropriations Act of 1998); and (ii) a security interest in obligations of the U.S. Treasury backed by the full faith and credit of the United States sufficient to support the remaining balance (no more than 10%) of all payments of principal and interest on such promissory note; provided that such obligations shall not be rated less than AAA by S&P or less than Aaa by Moody’s or have received a comparable rating by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Guaranteed Investment Contracts

 

Guaranteed Investment Contracts (“GICs”) are issued by insurance companies. Pursuant to such contracts, the Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund in the insurance company’s general account. The insurance

 

11

 


 

company then credits to that Fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest, which is based on an index. The GICs provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against a GIC for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. In addition, because the Fund may not receive the principal amount of a GIC from the insurance company on seven days’ notice or less, the GIC is considered an illiquid investment, and, together with other instruments invested in by the Fund which are not readily marketable, will not exceed 15% of the Fund’s net assets. The term of a GIC will be one year or less. In determining average weighted portfolio maturity, a GIC will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period of time remaining until the next readjustment of the guaranteed interest rate.

 

High-Yield Securities

 

High-yield securities are debt securities that are rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s or “BBB-” by S&P, or of comparable quality if unrated.

 

High-yield securities often are referred to as “junk bonds” and include certain corporate debt obligations, higher yielding preferred stock and mortgage-related securities, and securities convertible into the foregoing. Investments in high-yield securities generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality debt securities, but they also typically entail greater potential price volatility and principal and income risk.

 

High-yield securities are not considered to be investment-grade. They are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuing company’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Also, their yields and market values tend to fluctuate more than higher-rated securities. Fluctuations in value do not affect the cash income from the securities, but are reflected in the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”). The greater risks and fluctuations in yield and value occur, in part, because investors generally perceive issuers of lower-rated and unrated securities to be less creditworthy.

 

The yields earned on high-yield securities generally are related to the quality ratings assigned by recognized rating agencies. The following are excerpts from Moody’s description of its bond ratings: Ba -- judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. B -- generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Caa -- are of poor standing; such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest. Ca -- speculative in a high degree; often in default. C -- lowest rate class of bonds; regarded as having extremely poor prospects. Moody’s also applies numerical indicators 1, 2 and 3 to rating categories. The modifier 1 indicates that the security is in the higher end of its rating category; 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and 3 indicates a ranking towards the lower end of the category. The following are excerpts from S&P’s description of its bond ratings: BB, B, CCC, CC, C -- predominantly speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with terms of the obligation; BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest. D -- in payment default. S&P applies indicators “+,” no character, and “-” to its rating categories. The indicators show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

Certain securities held by the Fund may permit the issuer at its option to call, or redeem, its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by the Fund during a time of declining interest rates, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as the securities redeemed.

 

Risks Associated with High-Yield Securities

 

The medium- to lower-rated and unrated securities in which the Fund invest tend to offer higher yields than those of other securities with the same maturities because of the additional risks associated with them. These risks include:

 

High-Yield Bond Market. A severe economic downturn or increase in interest rates might increase defaults in high-yield securities issued by highly leveraged companies. An increase in the number of defaults could adversely affect the value of all outstanding high-yield securities, thus disrupting the market for such

 

12

 


 

securities.

 

Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes. High-yield securities are more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments but generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than are U.S. Treasury or investment-grade bonds. As a result, when interest rates rise, causing bond prices to fall, the value of high-yield bonds tend not to fall as much as U.S. Treasury or investment-grade corporate bonds. Conversely when interest rates fall, high-yield bonds tend to underperform U.S. Treasury and investment-grade corporate bonds because high-yield bond prices tend not to rise as much as the prices of these bonds.

 

The financial stress resulting from an economic downturn or adverse corporate developments could have a greater negative effect on the ability of issuers of high-yield securities to service their principal and interest payments, to meet projected business goals and to obtain additional financing than on more creditworthy issuers. Holders of high-yield securities could also be at greater risk because high-yield securities are generally unsecured and subordinate to senior debt holders and secured creditors. If the issuer of a high-yield security owned by the Fund defaults, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high-yield securities and the Fund’s NAV. Furthermore, in the case of high-yield securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities, their market prices are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes and thereby tend to be more speculative and volatile than securities which pay interest periodically in cash.

 

Payment Expectations. High-yield securities present risks based on payment expectations. For example, high-yield securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, the Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. Also, the value of high-yield securities may decrease in a rising interest rate market. In addition, there is a higher risk of non-payment of interest and/or principal by issuers of high-yield securities than in the case of investment-grade bonds.

 

Liquidity and Valuation Risks. Lower-rated bonds are typically traded among a smaller number of broker-dealers rather than in a broad secondary market. Purchasers of high-yield securities tend to be institutions, rather than individuals, a factor that further limits the secondary market. To the extent that no established retail secondary market exists, many high-yield securities may not be as liquid as U.S. Treasury and investment-grade bonds. The ability of the Fund’s Board to value or sell high-yield securities will be adversely affected to the extent that such securities are thinly traded or illiquid. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high-yield securities more than other securities, especially in a thinly-traded market. To the extent the Fund owns illiquid or restricted high-yield securities, these securities may involve special registration responsibilities, liabilities and costs, and liquidity and valuation difficulties. At times of less liquidity, it may be more difficult to value high-yield securities because this valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation since there is less reliable, objective data available.

 

Taxation. Special tax considerations are associated with investing in high-yield securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities. The Fund reports the interest on these securities as income even though it receives no cash interest until the security’s maturity or payment date.

 

Limitations of Credit Ratings. The credit ratings assigned to high-yield securities may not accurately reflect the true risks of an investment. Credit ratings typically evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, rather than the market value risk of high-yield securities. In addition, credit agencies may fail to adjust credit ratings to reflect rapid changes in economic or company conditions that affect a security’s market value. Although the ratings of recognized rating services such as Moody’s and S&P are considered, the adviser or sub-adviser primarily relies on its own credit analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debts and to pay dividends, the issuer’s sensitivity to economic conditions, its operating history and the current trend of earnings. Thus, the achievement of the Fund’s investment objective

 

13

 


 

may be more dependent on the adviser’s or sub-adviser’s own credit analysis than might be the case for a fund which invests in higher quality bonds. The adviser or sub-adviser continually monitors the investments in the Fund’s portfolio and carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or retain high-yield securities whose credit ratings have changed. The Fund may retain a security whose rating has been changed.

 

Mortgage-Related Securities

 

Mortgage-related securities include U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, including the GNMA, FNMA, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). These instruments might be considered derivatives. The primary risks associated with these instruments is the risk that their value will change with changes in interest rates and prepayment risk. (See, “U.S. Government Securities” below.)

 

One type of mortgage-related security includes certificates that represent pools of mortgage loans assembled for sale to investors by various governmental and private organizations. These securities provide a monthly payment, which consists of both an interest and a principal payment that is in effect a “pass-through” of the monthly payment made by each individual borrower on his or her residential mortgage loan, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing, or foreclosure, net of fees or costs that may be incurred.

 

“Pass-through” certificates, such as those issued by GNMA, entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, regardless of whether the mortgagor actually makes the payment. A major governmental guarantor of pass-through certificates is GNMA. GNMA guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the timely payments of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers). Certificates issued by GNMA are backed by pools of FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. Other governmental guarantors include FNMA and FHLMC (though these certificates are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government). FNMA purchases residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/services that include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual saving banks, commercial banks, credit unions and mortgage bankers.

 

The prices of high coupon U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities do not tend to rise as rapidly as those of traditional fixed-rate securities at times when interest rates are decreasing, and tend to decline more slowly at times when interest rates are increasing.

 

The Fund may also purchase mortgage-backed securities issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers, and other secondary market issuers that also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may in addition be the originators of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the pass-through certificates. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of return than governmental pools because there are no direct or indirect governmental guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool, and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers, and the mortgage poolers.

 

It is expected that governmental or private entities may create mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to those described above. As new types of pass-through securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser or sub-adviser may, consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions, consider making investments in such new types of securities.

 

Other types of mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest include debt securities that are secured, directly or indirectly, by mortgages on commercial real estate or residential rental properties, or by

 

14

 


 

first liens on residential manufactured homes (as defined in section 603(6) of the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974), whether such manufactured homes are considered real or personal property under the laws of the states in which they are located. Securities in this investment category include, among others, standard mortgage-backed bonds and newer CMOs. Mortgage-backed bonds are secured by pools of mortgages, but unlike pass-through securities, payments to bondholders are not determined by payments on the mortgages. The bonds consist of a single class, with interest payable periodically and principal payable on the stated date of maturity. CMOs have characteristics of both pass-through securities and mortgage-backed bonds. CMOs are secured by pools of mortgages, typically in the form of “guaranteed” pass-through certificates such as GNMA, FNMA, or FHLMC securities. The payments on the collateral securities determine the payments to bondholders, but there is not a direct “pass-through” of payments. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different date of maturity. Monthly payments of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longest maturity class receive principal only after the shorter maturity classes have been retired.

 

CMOs are issued by entities that operate under order from the SEC exempting such issuers from the provisions of the 1940 Act. Until recently, the staff of the SEC had taken the position that such issuers were investment companies and that, accordingly, an investment by an investment company (such as the Fund) in the securities of such issuers was subject to the limitations imposed by Section 12 of the 1940 Act. However, in reliance on SEC staff interpretations, the Fund may invest in securities issued by certain “exempted issuers” without regard to the limitations of Section 12 of the 1940 Act. In its interpretation, the SEC staff defined “exempted issuers” as unmanaged, fixed asset issuers that: (a) invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities; (b) do not issue redeemable securities as defined in Section 2(a)(32) of the 1940 Act; (c) operate under the general exemptive orders exempting them from all provisions of the 1940 Act; and (d) are not registered or regulated under the 1940 Act as investment companies.

 

Some of these mortgage-related securities may have exposure to subprime loans or subprime mortgages, which are loans to persons with impaired credit ratings. However, it may be difficult to determine which securities have exposure to subprime loans or mortgages. Furthermore, the risk allocation techniques employed by these instruments may not be successful, which could lead to the credit risk of these instruments being greater than indicated by their ratings. The value of these instruments may be further affected by downturns in the credit markets or the real estate market. It may be difficult to value these instruments because of concerns about their transparency. These instruments may not be liquid.

 

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities

 

Adjustable rate mortgage securities (“ARMS”) are pass-through mortgage securities collateralized by mortgages with adjustable rather than fixed rates. Generally, ARMS have a specified maturity date and amortize principal over their life. In periods of declining interest rates, there is a reasonable likelihood that ARMS will experience increased rates of prepayment of principal. However, the major difference between ARMS and fixed-rate mortgage securities is that the interest rate and the rate of amortization of principal of ARMS can and do change in accordance with movements in a particular, pre-specified, published interest rate index.

 

The amount of interest on ARMS is calculated by adding a specified amount, the “margin,” to the index, subject to limitations on the maximum and minimum interest that can be charged to the mortgagor during the life of the mortgage or to maximum and minimum changes to that interest rate during a given period. Because the interest rates on ARMS generally move in the same direction as market interest rates, the market value of ARMS tends to be more stable than that of long-term fixed-rate securities.

 

There are two main categories of indices which serve as benchmarks for periodic adjustments to coupon rates on ARMS: those based on U.S. Treasury securities and those derived from a calculated measure such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly utilized indices include the one-year and

 

15

 


 

five-year constant maturity Treasury Note rates, the three-month Treasury Bill rate, the 180-day Treasury Bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the National Median Cost of Funds, the one-month or three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the prime rate of a specific bank, or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury Note rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others, such as the 11th District Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index (often related to ARMS issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”)), tend to lag changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile.

 

Privately Issued CMOs

 

Privately Issued CMOs are arrangements in which the underlying mortgages are held by the issuer, which then issues debt collateralized by the underlying mortgage assets. Such securities may be backed by mortgage insurance, letters of credit or other credit enhancing features. They are, however, not guaranteed by any government agency and are secured by the collateral held by the issuer. Privately Issued CMOs are subject to prepayment risk due to the possibility that prepayments on the underlying assets will alter the cash flow.

 

Government National Mortgage Association Certificates

 

Certificates issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) evidence an undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans. GNMA Certificates differ from bonds, in that principal is paid back monthly as payments of principal, including prepayments, on the mortgages in the underlying pool are passed through to holders of GNMA Certificates representing interests in the pool, rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity. The GNMA Certificates that the Fund may purchase are the “modified pass-through” type.

 

GNMA Guarantee. The National Housing Act authorizes GNMA to guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest on securities backed by a pool of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) or the Farmers’ Home Administration (“FMHA”) or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (“VA”). GNMA is also empowered to borrow without limitation from the U.S. Treasury, if necessary, to make payments required under its guarantee.

 

Life of GNMA Certificates. The average life of a GNMA Certificate is likely to be substantially less than the stated maturity of the mortgages underlying the securities. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosures will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal investment long before the maturity of the mortgages in the pool. Foreclosures impose no risk of loss of the principal balance of a Certificate, because of the GNMA guarantee, but foreclosure may impact the yield to shareholders because of the need to reinvest proceeds of foreclosure. As prepayment rates of individual mortgage pools vary widely, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular issue of GNMA Certificates. However, statistics published by the FHA indicate that the average life of single family dwelling mortgages with 25- to 30-year maturities, the type of mortgages backing the vast majority of GNMA Certificates, is approximately 12 years. Prepayments are likely to increase in periods of falling interest rates. It is customary to treat GNMA Certificates as 30-year mortgage-backed securities that prepay fully in the twelfth year.

 

Yield Characteristics of GNMA Certificates. The coupon rate of interest of GNMA Certificates is lower than the interest rate paid on the VA-guaranteed or FHA-insured mortgages underlying the certificates, by the amount of the fees paid to GNMA and the issuer. The coupon rate by itself, however, does not indicate the yield that will be earned on GNMA Certificates. First, GNMA Certificates may be issued at a premium or discount rather than at par, and, after issuance, GNMA Certificates may trade in the secondary market at a premium or discount. Second, interest is earned monthly, rather than semi-annually as with traditional bonds; monthly compounding raises the effective yield earned. Finally, the actual yield of a GNMA Certificate is influenced by the prepayment experience of the mortgage pool underlying it. For example, if interest rates decline, prepayments may occur faster than had been originally projected and the yield to maturity and the investment income of the Fund would be reduced.

 

16

 


 

Interest/Principal Only Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

Stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”) are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

 

SMBS are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other classes will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the Interest-Only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the Principal-Only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such security’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. The determination of whether a particular government-issued IO or PO backed by fixed-rate mortgages is liquid is made by the adviser or a sub-adviser under guidelines and standards established by the Fund’s Board. Such a security may be deemed liquid if it can be disposed of promptly in the ordinary course of business at a value reasonably close to that used in the calculation of NAV per share.

 

Risks of Investing in Mortgage-Related Securities

 

Investments in mortgage-related securities involve certain risks. In periods of declining interest rates, prices of fixed-income securities tend to rise. However, during such periods, the rate of prepayment of mortgages tends to increase, with the result that such prepayments must be reinvested by the issuer at lower rates. The rate of prepayments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective maturity of the security beyond what was anticipated at the time of the purchase. Unanticipated rates of prepayment on underlying mortgages can be expected to increase the volatility of such securities. In addition, the value of these securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers of mortgage-related securities owned by the Fund. Because investments in mortgage-related securities are interest rate sensitive, the ability of the issuer to reinvest favorably in underlying mortgages may be limited by government regulation or tax policy. For example, action by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to limit the growth of the nation’s money supply may cause interest rates to rise and thereby reduce the volume of new residential mortgages. Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantees and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will be able to meet their obligations. Further, SMBS are likely to experience greater price volatility than other types of mortgage securities. The yield to maturity on the interest only class is extremely sensitive, both to changes in prevailing interest rates and to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets. Similarly, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are made. The Fund could fail to fully recover its initial investment in a CMO residual or a SMBS.

 

Subordinated Mortgage Securities

 

Subordinated mortgage securities have certain characteristics and certain associated risks. In general, the subordinated mortgage securities in which the Fund may invest consist of a series of certificates issued in multiple classes with a stated maturity or final distribution date. One or more classes of each series may be entitled to receive distributions allocable only to principal, principal prepayments, interest or any combination

 

17

 


 

thereof to one or more other classes, or only after the occurrence of certain events, and may be subordinated in the right to receive such distributions on such certificates to one or more senior classes of certificates. The rights associated with each class of certificates are set forth in the applicable pooling and servicing agreement, form of certificate and offering documents for the certificates.

 

The subordination terms are usually designed to decrease the likelihood that the holders of senior certificates will experience losses or delays in the receipt of their distributions and to increase the likelihood that the senior certificate holders will receive aggregate distributions of principal and interest in the amounts anticipated. Generally, pursuant to such subordination terms, distributions arising out of scheduled principal, principal prepayments, interest or any combination thereof that otherwise would be payable to one or more other classes of certificates of such series (i.e., the subordinated certificates) are paid instead to holders of the senior certificates. Delays in receipt of scheduled payments on mortgage loans and losses on defaulted mortgage loans are typically borne first by the various classes of subordinated certificates and then by the holders of senior certificates.

 

In some cases, the aggregate losses in respect of defaulted mortgage loans that must be borne by the subordinated certificates and the amount of the distributions otherwise distributable on the subordinated certificates that would, under certain circumstances, be distributable to senior certificate holders may be limited to a specified amount. All or any portion of distributions otherwise payable to holders of subordinated certificates may, in certain circumstances, be deposited into one or more reserve accounts for the benefit of the senior certificate holders. Since a greater risk of loss is borne by the subordinated certificate holders, such certificates generally have a higher stated yield than the senior certificates.

 

A series of certificates may consist of one or more classes as to which distributions allocable to principal will be allocated. The method by which the amount of principal to be distributed on the certificates on each distribution date is calculated and the manner in which such amount could be allocated among classes varies and could be affected pursuant to a fixed schedule, in relation to the occurrence of certain events or otherwise. Special distributions are also possible if distributions are received with respect to the mortgage assets, such as is the case when underlying mortgage loans are prepaid.

 

A mortgage-related security that is senior to a subordinated residential mortgage security will not bear a loss resulting from the occurrence of a default on an underlying mortgage until all credit enhancements protecting such senior holder is exhausted. For example, the senior holder will only suffer a credit loss after all subordinated interests have been exhausted pursuant to the terms of the subordinated residential mortgage security. The primary credit risk of investing in subordinated residential mortgage securities is potential losses resulting from defaults by the borrowers under the underlying mortgages. The Fund would generally realize such a loss in connection with a subordinated residential mortgage security only if the subsequent foreclosure sale of the property securing a mortgage loan does not produce an amount at least equal to the sum of the unpaid principal balance of the loan as of the date the borrower went into default, the interest that was not paid during the foreclosure period and all foreclosure expenses.

 

The adviser or sub-adviser will seek to limit the risks presented by subordinated residential mortgage securities by reviewing and analyzing the characteristics of the mortgage loans that underlie the pool of mortgages securing both the senior and subordinated residential mortgage securities. The adviser or sub-adviser has developed a set of guidelines to assist in the analysis of the mortgage loans underlying subordinated residential mortgage securities. Each pool purchase is reviewed against the guidelines. The Fund seeks opportunities to acquire subordinated residential mortgage securities when, in the view of the adviser or sub-adviser, the potential for a higher yield on such instruments outweighs any additional risk presented by the instruments. The adviser or sub-adviser will seek to increase yield to shareholders by taking advantage of perceived inefficiencies in the market for subordinated residential mortgage securities.

 

18

 


 

Municipal Securities

 

Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by state and local governments, territories and possessions of the United States, regional government authorities, and their agencies and instrumentalities (“municipal securities”). Municipal securities include both notes (which have maturities of less than one year) and bonds (which have maturities of one year or more) that bear fixed or variable rates of interest.

 

In general, municipal securities debt obligations are issued to obtain funds for a variety of public purposes, such as the construction, repair, or improvement of public facilities including airports, bridges, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, water, and sewer works. Municipal securities may be issued to refinance outstanding obligations as well as to raise funds for general operating expenses and lending to other public institutions and facilities.

 

The two principal classifications of municipal securities are “general obligation” securities and “revenue” securities. General obligation securities are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Characteristics and methods of enforcement of general obligation bonds vary according to the law applicable to a particular issuer, and the taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt securities may be limited or unlimited as to rates or amounts of special assessments. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility, a class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax. Revenue bonds are issued to finance a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water, and sewer systems; highways, bridges, and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Although the principal security behind these bonds may vary, many provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund the assets of which may be used to make principal and interest payments on the issuer’s obligations. Housing finance authorities have a wide range of security; including partially or fully insured mortgages, rent subsidized and collateralized mortgages, and the net revenues from housing or other public projects. Some authorities are provided further security in the form of a state’s assistance (although without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.

 

Insured municipal debt may also be purchased, in which scheduled payments of interest and principal are guaranteed by a private, non-governmental or governmental insurance company. The insurance does not guarantee the market value of the municipal debt or the value of the shares of the Fund.

 

Securities of issuers of municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978. In addition, the obligations of such issuers may become subject to laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures or referenda extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Furthermore, as a result of legislation or other conditions, the power or ability of any issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its municipal obligations may be materially affected.

 

Tax-Exempt Industrial Development and Pollution Control Bonds

 

These are revenue bonds and generally are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of an issuer. They are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to raise money to finance privately operated facilities for business, manufacturing, housing, sport complexes, and pollution control. Consequently, the credit quality of these securities is dependent upon the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds and any guarantor to meet its financial obligations.

 

Moral Obligation Securities

 

Municipal securities may include “moral obligation” securities, which are usually issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of moral obligation bonds cannot fulfill its financial responsibilities from

 

19

 


 

current revenues, it may draw upon a reserve fund, the restoration of which is moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality, which created the issuer.

 

Municipal Lease Obligations and Certificates of Participation

 

Municipal lease obligations are lease obligations or installment purchase contract obligations of municipal authorities or entities (“municipal lease obligations”). Although lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which its taxing power is pledged, a lease obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate and make the payment due under the lease obligation. The Fund may also purchase “certificates of participation,” which are securities issued by a particular municipality or municipal authority to evidence a proportionate interest in base rental or lease payments relating to a specific project to be made by the municipality, agency or authority. However, certain lease obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in any year unless money is appropriated for such purpose for such year. Although “non-appropriation” lease obligations are secured by the leased property, disposition of the property in the event of default and foreclosure might prove difficult. In addition, these securities represent a relatively new type of financing, and certain lease obligations may therefore be considered to be illiquid securities.

 

The Fund will attempt to minimize the special risks inherent in municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation by purchasing only lease obligations which meet the following criteria: (1) rated A or better by at least one NRSRO; (2) secured by payments from a governmental lessee which has actively traded debt obligations; (3) determined by the adviser or sub-adviser to be critical to the lessee’s ability to deliver essential services; and (4) contain legal features which the adviser or sub-adviser deems appropriate, such as covenants to make lease payments without the right of offset or counterclaim, requirements for insurance policies, and adequate debt service reserve funds.

 

Short-Term Municipal Obligations

 

These securities include the following:

 

Tax Anticipation Notes are used to finance working capital needs of municipalities and are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues, to be payable from these specific future taxes. They are usually general obligations of the issuer, secured by the taxing power of the municipality for the payment of principal and interest when due.

 

Revenue Anticipation Notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program. They also are usually general obligations of the issuer.

 

Bond Anticipation Notes normally are issued to provide interim financing until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term bonds then provide the money for the repayment of the notes.

 

Construction Loan Notes are sold to provide construction financing for specific projects. After successful completion and acceptance, many projects receive permanent financing through the FNMA or the GNMA.

 

Short-Term Discount Notes (tax-exempt commercial paper) are short-term (365 days or less) promissory notes issued by municipalities to supplement their cash flow.

 

Short-Term Investments

 

Banking industry obligations include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, and fixed-time deposits. The Fund will not invest in obligations issued by a bank unless: (i) the bank is a U.S. bank and a member of

 

20

 


 

the FDIC; and (ii) the bank has total assets of at least $1 billion (U.S.) or, if not, the Fund’s investment is limited to the FDIC-insured amount of $250,000.

 

Savings Association Obligations. The Fund may invest in certificates of deposit (interest-bearing time deposits) issued by savings banks or savings and loan associations that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million, based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such obligations is fully insured by the U.S. government.

 

Commercial Paper, Short-Term Notes, and Other Corporate Obligations. The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in commercial paper and short-term notes. Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations. Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year.

 

Corporate obligations include bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance longer-term credit needs than supported by commercial paper. While such obligations generally have maturities of ten years or more, the Fund may purchase corporate obligations which have remaining maturities of one year or less from the date of purchase and which are rated “AA” or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“Standard & Poor’s” or “S&P”) or “Aa” or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or a comparable rating agency.

 

U.S. Government Securities

 

Investments in U.S. government securities include instruments issued by the U.S. Treasury, such as bills, notes and bonds. These instruments are direct obligations of the U.S. government and, as such, are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. They differ primarily in their interest rates, the lengths of their maturities and the dates of their issuances. In addition, U.S. government securities include securities issued by instrumentalities of the U.S. government, such as the GNMA, which are also backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Also included in the category of U.S. government securities are instruments issued by instrumentalities established or sponsored by the U.S. government, such as the Student Loan Marketing Association, the FNMA and the FHLMC. While these securities are issued, in general, under the authority of an Act of Congress, the U.S. government is not obligated to provide financial support to the issuing instrumentalities, although under certain conditions certain of these authorities may borrow from the U.S. Treasury. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitment. The Fund will invest in securities of such agencies or instrumentalities only when the adviser or sub-adviser is satisfied that the credit risk with respect to any instrumentality is comparable to the credit risk of U.S. government securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

 

In September 2008, FNMA and FHLMC were each placed into conservatorship by the U.S. government under the authority of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), an agency of the U.S. government, with a stated purpose to preserve and conserve FNMA’s and FHLMC’s assets and property and to put FNMA and FHLMC in a sound and solvent condition. The U.S. Treasury has made a commitment of indefinite duration to maintain the positive net worth of FNMA and FHLMC in exchange for senior preferred stock and warrants for common stock of the entities. No assurance can be given that the purposes of the conservatorship and related actions under the authority of FHFA will be met or that the U.S. Treasury’s initiative will be successful.

 

On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered the long-term sovereign credit rating assigned to the United States to AA+ with a negative outlook. On August 8, 2011, S&P downgraded the long-term senior debt rating of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to AA+ with a negative outlook. The long-term impacts of the downgrades or the impacts of any future downgrade are unknown. However, the downgrades could have a material adverse impact on global financial markets and worldwide economic conditions, and

 

21

 


 

could negatively impact the Fund.

 

Zero-coupon and Pay-In-Kind Securities

 

Zero-coupon and deferred interest securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date when the securities begin paying current interest (“cash payment date”) and therefore are issued and traded at a discount from their face amounts or par value. The discount varies, depending on the time remaining until maturity or cash payment date, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The discount, in the absence of financial difficulties of the issuer, decreases as the final maturity or cash payment date of the security approaches. The market prices of zero-coupon and delayed interest securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities that pay interest periodically and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do non-zero-coupon securities having similar maturities and credit quality. Current federal income tax law requires holders of zero-coupon securities to report as interest income each year the portion of the original issue discount on such securities (other than tax-exempt original issue discount from a zero-coupon security) that accrues that year, even though the holders receive no cash payments of interest during the year.

 

Pay-in-kind securities are securities that pay interest or dividends through the issuance of additional securities. The Fund will be required to report as income annual inclusions of original issue discount over the life of such securities as if it were paid on a current basis, although no cash interest or dividend payments are received by the Fund until the cash payment date or the securities mature. Under certain circumstances, the Fund could also be required to include accrued market discount or capital gain with respect to its pay-in-kind securities.

 

The risks associated with lower rated debt securities apply to these securities. Zero-coupon and pay-in-kind securities are also subject to the risk that in the event of a default, the Fund may realize no return on its investment, because these securities do not pay cash interest.

 

FOREIGN AND EMERGING MARKET INVESTMENTS

 

American Depositary Receipts, European Depositary Receipts, and Global Depositary Receipts

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) or other similar securities represent securities of foreign issuers. These securities are typically dollar-denominated, although their market price is subject to fluctuations of the foreign currency in which the underlying securities are denominated. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying foreign securities and are typically designed for U.S. investors and held either in physical form or in book entry form. EDRs are receipts issued by a European financial institution evidencing a similar arrangement but may be listed and traded on a European exchange as well as in the United States. Typically these securities are traded on the Luxembourg exchange in Europe. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are similar to EDRs although they may be held through foreign clearing agents such as EuroClear and other foreign depositaries.

 

Emerging Market Securities

 

The risks of investing in foreign securities may be intensified in the case of investments in issuers domiciled or doing substantial business in emerging markets or countries with limited or developing capital markets. Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world, reflecting the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries with emerging markets may have relatively unstable governments, present the risk of sudden adverse government action and even nationalization of businesses, restrictions on foreign ownership, or prohibitions of repatriation of assets, and may have less protection of property rights than more developed countries. The economies of countries with emerging markets may be predominantly based on only a few

 

22

 


 

industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates. Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially making prompt liquidation of substantial holdings difficult or impossible at times. Transaction settlement and dividend collection procedures may be less reliable in emerging markets than in developed markets. Securities of issuers located in countries with emerging markets may have limited marketability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements.

 

Eurodollar Convertible Securities

 

Eurodollar convertible securities are fixed-income securities of a U.S. issuer or a foreign issuer that are issued outside the United States and are convertible into equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Interest and dividends on Eurodollar securities are payable in U.S. dollars outside of the United States. The Fund may invest without limitation in Eurodollar convertible securities that are convertible into foreign equity securities listed, or represented by ADRs listed, on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or the American Stock Exchange, now known as NYSE Amex Equities (“AMEX”), or convertible into publicly traded common stock of U.S. companies. The Fund may also invest up to 15% of its total assets invested in convertible securities, taken at market value, in Eurodollar convertible securities that are convertible into foreign equity securities which are not listed, or represented by ADRs listed, on such exchanges.

 

Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Instruments

 

Eurodollar instruments are bonds that pay interest and principal in U.S. dollars held in banks outside the United States, primarily in Europe. Eurodollar instruments are usually issued on behalf of multinational companies and foreign governments by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries. Yankee Dollar instruments are U.S. dollar denominated bonds issued in the United States by foreign banks and corporations. These investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities issued by U.S. issuers, and may carry the same risks as investing in foreign securities.

 

Foreign Bank Obligations

 

Obligations of foreign banks and foreign branches of U.S. banks involve somewhat different investment risks from those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, including the possibilities that liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments; the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks; a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; foreign governmental restrictions (such as foreign exchange controls) may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations; and the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks. In addition, the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks. In that connection, foreign banks are not subject to examination by any U.S. government agency or instrumentality.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Transactions

 

Because the Fund invests in foreign securities it may buy and sell securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and receive interest, dividends and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and therefore may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions to convert to and from different foreign currencies and to convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar. The Fund may either enter into these transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or use forward foreign currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract is an agreement to exchange one currency for another (for example, to exchange a certain amount of U.S. dollars for a certain amount of Korean won) at a future date. Forward foreign currency

 

23

 


 

exchange contracts are included in the group of instruments that can be characterized as derivatives. Neither spot transactions nor forward foreign currency exchange contracts eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities or in foreign exchange rates, or prevent loss if the prices of these securities should decline.

 

Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized should the value of the hedged currency increase. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of these securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Use of currency hedging techniques may also be limited by management’s need to protect the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”).

 

Foreign Mortgage-Related Securities

 

Foreign mortgage-related securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans made to residential homebuyers domiciled in a foreign country. These include mortgage loans made by trust and mortgage loan companies, credit unions, chartered banks, and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations (such as, Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation and First Australian National Mortgage Acceptance Corporation Limited). The mechanics of these mortgage-related securities are generally the same as those issued in the United States. However, foreign mortgage markets may differ materially from the U.S. mortgage market with respect to matters such as the sizes of loan pools, pre-payment experience, and maturities of loans.

 

International Debt Securities

 

International debt securities represent debt obligations (which may be denominated in U.S. dollar or in non-U.S. currencies) of any rating issued or guaranteed by foreign corporations, certain supranational entities (such as the World Bank) and foreign governments (including political subdivisions having taxing authority) or their agencies or instrumentalities, including ADRs consistent with the Fund’s policies. These debt obligations may be bonds (including sinking fund and callable bonds), debentures and notes, together with preferred stocks, pay-in-kind securities, and zero-coupon securities.

 

In determining whether to invest in debt obligations of foreign issuers, the Fund will consider the relative yields of foreign and domestic debt securities, the economies of foreign countries, the condition of such countries’ financial markets, the interest rate climate of such countries and the relationship of such countries’ currency to the U.S. dollar. These factors are judged on the basis of fundamental economic criteria (e.g., relative inflation levels and trends, growth rate forecasts, balance of payments status and economic policies) as well as technical and political data. Subsequent foreign currency losses may result in the Fund having previously distributed more income in a particular period than was available from investment income, which could result in a return of capital to shareholders. The Fund’s portfolio of foreign securities may include those of a number of foreign countries, or, depending upon market conditions, those of a single country. Investments in securities of issuers in non-industrialized countries generally involve more risk and may be considered highly speculative. Although a portion of the Fund’s investment income may be received or realized in foreign currencies, the Fund would be required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars and absorb the cost of currency fluctuations and the cost of currency conversions.

 

Investment in foreign securities involves considerations and risks not associated with investment in securities of U.S. issuers. For example, foreign issuers are not required to use generally accepted accounting principles. If foreign securities are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (“1933 Act”), the issuer generally does not have to comply with the disclosure requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

 

24

 


 

(“1934 Act”). The values of foreign securities investments will be affected by incomplete or inaccurate information available to the adviser or sub-adviser as to foreign issuers, changes in currency rates, exchange control regulations or currency blockage, expropriation or nationalization of assets, application of foreign tax laws (including withholding taxes), changes in governmental administration or economic or monetary policy. In addition, it is generally more difficult to obtain court judgments outside the United States.

 

Sovereign Debt Securities

 

Sovereign debt securities are issued by governments of foreign countries. The sovereign debt securities in which the Fund may invest may be rated below investment-grade. These securities usually offer higher yields than higher rated securities but are also subject to greater risk than higher rated securities. Brady Bonds represent a type of sovereign debt. These obligations were created under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady, in which foreign entities issued these obligations in exchange for their existing commercial bank loans. Brady Bonds have been issued by Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Mexico, Morocco, Nigeria, Philippines, Poland, and Uruguay, and may be issued by other emerging countries.

 

Supranational Agencies

 

Supranational agencies are not considered government securities and are not supported directly or indirectly by the U.S. government. Examples of supranational agencies include, but are not limited to, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (commonly referred to as the World Bank), which was chartered to finance development projects in developing member countries; the European Union, which is an organization of European countries engaged in cooperative economic activities; and the Asian Development Bank, which is an international development bank established to lend funds, promote investment and provide technical assistance to member nations in the Asian and Pacific regions.

 

DERIVATIVES

 

Generally, derivatives can be characterized as financial instruments whose performance is derived, at least in part, from the performance of an underlying asset or assets. Types of derivatives include options, futures contracts, options on futures, and forward contracts. Derivative instruments may be used for a variety of reasons including, enhancing returns, hedging against certain market risks, or providing a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. Derivatives may provide a cheaper, quicker or more specifically focused way for the Fund to invest than “traditional” securities would.

 

Derivatives can be volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of the particular derivative and the portfolio as a whole. Derivatives permit a Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, to which its portfolio is exposed in much the same way as the Fund can increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, of its portfolio by making investments in specific securities.

 

Derivatives may be purchased on established exchanges or through privately negotiated transactions referred to as over-the-counter derivatives. Exchange-traded derivatives generally are guaranteed by the clearing agency, which is the issuer or counterparty to such derivatives. This guarantee usually is supported by a daily payment system (i.e., margin requirements) operated by the clearing agency in order to reduce overall credit risk. As a result, unless the clearing agency defaults, there is relatively little counterparty credit risk associated with derivatives purchased on an exchange. By contrast, no clearing agency guarantees over-the-counter derivatives. Therefore, each party to an over-the-counter derivative bears the risk that the counterparty will default. Accordingly, the Fund will consider the creditworthiness of counterparties to over-the-counter derivatives in the same manner, as they would review the credit quality of a security to be purchased by the Fund. Over-the-counter derivatives are less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since the other party to the transaction may be the only investor with sufficient understanding of the derivative to be interested in bidding

 

25

 


 

for it.

 

The value of some derivative instruments in which the Fund invests may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates, and, like the other investments of the Fund, the ability of the Fund to successfully utilize these instruments may depend in part upon the ability of the adviser or sub-adviser to forecast interest rates and other economic factors correctly. If the adviser or a sub-adviser incorrectly forecasts such factors and has taken positions in derivative instruments contrary to prevailing market trends, the Fund could be exposed to the risk of loss.

 

The Fund might not employ any of the strategies described below, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. If the adviser or a sub-adviser incorrectly forecasts interest rates, market values or other economic factors in utilizing a derivatives strategy for the Fund, the Fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. The use of these strategies involves certain special risks, including a possible imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of derivative instruments and price movements of related investments. While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise, due to the possible inability of the Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable or the possible need to sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time because the Fund is required to maintain asset coverage or offsetting positions in connection with transactions in derivative instruments, and the possible inability of the Fund to close out or to liquidate its derivatives positions. In addition, the Fund’s use of such instruments may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates) than if it had not used such instruments.

 

The Fund has claimed an exclusion from the definition of a Commodity Pool Operator (“CPO”) under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore is not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO. There can be no assurance that the use of derivative instruments will benefit the Fund.

 

Financial Futures Contracts and Related Options. Financial futures contracts and related options may be used to hedge against changes in the market value of portfolio securities or securities that it intends to purchase. The Fund could purchase a financial futures contract (such as an interest rate futures contract or securities index futures contract) to protect against a decline in the value of its portfolio or to gain exposure to securities which the Fund otherwise wishes to purchase. Hedging is accomplished when an investor takes a position in the futures market opposite to his cash market position. There are two types of hedges -- long (or buying) and short (or selling) hedges. Historically, prices in the futures market have tended to move in concert with cash market prices, and prices in the futures market have maintained a fairly predictable relationship to prices in the cash market. Thus, a decline in the market value of securities in the Fund’s portfolio may be protected against to a considerable extent by gains realized on futures contracts sales. Similarly, it is possible to protect against an increase in the market price of securities that the Fund may wish to purchase in the future by purchasing futures contracts.

 

Financial futures contracts, which are traded on a recognized exchange or board of trade, may be used. Financial futures contracts consist of interest rate futures contracts and securities index futures contracts. A public market presently exists in interest rate futures contracts covering long-term U.S. Treasury bonds, U.S. Treasury notes, three-month U.S. Treasury bills, and GNMA Certificates. Securities index futures contracts are currently traded with respect to the S&P 500® Index and such other broad-based stock market indices as the New York Stock Exchange Composite Stock Index and the Value Line Composite Stock Price Index. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange or board of trade on which a financial futures contract trades assumes responsibility for the completion of transactions and also guarantees that open futures contracts will be performed.

 

26

 


 

An interest rate futures contract obligates the seller of the contract to deliver, and the purchaser to take delivery of, the interest rate securities called for in the contract at a specified future time and at a specified price. A stock index assigns relative values to the common stocks included in the index, and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the common stocks so included. A stock index futures contract is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the stock index value at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. An option on a financial futures contract gives the purchaser the right to assume a position in the contract (a long position if the option is a call and short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option.

 

In contrast to the situation when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no security is delivered or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a financial futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to segregate with its custodian bank an amount of cash and/or liquid assets. This amount is known as initial margin and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract. The current initial margin deposit required per contract is approximately 5% of the contract amount. Brokers may establish deposit requirements higher than this minimum. Subsequent payments, called variation margin, will be made to and from the account on a daily basis as the price of the futures contract fluctuates. This process is known as marking to market. At the time of purchase of a futures contract or a call option on a futures contract, an amount of cash, U.S. government securities or other appropriate high-grade securities equal to the market value of the futures contract minus the Fund’s initial margin deposit with respect thereto will be segregated with the Fund’s custodian bank to collateralize fully the position and thereby ensure that it is not leveraged. The extent to which the Fund may enter into financial futures contracts and related options may also be limited by the requirements of the Code for qualification as a RIC.

 

The writer of an option on a futures contract is required to deposit margin pursuant to requirements similar to those applicable to futures contracts. Upon exercise of an option on a futures contract, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s margin account. This amount will be equal to the amount by which the market price of the futures contract at the time of exercise exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

 

Although financial futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities, in most cases the contracts are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. Closing out is accomplished by effecting an offsetting transaction. A futures contract sale is closed out by effecting a futures contract purchase for the same aggregate amount of securities and the same delivery date. If the sale price exceeds the offsetting purchase price, the seller immediately would be paid the difference and would realize a gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, the seller immediately would pay the difference and would realize a loss. Similarly, a futures contract purchase is closed out by effecting a futures contract sale for the same securities and the same delivery date. If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the purchaser would realize a gain, whereas if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, the purchaser would realize a loss.

 

The Fund will pay commissions on financial futures contracts and related options transactions. These commissions may be higher than those that would apply to purchases and sales of securities directly.

 

Limitations and Risks on Futures Contracts and Related Options

 

The purchase of options involves certain risks. If a put option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put option is purchased to hedge against price movements in a particular security, the price of the put option may move more or less than the price of the related security. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position. Furthermore, if trading restrictions or suspensions are imposed on the options

 

27

 


 

markets, the Fund may be unable to close out a position. Positions in futures contracts and related options may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for such contracts or options. The Fund will enter into an option or futures position only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close out a futures or related option position. In the case of a futures position, in the event of adverse price movements the Fund would continue to be required to make daily margin payments. In this situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily margin requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Fund may be required to take or make delivery of the securities underlying the futures contracts it holds. The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to hedge its portfolio effectively.

 

There are several risks in connection with the use of futures contracts as a hedging device. While hedging can provide protection against an adverse movement in market prices, it can also preclude a hedger’s opportunity to benefit from a favorable market movement. In addition, investing in futures contracts and options on futures contracts will cause the Fund to incur additional brokerage commissions and may cause an increase in the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate. The successful use of futures contracts and related options also depends on the ability of the adviser or sub-adviser to forecast correctly the direction and extent of market movements within a given time frame. To the extent market prices remain stable during the period a futures contract or option is held by the Fund or such prices move in a direction opposite to that anticipated the Fund may realize a loss on the hedging transaction that is not offset by an increase in the value of its portfolio securities. As a result, the return of the Fund for the period may be less than if it had not engaged in the hedging transaction.

 

The use of futures contracts involves the risk of imperfect correlation in movements in the price of futures contracts and movements in the price of the securities that are being hedged. If the price of the futures contract moves more or less than the price of the securities being hedged, the Fund will experience a gain or loss that will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities. It is possible that, where the Fund has sold futures contracts to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures contract and would also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities. Where futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the prices of securities before the Fund is able to invest its cash (or cash equivalents) in securities (or options) in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline; if the Fund then determines not to invest in securities (or options) at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, the Fund will realize a loss on the futures that would not be offset by a reduction in the price of the securities purchased.

 

The market prices of futures contracts may be affected if participants in the futures market elect to close out their contracts through off-setting transactions rather than to meet margin deposit requirements. In such a case, distortions in the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets could result. Price distortions could also result if investors in futures contracts opt to make or take delivery of the underlying securities rather than to engage in closing transactions due to the resultant reduction in the liquidity of the futures market. In addition, due to the fact that, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the cash market, increased participation by speculators in the futures market could cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market and because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of securities and movements in the prices of futures contracts, a correct forecast of market trends may still not result in a successful transaction.

 

Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of put or call options on futures contracts involves less potential risk for the Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options plus transaction costs. However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund while the purchase or sale of the futures contract would not have resulted in a loss, such as when there is no movement in the price of the underlying securities.

 

28

 


 

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts

 

Foreign currency future contracts may be used for hedging purposes. A foreign currency futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a foreign currency at a specified price and time. A public market exists in futures contracts covering several foreign currencies, including the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the British pound, the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc, and certain multinational currencies such as the European euro. Other foreign currency futures contracts are likely to be developed and traded in the future.

 

Forward Currency Contracts

 

Forward currency contracts are entered into in anticipation of changes in currency exchange rates. A forward currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. For example, the Fund might purchase a particular currency or enter into a forward currency contract to preserve the U.S. dollar price of securities it intends to or has contracted to purchase. Alternatively, it might sell a particular currency on either a spot or forward basis to hedge against an anticipated decline in the dollar value of securities it intends to or has contracted to sell. Although this strategy could minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, it could also limit any potential gain from an increase in the value of the currency.

 

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

 

A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security or commodity for a set price on a future date. These contracts are traded on exchanges, so that, in most cases, either party can close out its position on the exchange for cash, without delivering the security or commodity. An option on a futures contract gives the holder of the option the right to buy or sell a position in a futures contract to the writer of the option, at a specified price and on or before a specified expiration date.

 

The Fund may invest in futures contracts and options thereon (“futures options”) including such contracts or options with respect to, but not limited to, interest rates, commodities and security or commodity indices. To the extent that the Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon.

 

An interest rate, commodity, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, commodity, foreign currency or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of these securities is made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indices as well as financial instruments and foreign currencies including: the S&P 500® Index; the S&P MidCap 400; the Nikkei 225; the NYSE composite; U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; GNMA Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian dollar; the Canadian and certain multinational currencies, such as the euro. It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future.

 

The Fund may purchase and write call and put futures options, as specified for the Fund in this SAI or the Prospectuses. Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indices (discussed above). A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract

 

29

 


 

and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true.

 

The Fund intends generally to limit its use of futures contracts and futures options to “bona fide hedging” transactions, as such term is defined in applicable regulations, interpretations and practice. For example, the Fund might use futures contracts to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates that might adversely affect either the value of the Fund’s securities or the price of the securities, which the Fund intends to purchase. The Fund’s hedging activities may include sales of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of expected increases in interest rates, and purchases of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of expected declines in interest rates. Although other techniques could be used to reduce the Fund’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations, the Fund may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a lower cost by using futures contracts and futures options.

 

The Fund will only enter into futures contracts and futures options, which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.

 

When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by the Fund, the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian (or broker, if legally permitted) a specified amount of assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board (“initial margin”). The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. Margin requirements on foreign exchanges may be different than U.S. exchanges. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract, which is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. The Fund expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits. A futures contract held by the Fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded. Each day the Fund pays or receives cash, called “variation margin,” equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as “marking to market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by the Fund but is instead a settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. In computing daily NAV, the Fund will mark to market its open futures positions.

 

The Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it. Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by the Fund.

 

Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (same exchange, underlying security or index, and delivery month). Closing out a futures contract sale is effected by purchasing a futures contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument with the same delivery date. If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations.

 

For a covered straddle consists of a call and a put written the same underlying futures contract. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations. The Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

 

Limitations on Use of Futures and Futures Options - In general, the Fund intends to enter into positions in futures contracts and related options only for “bona fide hedging” purposes. When purchasing a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board that, when added to the

 

30

 


 

amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract. Alternatively, the Fund may “cover” its position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price as high as or higher than the price of the contract held by the Fund.

 

When purchasing a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract. Alternatively, the Fund may “cover” its position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price as high as or higher than the price of the contract held by the Fund.

 

When selling a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets, determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that are equal to the market value of the instruments underlying the contract. Alternatively, the Fund may “cover” its position by owning the instruments underlying the contract (or, in the case of an index futures contract, a portfolio with a volatility substantially similar to that of the index on which the futures contract is based), or by holding a call option permitting the Fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the price of the contract written by the Fund (or at a higher price if the difference is maintained in liquid assets with the Trust’s custodian).

 

When selling a call option on a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that equal the purchase price of the futures contract, less any margin on deposit. Alternatively, the Fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the Fund.

 

When selling a put option on a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that equal the purchase price of the futures contract, less any margin on deposit. Alternatively, the Fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the Fund.

 

To the extent that securities with maturities greater than one year are used to segregate assets to cover the Fund’s obligations under the futures contracts and related options, such use will not eliminate the risk of a form of leverage, which may tend to exaggerate the effect on NAV of any increase or decrease in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio, and may require liquidation of portfolio positions when it is not advantageous to do so. However, any potential risk of leverage resulting from the use of securities with maturities greater than one year may be mitigated by the overall duration limit on the Fund’s portfolio securities. Thus, the use of a longer-term security may require the Fund to hold offsetting short-term securities to balance the Fund’s portfolio such that the Fund’s duration does not exceed the maximum permitted for the Fund in the Prospectuses.

 

The requirements for qualification as a RIC also may limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into futures, futures options or forward contracts.

 

Risks Associated with Futures and Futures Options - There are several risks associated with the use of futures contracts and futures options as hedging techniques. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in the Fund securities being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of

 

31

 


 

imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.

 

Future exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holder of futures contracts to substantial losses.

 

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when the Fund seeks to close out a futures or a futures option position, and that the Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. In addition, many of the contracts discussed above are relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.

 

Additional Risks of Options on Securities, Futures Contracts, Options on Futures Contracts, and Forward Currency Exchange Contracts and Options Thereon - Options on securities, futures contracts and options on currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States; may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.

 

Index-, Currency-, and Equity-Linked Debt Securities

 

“Index-linked” or “commodity-linked” notes are debt securities of companies that call for interest payments and/or payment at maturity in different terms than the typical note where the borrower agrees to make fixed interest payments and to pay a fixed sum at maturity. Principal and/or interest payments on an index-linked note depend on the performance of one or more market indices, such as the S&P 500® Index or a weighted index of commodity futures such as crude oil, gasoline and natural gas. They may also invest in “equity-linked” and “currency-linked” debt securities. At maturity, the principal amount of an equity-linked debt security is exchanged for common stock of the issuer or is payable in an amount based on the issuer’s common stock price at the time of maturity. Currency-linked debt securities are short-term or intermediate term instruments having a value at maturity, and/or an interest rate, determined by reference to one or more foreign currencies. Payment of principal or periodic interest may be calculated as a multiple of the movement of one currency against another currency, or against an index.

 

Index- and currency-linked securities are derivative instruments, which may entail substantial risks. Such instruments may be subject to significant price volatility. The company issuing the instrument may fail to pay the amount due on maturity. The underlying investment or security may not perform as expected by the adviser or sub-adviser. Markets, underlying securities and indices may move in a direction that was not

 

32

 


 

anticipated by the adviser or sub-adviser. Performance of the derivatives may be influenced by interest rate and other market changes in the United States and abroad. Certain derivative instruments may be illiquid. (See, “Restricted and Illiquid Securities.”)

 

Loan Participation and Assignments

 

The Fund’s investment in loan participations typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with the lender and not with the borrower. The Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participation, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any right of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower.

 

When the Fund purchases a loan assignment from lenders, it will acquire direct rights against the borrowers on the loan. Because assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, however, the rights and obligations acquired by the Fund as the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender. Because there is no liquid market for such securities, the Fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular assignments or participation when necessary to meet redemption of Fund shares, to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs or when necessary in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for assignments and participation also may make it more difficult for the Fund to value these securities for purposes of calculating its NAV.

 

Options

 

The Fund may, to the extent specified herein or in the Prospectuses, purchase and sell both put and call options on fixed-income or other securities or indices in standardized contracts traded on foreign or domestic securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on NASDAQ or on an over-the-counter market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of bonds from a dealer.

 

An option on a security (or index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)

 

The Fund will write call options and put options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security, the option is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in such amount are segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if the Fund

 

33

 


 

maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is: (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written; or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board. A put option on a security or an index is “covered” if the Fund segregates assets determined to be liquid the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is: (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written; or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board.

 

If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires.

 

The Fund may well sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. The Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.

 

The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by the Fund is an asset of the Fund. The premium received for an option written by the Fund is recorded as a deferred credit. The value of an option purchased or written is marked to market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

 

The Fund may write covered straddles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying security. A covered straddle consists of a call and a put written the same underlying futures contracts. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Funds’ immediate obligations. The Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

 

Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while Over-the-Counter Options (“OTC Options”) may not. Consequently, the Fund can realize the value of an OTC Option it has purchased only by exercising or reselling the option to the issuing dealer. Similarly, when the Fund writes an OTC Option, the Fund can close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer. While the Fund seeks to enter into OTC Options only with dealers who will agree to and can enter into closing transactions with the Fund, no assurance exists that the Fund will at any time be able to liquidate an OTC Option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. Unless the Fund, as a covered call option writer, can effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used

 

34

 


 

as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the other party, the Fund may be unable to liquidate an OTC Option. With respect to options written by the Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Fund. For example, because the Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the Fund may not sell the assets that it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This requirement may impair the Fund’s ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.

 

Foreign Currency Options

 

A put or call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell or purchase a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. The Fund uses foreign currency options separately or in combination to control currency volatility. Among the strategies employed to control currency volatility is an option collar. An option collar involves the purchase of a put option and the simultaneous sale of call option on the same currency with the same expiration date but with different exercise (or “strike”) prices. Generally, the put option will have an out-of-the-money strike price, while the call option will have either an at-the-money strike price or an in-the-money strike price. Foreign currency options are derivative securities. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits, which may limit the ability of the Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options.

 

As with other kinds of option transactions, writing options on foreign currency constitutes only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. The Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against exchange rate fluctuations; however, in the event of exchange rate movements adverse to the Fund’s position, the Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.

 

Over-the-Counter Options

 

OTC Options and the assets used as cover for written OTC Options are illiquid securities. The Fund will write OTC Options only with primary U.S. government securities dealers recognized by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or member banks of the Federal Reserve System (“dealers”). In connection with these special arrangements, the Fund intends to establish standards for the creditworthiness of the dealers with which it may enter into OTC Option contracts and those standards, as modified from time to time, will be implemented and monitored by the adviser or sub-adviser. Under these special arrangements, the Fund will enter into contracts with dealers that provide that the Fund has the absolute right to repurchase an option it writes at any time at a repurchase price which represents the fair market value, as determined in good faith through negotiation between the parties, but that in no event will exceed a price determined pursuant to a formula contained in the contract. Although the specific details of the formula may vary between contracts with different dealers, the formula will generally be based on a multiple of the premium received by the Fund for writing the option, plus the amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money.” The formula will also include a factor to account for the difference between the price of the security and the strike price of the option if the option is written “out-of-the-money.” “Strike price” refers to the price at which an option will be exercised. “Cover assets” refers to the amount of cash or liquid assets that must be segregated to collateralize the value of the futures contracts written by the Fund. Under such circumstances, the Fund will treat as illiquid that amount of the cover assets equal to the amount by which the formula price for the repurchase of the option is greater than the amount by which the market value of the security subject to the option exceeds the exercise price of the option (the amount by which the option is “in-the-money”). Although each agreement will provide that the Fund’s repurchase price shall be determined in good faith (and that it shall not exceed the maximum determined pursuant to the formula), the formula price will not necessarily reflect the market value of the option written. Therefore, the Fund might pay more to repurchase the OTC Option contract than the Fund would pay to close out a similar exchange traded option.

 

35

 


 

Put and Call Options

 

Put and call options are derivative securities traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges, including the AMEX, Chicago Board Options Exchange, Philadelphia Stock Exchange, Pacific Stock Exchange, and the NYSE. The Fund will engage in trading of such derivative securities exclusively for hedging purposes.

 

If a put option is purchased, the Fund acquires the right to sell the underlying security at a specified price at any time during the term of the option (for “American-style” options) or on the option expiration date (for “European-style” options). Purchasing put options may be used as a portfolio investment strategy when the adviser or sub-adviser perceives significant short-term risk but substantial long-term appreciation for the underlying security. The put option acts as an insurance policy, as it protects against significant downward price movement while it allows full participation in any upward movement. If the Fund holds a stock which the adviser or sub-adviser believes has strong fundamentals, but for some reason may be weak in the near term, the Fund may purchase a put option on such security, thereby giving itself the right to sell such security at a certain strike price throughout the term of the option. Consequently, the Fund will exercise the put only if the price of such security falls below the strike price of the put. The difference between the put’s strike price and the market price of the underlying security on the date the Fund exercises the put, less transaction costs, is the amount by which the Fund hedges against a decline in the underlying security. If during the period of the option the market price for the underlying security remains at or above the put’s strike price, the put will expire worthless, representing a loss of the price the Fund paid for the put, plus transaction costs. If the price of the underlying security increases, the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put may be sold reduces the profit the Fund realizes on the sale of the securities.

 

If a call option is purchased, it acquires the right to purchase the underlying security at a specified price at any time during the term of the option. The purchase of a call option is a type of insurance policy to hedge against losses that could occur if the Fund has a short position in the underlying security and the security thereafter increases in price. The Fund will exercise a call option only if the price of the underlying security is above the strike price at the time of exercise. If during the option period the market price for the underlying security remains at or below the strike price of the call option, the option will expire worthless, representing a loss of the price paid for the option, plus transaction costs. If the Fund purchases the call option to hedge a short position in the underlying security and the price of the underlying security thereafter falls, the premium paid for the call option less any amount for which such option may be sold reduces the profit the Fund realizes on the cover of the short position in the security.

 

Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be sold when it has remaining value by a purchaser through a “closing sale transaction,” which is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. The Fund generally will purchase only those options for which the adviser or sub-adviser believes there is an active secondary market to facilitate closing transactions.

 

Risks Associated with Options on Securities and Indices - There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and on indices. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of option of underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

 

36

 


 

A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events. The extent to which the Fund may enter into options transactions may be limited by the Code requirements for qualification of the Fund as a RIC. (See “Tax Considerations.”)

 

In addition, foreign option exchanges do not afford to participants many of the protections available in U.S. option exchanges. For example, there may be no daily price fluctuation limits in such exchanges or markets, and adverse market movements could, therefore, continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time. Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost. Moreover, the Fund as an option writer could lose amounts substantially in excess of its initial investment, due to the margin and collateral requirements typically associated with such option writing. (See “OTC Options.”)

 

During the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but, as long as its obligation as a writer continues, has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security.

 

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position. If the Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless. If the Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. As the writer of a covered call option, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call.

 

If trading were suspended in an option purchased by the Fund, the Fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased. Except to the extent that a call option on an index written by the Fund is covered by an option on the same index purchased by the Fund, movements in the index may result in a loss to the Fund; however, such losses may be mitigated by changes in the value of the Fund’s securities during the period the option was outstanding.

 

Stock Index Options

 

Stock Index options include put and call options with respect to the S&P 500® Index and other stock indices. These may be purchased as a hedge against changes in the values of portfolio securities or securities which it intends to purchase or sell, or to reduce risks inherent in the ongoing management of the Fund.

 

The distinctive characteristics of options on stock indices create certain risks not found in stock options generally. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether the Fund will realize a gain or loss on the purchase or sale of an option on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by the Fund of options on a stock index depends on the adviser’s or sub-adviser’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the

 

37

 


 

stock market generally. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.

 

Index prices may be distorted if circumstances disrupt trading of certain stocks included in the index, such as if trading were halted in a substantial number of stocks included in the index. If this happens, the Fund could be unable to close out options, which it had purchased, and if restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it holds, which could result in substantial losses to the Fund. The Fund purchases put or call options only with respect to an index which the adviser or sub-adviser believes includes a sufficient number of stocks to minimize the likelihood of a trading halt in the index.

 

Participatory Notes

 

Participatory Notes are a type of derivative instrument used by foreign investors to access local markets and to gain exposure to, primarily, equity securities of issuers listed on a local exchange. Rather than purchasing securities directly, the Fund may purchase a Participatory Note from a broker-dealer, which holds the securities on behalf of the noteholders.

 

Participatory Notes are similar to depositary receipts except that: (1) brokers, not U.S. banks, are depositories for the securities; and (2) noteholders may remain anonymous to market regulators.

 

The value of the Participatory Notes will be directly related to the value of the underlying securities. Any dividends or capital gains collected from the underlying securities are remitted to the noteholder.

 

The risks of investing in Participatory Notes include derivatives risk and foreign investments risk. The foreign investments risk associated with Participatory Notes is similar to those of investing in depositary receipts. However, unlike depositary receipts, Participatory Notes are subject to counterparty risk based on the uncertainty of the counterparty’s (i.e., the broker’s) ability to meet its obligations.

 

Restricted and Illiquid Securities

 

Generally, a security is considered illiquid if it cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value ascribed to it by the Fund. Its illiquidity might prevent the sale of such a security at a time when the adviser or a sub-adviser might wish to sell, and these securities could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the Fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, requiring the Fund to rely on judgments that may be somewhat subjective in determining value, which could vary from the amount that the Fund could realize upon disposition. Because of the nature of these securities, a considerable period of time may elapse between the Fund’s decision to dispose of these securities and the time when the Fund is able to dispose of them, during which time the value of the securities could decline. The expenses of registering restricted securities (excluding securities that may be resold by the Fund pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act) may be negotiated at the time such securities are purchased by the Fund. When registration is required before the securities may be resold, a considerable period may elapse between the decision to sell the securities and the time when the Fund would be permitted to sell them. Thus, the Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable a price as that prevailing at the time of the decision to sell. The Fund may also acquire securities through private placements. Such securities may have contractual restrictions on their resale, which might prevent their resale by the Fund at a time when such resale would be desirable. Securities that are not readily marketable will be valued by the Fund in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by the Trust’s Board.

 

Restricted securities, including private placements, are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. They can be eligible for purchase without SEC registration by certain institutional investors known as “qualified institutional buyers,” and under the Fund’s procedures, restricted securities could be treated as liquid. However, some restricted securities may be illiquid and restricted securities that are treated as liquid could be less liquid than registered securities traded on established secondary markets. The Fund may not

 

38

 


 

invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities, measured at the time of investment. The Fund will adhere to a more restrictive investment limitation on its investments in illiquid or restricted securities as required by the securities laws of those jurisdictions where shares of the Fund is registered for sale.

 

The Fund treat any securities subject to restrictions on repatriation for more than seven days, and securities issued in connection with foreign debt conversion programs that are restricted as to remittance of invested capital or profit, as illiquid. Illiquid securities do not include securities that are restricted from trading on formal markets for some period of time but for which an active informal market exists, or securities that meet the requirements of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and that, subject to the review by the Board and guidelines adopted by the Board, the adviser or sub-adviser has determined to be liquid.

 

Securities of Companies with Limited Options Histories

 

The Fund considers securities of companies with limited operating histories to be securities of companies with a record of less than three (3) years’ continuous operation, including the operations of any predecessors and parents. These are sometimes referred to as “unseasoned issuers.” These companies by their nature have only a limited operating history that can be used for evaluating the company’s growth prospects. As a result, investment decisions for these securities may place a greater emphasis on current or planned product lines and the reputation and experience of the company’s management and less emphasis on fundamental valuation factors than would be the case for more mature companies.

 

Swap Transactions

 

Swap transactions include, but are not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, security or commodity indices, specific securities and commodities and credit and event-linked swaps.

 

To the extent the Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in currency exchange rate swap agreements. The Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (“swap options”). The Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.

 

Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities or commodities representing a particular index. Forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. Consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and general investment policies, the Fund may invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating-rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, the Fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, the Fund may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is

 

39

 


 

more than one period, with interim swap payments, the Fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a “floating” rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as the LIBOR, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, the Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.

 

The Fund may enter into credit swap agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or “par value,” of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund will lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the Fund (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no default event. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. Credit default swap transactions involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly.

 

A swap option is a contract that gives one counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Fund that may engage in swaps may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options.

 

Most swap agreements entered into by the Fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, to avoid any potential leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities. The Fund will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party if the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the Fund’s total assets.

 

Whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective of total return will depend on the sub-adviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contract and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of swap agreement counterparty. The Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness (generally, such counterparties would have to be eligible counterparties under the terms of the Fund’s repurchase agreement guidelines). Certain restrictions imposed on the Fund by the Code may limit the Fund’s ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

 

Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When the Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

 

40

 


 

Certain swap agreements are exempt from most provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and, therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA, pursuant to regulations approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). To qualify for this exemption, a swap agreement must be entered into by “eligible participants,” which includes the following, provided the participants’ total assets exceed established levels: a bank or trust company, savings association or credit union, insurance company, investment company subject to regulation under the 1940 Act, commodity pool, corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust or other entity, employee benefit plan, governmental entity, broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, natural person, or regulated foreign person. To be eligible, natural persons and most other entities must have total assets exceeding $10 million; commodity pools and employee benefit plans must have assets exceeding $5 million. In addition, an eligible swap transaction must meet three conditions. First, the swap agreement may not be part of a fungible class of agreements that are standardized as to their material economic terms. Second, the creditworthiness of parties with actual or potential obligations under the swap agreement must be a material consideration in entering into or determining the terms of the swap agreement, including pricing, cost or credit enhancement terms. Third, swap agreements may not be entered into and traded on or through a multilateral transaction execution facility. This exemption is not exclusive, and participants may continue to rely on existing exclusions for swaps, such as the Policy Statement issued in July 1989 which recognized a safe harbor for swap transactions from regulation as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA or its regulations. The Policy Statement applies to swap transactions settled in cash that: (1) have individually tailored terms; (2) lack exchange-style offset and the use of a clearing organization or margin system; (3) are undertaken in conjunction with a line of business; and (4) are not marketed to the public.

 

Securities, Interest Rate, and Currency Swaps

 

Securities Swaps. Securities swaps, a technique primarily used to indirectly participate in the securities market of a country from which the Fund would otherwise be precluded for lack of an established securities custody and safekeeping system. The Fund deposits an amount of cash with its custodian (or the broker, if legally permitted) in an amount equal to the selling price of the underlying security. Thereafter, the Fund pays or receives cash from the broker equal to the change in the value of the underlying security.

 

Interest and Currency Swaps. Interest rate and currency swap transactions and purchase or sell interest rate and currency caps and floors may be used, as well as entering into currency swap cap transactions. An interest rate or currency swap involves an agreement between the Fund and another party to exchange payments calculated as if they were interest on a specified (“notional”) principal amount (e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments by one party for fixed-rate payments by the other). An interest rate cap or floor entitles the purchaser, in exchange for a premium, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the seller of the cap or floor, to the extent that a specified reference rate exceeds or falls below a predetermined level. The Fund usually enters into such transactions on a “net” basis, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payment streams. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of cash or high-quality liquid securities having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess is maintained in a segregated account by the Trust’s custodian. If the Fund enters into a swap on other than a net basis, or sells caps or floors, the Fund maintains a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the Fund’s obligations with respect to the transaction. Such segregated accounts are maintained in accordance with applicable regulations of the SEC.

 

The Fund will not enter into any of these derivative transactions unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims paying ability of the other party to the transaction is rated at least “high quality” at the time of purchase by at least one of the established rating agencies (e.g., AAA or AA by S&P). The swap market has grown substantially in recent years, with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standard swap documentation, and the adviser or sub-adviser has determined that the swap market has become relatively liquid. Swap transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal, and the risk of loss with respect to such transactions is limited to the net

 

41

 


 

amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make or receive. Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed; accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. Caps and floors purchased by the Fund are considered to be illiquid assets.

 

Interest Rate Swaps. As indicated above, an interest rate swap is a contract between two entities (“counterparties”) to exchange interest payments (of the same currency) between the parties. In the most common interest rate swap structure; one counterparty will agree to make floating rate payments to the other counterparty, which in turn makes fixed-rate payments to the first counterparty. Interest payments are determined by applying the respective interest rates to an agreed upon amount, referred to as the “notional principal amount.” In most such transactions, the floating rate payments are tied to the LIBOR, which is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. As there is no exchange of principal amounts, an interest rate swap is not an investment or a borrowing.

 

Cross-Currency Swaps. A cross-currency swap is a contract between two counterparties to exchange interest and principal payments in different currencies. A cross-currency swap normally has an exchange of principal at maturity (the final exchange); an exchange of principal at the start of the swap (the initial exchange) is optional. An initial exchange of notional principal amounts at the spot exchange rate serves the same function as a spot transaction in the foreign exchange market (for an immediate exchange of foreign exchange risk). An exchange at maturity of notional principal amounts at the spot exchange rate serves the same function as a forward transaction in the foreign exchange market (for a future transfer of foreign exchange risk). The currency swap market convention is to use the spot rate rather than the forward rate for the exchange at maturity. The economic difference is realized through the coupon exchanges over the life of the swap. In contrast to single currency interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps involve both interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

 

Swap options. A swap option is a contract that gives one counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise change an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. It is different from a forward swap, which is a commitment to enter into a swap that starts at some future date with specified rates. A swap option may be structured European-style (exercisable on the pre-specified date) or American-style (exercisable during a designated period). The right pursuant to a swap option must be exercised by the right holder. The buyer of the right to a swap option is said to own a call.

 

Caps and Floors. Interest rate caps and floors and currency swap cap transactions. An interest rate cap is a right to receive periodic cash payments over the life of the cap equal to the difference between any higher actual level of interest rates in the future and a specified strike (or “cap”) level. The cap buyer purchases protection for a floating rate move above the strike. An interest rate floor is the right to receive periodic cash payments over the life of the floor equal to the difference between any lower actual level of interest rates in the future and a specified strike (or “floor”) level. The floor buyer purchases protection for a floating rate move below the strike. The strikes are typically based on the three-month LIBOR (although other indices are available) and are measured quarterly. Rights arising pursuant to both caps and floors are exercised automatically if the strike is in the money. Caps and floors eliminate the risk that the buyer fails to exercise an in-the-money option.

 

Risks Associated with Swap, Caps, and Floors

 

The risks associated with interest rate and currency swaps and interest rate caps and floors are similar to those described above with respect to OTC Options. In connection with such transactions, the Fund relies on the other party to the transaction to perform its obligations pursuant to the underlying agreement. If there were a default by the other party to the transaction, the Fund would have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement, but could incur delays in obtaining the expected benefit of the transaction or loss of such benefit. In the event of insolvency of the other party, the Fund might be unable to obtain its expected benefit. In addition, while the Fund will seek to enter into such transactions only with parties which are capable of

 

42

 


 

entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to close out such a transaction with the other party, or obtain an offsetting position with any other party, at any time prior to the end of the term of the underlying agreement. This may impair the Fund’s ability to enter into other transactions at a time when doing so might be advantageous.

 

Certain swap agreements are exempt from most provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and, therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA, pursuant to regulations approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). To qualify for this exemption, a swap agreement must be entered into by “eligible participants,” which includes the following, provided the participants’ total assets exceed established levels: a bank or trust company, savings association or credit union, insurance company, investment company subject to regulation under the 1940 Act, commodity pool, corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust or other entity, employee benefit plan, governmental entity, broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, natural person, or regulated foreign person. To be eligible, natural persons and most other entities must have total assets exceeding $10 million; commodity pools and employee benefit plans must have assets exceeding $5 million. In addition, an eligible swap transaction must meet three conditions. First, the swap agreement may not be part of a fungible class of agreements that are standardized as to their material economic terms. Second, the creditworthiness of parties with actual or potential obligations under the swap agreement must be a material consideration in entering into or determining the terms of the swap agreement, including pricing, cost or credit enhancement terms. Third, swap agreements may not be entered into and traded on or through a multilateral transaction execution facility.

 

This exemption is not exclusive, and participants may continue to rely on existing exclusions for swaps, such as the Policy Statement issued in July 1989 which recognized a safe harbor for swap transactions from regulation as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA or its regulations. The Policy Statement applies to swap transactions settled in cash that: (1) have individually tailored terms; (2) lack exchange-style offset and the use of a clearing organization or margin system; (3) are undertaken in conjunction with a line of business; and (4) are not marketed to the public.

 

Straddles

 

A straddle, which may be used for hedging purposes, is a combination of put and call options on the same underlying security used for hedging purposes to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the Fund’s overall position. A possible combined position would involve writing a covered call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written covered call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

 

To Be Announced Sale Commitments

 

To Be Announced (“TBA”) sale commitments involve commitments where the unit price and the estimated principal amount are established upon entering into the contract, with the actual principal amount being within a specified range of the estimate. The Fund will enter into TBA sale commitments to hedge its portfolio positions or to sell mortgage-backed securities it owns under delayed delivery arrangements. Proceeds of TBA sale commitments are not received until the contractual settlement date. During the time a TBA sale commitment is outstanding, the Fund will maintain, in a segregated account, cash or marketable securities in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price. Unsettled TBA sale commitments are valued at current market value of the underlying securities. If the TBA sale commitment is closed through the acquisition of an offsetting purchase commitment, the Fund realizes a gain or loss on the commitment without regard to any unrealized gain or loss on the underlying security. If the Fund delivers securities under the commitment, the Fund realizes a gain or loss from the sale of the securities, based upon the unit price established at the date the commitment was entered into.

 

43

 


 

Warrants

 

A warrant gives the holder a right to purchase at any time during a specified period a predetermined number of shares of common stock at a fixed price. Unlike convertible debt securities or preferred stock, warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors, and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach or have reasonable prospects of reaching a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised (in which event the warrant may expire without being exercised, resulting in a loss of the Fund’s entire investment therein).

 

Put and call index warrants are instruments whose values vary depending on the change in the value of one or more specified securities indices (“Index Warrants”). Index Warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive upon exercise of the warrant a cash payment from the issuer, based on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise. In general, if the value of the underlying index rises above the exercise price of the Index Warrant, the holder of a call warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise, based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the warrant; if the value of the underlying index falls, the holder of a put warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise, based on the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The holder of a warrant would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at any time when, in the case of a call warrant, the exercise price is greater than the value of the underlying index, or, in the case of a put warrant, the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying index. If the Fund were not to exercise an Index Warrant prior to its expiration, then the Fund would lose the amount of the purchase price paid by it for the warrant. Certain Funds will normally use Index Warrants in a manner similar to their use of options on securities indices. The risks of using Index Warrants are generally similar to those relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options, however, Index Warrants are issued in limited amounts and are not obligations of a regulated clearing agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution that issues the warrant. Also, Index Warrants generally have longer terms than index options. Index Warrants are not likely to be as liquid as certain index options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of Index Warrants may limit the Fund’s ability to exercise the warrants at such time, or in such quantities, as the Fund would otherwise wish to do.

 

INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES

 

Borrowing

 

The Fund may borrow from banks. If the Fund borrows money, its share price may be subject to greater fluctuation until the borrowing is paid off. If the Fund makes additional investments while borrowings are outstanding, this may be considered a form of leverage. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to such borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of the Fund’s holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint.

 

Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of portfolio securities or the Fund’s NAV, and money borrowed will be subject to interest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds. Borrowing may be done for any purpose permitted by the 1940 Act or as permitted by the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions.

 

44

 


 

Lending of Portfolio Securities

 

In order to generate additional income, the Fund may lend portfolio securities to broker-dealers, major banks, or other recognized domestic institutional borrowers of securities provided that the value of the loaned securities does not exceed the percentage set forth in the Fund’s total assets set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus. No lending may be made to any companies affiliated with the adviser. These loans earn income for the Fund and are collateralized by cash, securities, or letters of credit. The Fund might experience a loss if the financial institution defaults on the loan. The Fund seeks to mitigate this risk through contracted indemnification upon default.

 

Loans of portfolio securities earn income for the Fund and are collateralized by cash, cash equivalent, or U.S. government securities. The Fund might experience a loss if the financial institution defaults on the loan. The borrower at all times during the loan must maintain with the lending Fund cash or cash equivalent collateral or provide to the Fund an irrevocable letter of credit equal in value to at least 102% of the value of loaned domestic securities and 105% of the value of loaned foreign securities on a daily basis. Although voting rights of the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, if a material event affecting the investment in the loaned securities is to occur, the Fund must terminate the loan and vote the securities. Alternatively, the Fund may enter into an arrangement that ensures that it can vote the proxy even while the borrower continues to hold the securities. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays the Fund any interest paid on such securities. The Fund may invest the cash collateral and earn additional income or it may receive an agreed-upon amount of interest income from the borrower who has delivered equivalent collateral or a letter of credit. Loans are subject to termination at the option of the Fund or the borrower at any time. The Fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the income earned on the cash to the borrower or placing broker. As with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially.

 

There is the risk that when lending portfolio securities, the securities may not be available to the Fund on a timely basis and the Fund may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Engaging in securities lending could have a leveraging effect which may intensify the market risk, credit risk and other risks associated with investments in the Fund. When the Fund lends its securities, it is responsible for investing the cash collateral it receives from the borrower of the securities. The Fund could incur losses in connection with the investment of such cash collateral.

 

Portfolio Hedging

 

Hedging against changes in financial markets, currency rates and interest rates may be utilized. One form of hedging is with “derivatives.” Derivatives (as described above) are instruments whose value is linked to, or derived from, another instrument, like an index or a commodity. Hedging transactions involve certain risks. Although the Fund may benefit from hedging, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in greater losses for the Fund than if it did not hedge. If the Fund does not correctly predicts a hedge, it may lose money. In addition, the Fund pays commissions and other costs in connection with hedging transactions.

 

Risks Associated With Hedging Transactions. Hedging transactions have special risks associated with them, including possible default by the counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the adviser’s or sub-adviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of a hedging transaction could result in losses greater than if it had not been used. Use of call options could result in losses to the Fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices lower than current market values, or cause the Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell.

 

Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage

 

45

 


 

between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in portfolio hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to the Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs.

 

In addition, the Fund pays commissions and other costs in connection with such investments. Losses resulting from the use of hedging transactions will reduce the Fund’s NAV, and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if hedging transactions had not been used.

 

Risks of Hedging Transactions Outside the United States. When conducted outside the United States, hedging transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of government actions affecting trading in, or the price of, foreign securities, currencies, and other instruments. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. hedging transactions also could be adversely affected by: (1) other complex foreign political, legal, and economic factors; (2) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States; (3) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (4) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States; and (5) lower trading volume and liquidity.

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

Repurchase agreements may be utilized, with respect to its portfolio securities. Such agreements may be considered to be loans by the Fund for purposes of the 1940 Act. Each repurchase agreement must be collateralized fully, in accordance with the provisions of Rule 5b-3 under the 1940 Act, at all times. Pursuant to such repurchase agreements, the Fund acquires securities from financial institutions such as brokers, dealers, and banks, subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase and the Fund’s agreement to resell such securities at a mutually agreed upon date and price. The term of such an agreement is generally quite short, possibly overnight or for a few days, although it may extend over a number of months (up to one year) from the date of delivery. The repurchase price generally equals the price paid by the Fund plus interest negotiated on the basis of current short-term rates (which may be more or less than the rate on the underlying portfolio security). The securities underlying a repurchase agreement will be marked to market every business day so that the value of the collateral is at least equal to the value of the loan, including the accrued interest thereon, and the adviser or sub-adviser will monitor the value of the collateral. Securities subject to repurchase agreements will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System or an equivalent foreign system. If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, the Fund holding the repurchase agreement will suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities is less than the repurchase price under the agreement. Bankruptcy or insolvency of such a defaulting seller may cause the Fund’s rights with respect to such securities to be delayed or limited. To mitigate this risk, the Fund may only enter into repurchase agreements that qualify for an exclusion from any automatic stay of creditors’ rights against the counterparty under applicable insolvency law in the event of the counterparty’s insolvency.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions

 

Reverse repurchase agreement transactions involve the sale of U.S. government securities held by the Fund, with an agreement that the Fund will repurchase such securities at an agreed upon price and date. The Fund will employ reverse repurchase agreements when necessary to meet unanticipated net redemptions so as to avoid liquidating other portfolio investments during unfavorable market conditions. At the time it enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund will place in a segregated custodial account cash and/or liquid assets

 

46

 


 

having a dollar value equal to the repurchase price. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act. Reverse repurchase agreements, together with other permitted borrowings, may constitute up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of the Fund’s holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint. Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of portfolio securities or the Fund’s NAV, and money borrowed will be subject to interest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds. In order to enhance portfolio returns and manage prepayment risks, the Fund may engage in dollar roll transactions with respect to mortgage securities issued by GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC. In a dollar roll transaction, the Fund sells a mortgage security held in the portfolio to a financial institutional such as a bank or broker-dealer, and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a substantially similar security (same type, coupon and maturity) from the institution at a later date at an agreed upon price. The mortgage securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate as those sold, but generally will be collateralized by different pools of mortgages with different prepayment histories. During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in short-term instruments, and the income from these investments, together with any additional fee income received on the sale, could generate income for the Fund exceeding the yield on the sold security. When the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, cash and/or liquid assets of the Fund, in a dollar amount sufficient to make payment for the obligations to be repurchased, are segregated with its custodian at the trade date. These securities are marked daily and are maintained until the transaction is settled.

 

Whether a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar-roll transaction produces a gain for the Fund depends upon the “costs of the agreements” (e.g., a function of the difference between the amount received upon the sale of its securities and the amount to be spent upon the purchase of the same or “substantially the same” security) and the income and gains of the securities purchased with the proceeds received from the sale of the mortgage security. If the income and gains on the securities purchased with the proceeds of the agreements exceed the costs of the agreements, then the Fund’s NAV will increase faster than otherwise would be the case; conversely, if the income and gains on such securities purchased fail to exceed the costs of the structure, NAV will decline faster than otherwise would be the case. Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions, as leveraging techniques, may increase the Fund’s yield in the manner described above; however, such transactions also increase the Fund’s risk to capital and may result in a shareholder’s loss of principal.

 

Short Sales and Short Sales Against the Box

 

The Fund may make a short sale of securities it already owns or have the right to acquire at no added cost through conversion or exchange of other securities it owns (referred to as short sales against the box). In a short sale that is not against the box, the Fund sells a security, which it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. To complete the sale, the Fund must borrow the security generally from the broker through which the short sale is made) in order to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund must replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. The Fund is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers them to the broker. The period during which the Fund has a short position can range from one day to more than a year. Until the Fund replaces the security, the proceeds of the short sale are retained by the broker, and the Fund must pay to the broker a negotiated portion of any dividends or interest, which accrues during the period of the loan. To meet current margin requirements, the Fund must deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that it maintains with the broker a total deposit equal to 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short (100% of the current market value if a security is held in the account that is convertible or exchangeable into the security sold short within ninety (90) days without restriction other than the payment of money).

 

47

 


 

Short sales by the Fund that are not made against the box create opportunities to increase the Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since the Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Fund’s NAV per share tends to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest the Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continually increase, although the Fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions the Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

 

If the Fund makes a short sale against the box, the Fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. To secure its obligation to deliver securities sold short, the Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with the custodian an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. The Fund can close out its short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the Fund, because the Fund might want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.

 

The Fund’s decision to make a short sale against the box may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the adviser or sub-adviser believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses in the long position are reduced will depend upon the amount of securities sold short relative to the amount of the securities the Fund owns, either directly or indirectly, and, in the case where the Fund owns convertible securities, changes in the investment values or conversion premiums of such securities.

 

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a senior security as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is against the box and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by placing in a segregated account (not with the broker) cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale. The Fund will comply with these requirements. In addition, as a matter of policy, the Fund’s Board has determined that the Fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if to do so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets, taken at market value.

 

Temporary Defensive and Other Short-Term Positions

 

Investing in certain short-term, high-quality debt instruments and in U.S. government securities is done for the following purposes: (i) to meet anticipated day-to-day operating expenses; (ii) pending the adviser’s or sub-adviser’s ability to invest cash inflows; (iii) to permit the Fund to meet redemption requests; and (iv) for temporary defensive purposes. The Fund for which the investment objective is capital appreciation may also invest in such securities if the Fund’s assets are insufficient for effective investment in equities.

 

48

 


 

Although it is expected that the Fund will normally be invested consistent with its investment objectives and policies, the short-term instruments in which the Fund may invest include: (i) short-term obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies, instrumentalities, authorities, or political subdivisions; (ii) other short-term debt securities; (iii) commercial paper, including master notes; (iv) bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, and bankers’ acceptances; and (v) repurchase agreements. When investing for the purposes indicated above, the Fund will normally invest in short-term instruments that do not have a maturity of greater than one year. To the extent the Fund is engaged in temporary defensive investments, it will not be pursuing its investment objective.

 

When-Issued Securities and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

In order to secure prices or yields deemed advantageous at the time, the Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or a delayed-delivery basis generally 15 to 45 days after the commitment is made. The Fund will enter into a when-issued transaction for the purpose of acquiring portfolio securities and not for the purpose of leverage. In such transactions, delivery of the securities occurs beyond the normal settlement periods, but no payment or delivery is made by, and no interest accrues to, the Fund prior to the actual delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased on a when-issued or a delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. Similarly, the sale of securities for delayed-delivery can involve the risk that the prices available in the market when delivery is made may actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself. The Fund will establish a segregated account with the custodian consisting of cash and/or liquid assets in an amount equal to the amount of its when-issued and delayed-delivery commitments which will be “marked to market” daily. The Fund will only make commitments to purchase such securities with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but the Fund may sell these securities before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy. In these cases, the Fund may realize a taxable gain or loss. When the Fund engages in when-issued, forward commitment and delayed settlement transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of such party to do so may result in the Fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price credited to be advantageous.

 

When the time comes to pay for the securities acquired on a delayed-delivery basis, the Fund will meet its obligations from the available cash flow, sale of the securities held in the segregated account, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from sale of the when-issued securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the Fund’s payment obligation). Depending on market conditions, the Fund could experience fluctuations in share price as a result of delayed delivery or when-issued purchases.

 

FUNDAMENTAL AND NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

 

All percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment, and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations will not require elimination of any security from the relevant portfolio.

 

Fundamental Investment Restrictions

 

The investment objective of the Fund is a non-fundamental policy and may be changed by the Board, without shareholder approval. The Fund has adopted the following investment restrictions as fundamental policies which means they cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a “majority” of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. The term “majority” is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (1) 67% or more of the Fund’s shares present at a meeting of shareholders at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy; or (2) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.

 

49

 


 

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund may not:

 

   
1. purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that: (a) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, or tax-exempt securities issued by any state or territory of the United States, or tax-exempt securities issued by any of their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and (b) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund;
   
2. purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit the Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;
   
3. borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund;
   
4. make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund.
   
5. underwrite any issue of securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might technically be deemed to be an underwriter either: (a) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (b) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with its investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities issued by other registered management investment companies;
   
6. purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may: (a) acquire or lease office space for its own use; (b) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein; (c) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein; or (d) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities;
   
7. issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; or
   
8. purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities). This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions, including, without limitation, forward currency contracts.

 

With respect to fundamental policy number (1), industry classifications are in accordance with Global Industrial Classification Standards and Standard Industrial Classification (“SIC”) Codes. Industry classifications may be changed at any time to reflect changes in the market place.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions

 

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest, under normal circumstances at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of emerging markets, including depositary receipts. The Fund has also adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such investment

 

50

 


 

policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

 

A change in securities held in the portfolio of the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover” and may involve the payment by the Fund of dealer mark-ups or brokerage or underwriting commissions and other transaction costs on the sale of securities, as well as on the reinvestment of the proceeds in other securities. Portfolio turnover rate for a fiscal year is the percentage determined by dividing the lesser of the cost of purchases or proceeds from sales of portfolio securities by the average of the value of portfolio securities during such year, all excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less. The Fund cannot accurately predict its turnover rate, however the rate will be higher when the Fund finds it necessary to significantly change its portfolio to adopt a temporary defensive position or respond to economic or market events. A high turnover rate would increase expenses and may involve realization of capital gains by the Fund.

 

DISCLOSURE OF THE FUND’S PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

 

The Fund is required to file its complete portfolio holdings schedule with the SEC on a quarterly basis. This schedule is filed with the Fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports on Form N-CSR for the second and fourth fiscal quarters and on Form N-Q for the first and third fiscal quarters.

 

In addition, the Fund posts its portfolio holdings schedule on ING’s website on a calendar-quarter basis and it is available 30 calendar days following the previous calendar quarter or as soon thereafter as practicable. The portfolio holdings schedule is as of the last day of the previous calendar quarter (i.e., the Fund will post the quarter-ending June 30 holdings on July 31). The Fund may also file information on portfolio holdings with the SEC or other regulatory authority as required by applicable law.

 

The Fund also compiles a list composed of its ten largest holdings (“Top Ten”). This information is produced monthly, and is made available on ING’s website, on the tenth day of each month. The Top Ten holdings information is as of the last day of the previous month or as soon thereafter as practicable.

 

Investors (both individual and institutional), financial intermediaries that distribute the Fund’s shares and most third parties may receive the Fund’s annual or semi-annual shareholder reports, or view them on ING’s website, along with the Fund’s portfolio holdings schedule. The Top Ten list also is provided in quarterly Fund descriptions that are included in the offering materials of variable life insurance products and variable annuity contracts.

 

Other than in regulatory filings or on ING’s website, the Fund may provide its portfolio holdings to certain unaffiliated third parties and affiliates when the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for doing so. Unless otherwise noted below, the Fund’s disclosure of its portfolio holdings will be on an as-needed basis, with no lag time between the date of which the information is requested and the date the information is provided. Specifically, the Fund’s disclosure of its portfolio holdings may include disclosure:

 

   
· to the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, named herein, for use in providing audit opinions;
· to financial printers for the purpose of preparing Fund regulatory filings;
· for the purpose of due diligence regarding a merger or acquisition;
· to a new adviser or sub-adviser prior to the commencement of its management of the Fund;
· to rating and ranking agencies such as Bloomberg, Morningstar, Lipper, and S&P, such agencies may receive more data from the Fund than is posted on the Fund’s website);
· to consultants for use in providing asset allocation advice in connection with investments by affiliated funds-of-funds in the Fund;
· to service providers, on a daily basis, in connection with their providing services benefiting the Fund

 

51

 


 

  such as, but not limited to, the provision of analytics for securities lending oversight and reporting, proxy voting, or class action services providers;
· to a third party for purposes of effecting in-kind redemptions of securities to facilitate orderly redemption of portfolio assets and minimal impact on remaining Fund shareholders;
· to certain wrap fee programs, on a weekly basis, on the first business day following the previous calendar week; or
· to a third party who acts as a “consultant” and supplies the consultant’s analysis of holdings (but not actual holdings) to the consultant’s clients (including sponsors of retirement plans or their consultants) or who provides regular analysis of fund portfolios. The types, frequency, and timing of disclosure to such parties vary depending upon information requested.

 

In all instances of such disclosure the receiving party, by agreement, is subject to a duty of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on such information.

 

The Fund’s Board has adopted policies and procedures (“Policies”) designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the Fund’s portfolio securities is in the best interests of Fund shareholders, including procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the Fund, its adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Such Policies authorize the Fund’s administrator to implement the Board’s policies and direct the administrator to document the expected benefit to shareholders. Among other considerations, the administrator is directed to consider whether such disclosure may create an advantage for the recipient or its affiliates or their clients over that of the Fund’s shareholders. Similarly, the administrator is directed to consider, among other things, whether the disclosure of portfolio holdings creates a conflict between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the adviser, sub-adviser(s), principal underwriter, and their affiliates. The Board has authorized the senior officers of the Fund’s administrator to authorize the release of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles and to monitor for compliance with the Policies. The Fund’s administrator reports quarterly to the Board regarding the implementation of such policies and procedures.

 

The Fund has the following ongoing arrangements with certain third parties to provide the Fund’s full portfolio holdings:


Party Purpose Frequency Time Lag Between Date of Information and Date Information Released
The Bank of New York Mellon Credit Approval Process for ING Funds Line of Credit As requested None
Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc. Proxy Voting Services Daily None

Securities Class Action Services,

LLC, a subsidiary of MSCI Inc.

Class Action Services Monthly 10 Days
Charles River Development Compliance Daily None
Coates Analytics, a Division of Albridge Solutions, Inc. and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank of New York Mellon Provision of Analytics for Oversight and Reporting of Securities Lending Daily None

 

All of the arrangements in the table above are subject to the Policies adopted by the Board to ensure such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. The

 

52

 


 

Fund’s Board must approve any material change to the Policies. The Policies may not be waived, or exceptions made, without the consent of ING’s Legal Department. All waivers and exceptions involving the Fund will be disclosed to the Fund’s Board no later than its next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting. No compensation or other consideration may be received by the Fund, the adviser, or any other party in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with the Policies.

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

 

The business and affairs of the Trust are managed under the direction of the Trust’s Board according to the applicable laws of the Registrant The Board governs the Fund and is responsible for protecting the interests of shareholders. The Trustees are experienced executives who oversee the Trust’s activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to the Fund, and review the Fund’s performance.

 

53

 


 

          Set forth in the table below is information about each Trustee:

 

Name, Address and Age Position(s) Held with the Trust Term of Office and Length of Time Served(1)

Principal Occupation(s) –

During the Past 5 Years

Number of Funds in ING Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee (2)(3) Other Board Positions Held by Trustee
Independent Trustees

Colleen D. Baldwin

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 51

Trustee November 2007 – Present President, Glantuam Partners, LLC, a business consulting firm (January 2009 – Present) and Consultant (January 2005 – Present). 133 None.

John V. Boyer

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 58

 

Trustee January 2005 –Present President and Chief Executive Officer, Bechtler Arts Foundation, an arts and education foundation (January 2008 – Present). Formerly, Consultant (July 2007 – February 2008) and President and Chief Executive Officer, Franklin and Eleanor Roosevelt Institute, a public policy foundation (March 2006 – July 2007). 133 None.

Patricia W. Chadwick
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 63

Trustee January 2006 – Present Consultant and President, Ravengate Partners LLC, a consulting firm that provides advice regarding financial markets and the global economy (January 2000 – Present). 133 Wisconsin Energy Corporation (June 2006 – Present) and The Royce Funds, 35 funds (December 2009 – Present).

Peter S. Drotch

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 69

Trustee

 

November 2007 – Present Retired. 133 First Marblehead Corporation (September 2003 – Present).

J. Michael Earley

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 66

Trustee February 2002 – Present Retired. Formerly, Banking President and Chief Executive Officer, Bankers Trust Company, N.A., Des Moines (June 1992 – December 2008). 133 None.

Patrick W. Kenny

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 68

Trustee January 2005 – Present Retired. Formerly, President and Chief Executive Officer, International Insurance Society (June 2001 – June 2009). 133 Assured Guaranty Ltd. (April 2004 – Present).

Sheryl K. Pressler

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Trustee January 2006 –Present Consultant (May 2001 – Present). 133 Stillwater Mining Company (May 2002 – Present).

 

54

 


 

 

Name, Address and Age Position(s) Held with the Trust Term of Office and Length of Time Served(1)

Principal Occupation(s) –

During the Past 5 Years

Number of Funds in ING Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee (2)(3) Other Board Positions Held by Trustee

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 60

         

Roger B. Vincent

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 66

Chairperson and Trustee February 2002 – Present President, Springwell Corporation, a corporate finance firm (March 1989 – Present). 133 UGI Corporation (February 2006 – Present) and UGI Utilities, Inc. (February 2006 – Present).
Trustees who are “Interested Persons”

Robert W. Crispin(4)

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 64

Trustee November 2007 – Present Retired. Formerly, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, ING Investment Management Co. (July 2001 – December 2007). 133 Intact Financial Corporation (December 2004 – Present) and PFM Group (November 2010 – Present).

Shaun P. Mathews(4)

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 56

Trustee

November 2007 – Present

 

President and Chief Executive Officer, ING Investments, LLC(5) (November 2006 – Present). Formerly, Head of ING Mutual Funds and Investment Products (November 2004 – November 2006). 133 ING Capital Corporation, LLC (December 2005 – Present).

 

  (1) Trustees serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The tenure of each Trustee is subject to the Board’s retirement policy which states that each duly elected or appointed Trustee who is not an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, as amended (“Independent Trustees”), shall retire from service as a Trustee at the conclusion of the first regularly scheduled quarterly meeting of the Board that is held after the Trustee reaches the age of 72. A unanimous vote of the Board may extend the retirement date of a Trustee for up to one year. An extension may be permitted if the retirement would trigger a requirement to hold a meeting of shareholders of the Trusts under applicable law, whether for purposes of appointing a successor to the Trustee or if otherwise necessary under applicable law, in which case the extension would apply until such time as the shareholder meeting can be held or is no longer needed.
  (2) For the purposes of this table (except for Mr. Mathews) “Fund Complex” means the following investment companies: ING Asia Pacific High Dividend Equity Income Fund; ING Emerging Markets High Dividend Equity Fund; ING Emerging Markets Local Bond Fund; ING Infrastructure, Industrials and Materials Fund; ING Equity Trust; ING Funds Trust; ING Global Equity Dividend and Premium Opportunity Fund; ING Global Advantage and Premium Opportunity Fund; ING International High Dividend Equity Income Fund; ING Investors Trust; ING Mayflower Trust; ING Mutual Funds; ING Partners, Inc.; ING Prime Rate Trust; ING Risk Managed Natural Resources Fund; ING Senior Income Fund; ING Separate Portfolios Trust; ING Variable Insurance Trust; and ING Variable Products Trust. The number of funds in the Fund Complex is as of August 31, 2011.
  (3) Mr. Mathews is also a Director or Trustee of the following investment companies: ING Balanced Portfolio, Inc.; ING Intermediate Bond Portfolio; ING Money Market Portfolio; ING Series Fund, Inc.; ING Strategic Allocation Portfolios, Inc.; ING Variable Funds; and ING Variable Portfolios, Inc.
  (4) Messrs. Crispin and Mathews are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in the 1940 Act because of their current or prior affiliation with ING Groep, N.V., the parent corporation of the investment adviser, ING Investments, LLC, and the Distributor, ING Investments Distributor, LLC.
  (5) ING Investments, LLC was previously named ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC. ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC is the successor in interest to ING Pilgrim Investments, Inc., which was previously known as Pilgrim Investments, Inc. and before that was known as Pilgrim America Investments, Inc.

 

55

 


 

               Information about the Trust’s officers is set forth in the table below:

 

Name, Address and Age Positions Held with the Trust Term of Office and Length of Time Served(1) Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years

Shaun P. Mathews

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 56

President and Chief Executive Officer November 2006 – Present President and Chief Executive Officer, ING Investments, LLC(2) (November 2006 – Present). Formerly, Head of ING Mutual Funds and Investment Products (November 2004 – November 2006).

Michael J. Roland

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 53

 

Executive Vice President

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

February 2002 – Present

 

March 2011 – Present

 

Chief Compliance Officer of the ING Funds, Directed Services LLC(3), and ING Investments LLC(2) (March 2011 – Present) and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, ING Investments, LLC(2) and ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (January 2007 – Present). Formerly, Executive Vice President, Head of Product Management, ING Investments, LLC(2) and ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (January 2005 – January 2007).

Stanley D. Vyner

230 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10169

Age: 61

Executive Vice President

 

Chief Investment Risk Officer

May 1999 – Present

 

September 2009 – Present

Executive Vice President, ING Investments, LLC(2) (July 2000 – Present) and Chief Investment Risk Officer, ING Investments, LLC (2) (January 2003 – Present).

Todd Modic

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 43

Senior Vice President, Chief/Principal Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary March 2005 – Present Senior Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (March 2005 – Present).

Kimberly A. Anderson

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 47

Senior Vice President

 

 

November 2003 – Present

 

 

Senior Vice President, ING Investments, LLC(2) (October 2003 – Present).

 

Robert Terris

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 41

Senior Vice President May 2006 – Present Senior Vice President, Head of Division Operations, ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (May 2006 – Present).

Robyn L. Ichilov

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 44

Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

May 1999 – Present

 

 

Vice President and Treasurer, ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (November 1995 – Present) and ING Investments, LLC(2) (August 1997 – Present).

Maria M. Anderson

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 53

Vice President

 

 

September 2004 – Present

 

 

Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (September 2004 – Present).

 

56

 


 

Name, Address and Age Positions Held with the Trust Term of Office and Length of Time Served(1) Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years

Lauren D. Bensinger

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 57

 

Vice President

 

February 2003 – Present

 

 

Vice President, ING Investments, LLC(2) and ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (February 1996 – Present); Director of Compliance, ING Investments, LLC(2) (October 2004 – Present); and Vice President and Money Laundering Reporting Officer, ING Investments Distributor, LLC(5) (April 2010 – Present). Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer, ING Investments Distributor, LLC(5) (August 1995 – April 2010).

William Evans

One Orange Way

Windsor, Connecticut 06095

Age: 39

Vice President September 2007 – Present Senior Vice President (March 2010 – Present) and Head of Manager Research and Selection Group ING, Investment Management (April 2007 – Present). Formerly, Vice President, U.S. Mutual Funds and Investment Products (May 2005 – April 2007).

Denise Lewis

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 47

Vice President January 2007 – Present Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (December 2006 – Present). Formerly, Senior Vice President, UMB Investment Services Group, LLC (November 2003 – December 2006).

Kimberly K. Springer

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 54

Vice President March 2006 – Present Vice President, ING Investment Management – ING Funds (March 2010 – Present); Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (March 2006 – Present); and Managing Paralegal, Registration Statements (June 2003 – Present).

Craig Wheeler

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 42

Assistant Vice President May 2008 – Present Assistant Vice President – Director of Tax, ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (March 2008 – Present). Formerly, Tax Manager, ING Funds Services, LLC(4) (March 2005 – March 2008).

Huey P. Falgout, Jr.

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 47

Secretary

August 2003 – Present

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel, ING Investment Management – ING Funds (March 2010 –Present). Formerly, Chief Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (October 2003 – March 2010).

Paul Caldarelli

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 59

Assistant Secretary June 2010 – Present Vice President and Senior Counsel, ING Investment Management – ING Funds (March 2010 – Present). Formerly, Senior Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2008 – March 2010) and Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (May 2005 – April 2008).

Theresa K. Kelety

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road Suite 100

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 48

Assistant Secretary August 2003 – Present Vice President and Senior Counsel, ING Investment Management – ING Funds (March 2010 – Present). Formerly, Senior Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2008 – March 2010) and Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2003 – April 2008).

Kathleen Nichols

7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road

Suite 100

Assistant Secretary May 2008 – Present Vice President and Counsel, ING Investment Management – ING Funds (March 2010 – Present). Formerly, Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (February 2008 – March 2010) and Associate,

 

57

 


 

Name, Address and Age Positions Held with the Trust Term of Office and Length of Time Served(1) Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

Age: 36

    Ropes & Gray LLP (September 2005 – February 2008).

 

  (1) The officers hold office until the next annual meeting of the Trustees and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified.
  (2) ING Investments, LLC was previously named ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC. ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC is the successor in interest to ING Pilgrim Investments, Inc., which was previously known as Pilgrim Investments, Inc. and before that was known as Pilgrim America Investments, Inc.
  (3) Directed Services LLC is the successor in interest to Directed Services, Inc.
  (4) ING Funds Services, LLC was previously named ING Pilgrim Group, LLC. ING Pilgrim Group, LLC is the successor in interest to ING Pilgrim Group, Inc., which was previously known as Pilgrim Group, Inc. and before that was known as Pilgrim America Group, Inc.
  (5) ING Investments Distributor, LLC was previously named ING Funds Distributor, LLC. ING Funds Distributor, LLC is the successor in interest to ING Funds Distributor, Inc., which was previously known as ING Pilgrim Securities, Inc., and before that was known as Pilgrim Securities, Inc., and before that was known as Pilgrim America Securities, Inc.
     

 

58

 


The Board of Trustees

 

The Trust and the Fund are governed by the Trust’s Board, which oversees the Trust’s business and affairs. The Board delegates the day-to-day management of the Trust and the Fund to the Trust’s officers and to various service providers that have been contractually retained to provide such day-to-day services. The ING entities that render services to the Fund do so pursuant to contracts that have been approved by the Board. The Trustees are experienced executives who, among other duties, oversee the Fund’s activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to the Fund, and review the Fund’s investment performance.

 

The Board Leadership Structure and Related Matters

 

The Board is currently comprised of ten members, eight of whom are independent or disinterested persons, which means that they are not “interested persons” of the Fund as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act (“Independent Trustees”). The Trust is one of 19 registered investment companies (with a total of approximately 133 separate series) and all of the Trustees serve as members of, as applicable, each investment company’s Board of Trustees or Board of Directors. The Board employs substantially the same leadership structure with respect to each of these investment companies.

 

One of the Independent Trustees, currently Roger B. Vincent, serves as the Chairman of the Board of the Trust. The responsibilities of the Board Chairman include: coordinating with management in the preparation of agendas for Board meetings; presiding at Board meetings; between Board meetings, serving as a primary liaison with other Trustees, officers of the Trust, management personnel, and legal counsel to the Independent Trustees; and such other duties as the Board periodically may determine. Mr. Vincent holds no position with any firm that is a sponsor of the Trust.

 

The Board performs many of its oversight and other activities through the committee structure described below in the “Board Committees” section. Each Committee operates pursuant to a written Charter approved by the Board. The Board currently conducts regular meetings eight (8) times a year. Six of these regular meetings consist of sessions held over a two-day period and two of these meetings consist of a one-day session. In addition, during the course of a year, the Board and many of its Committees typically hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that require action prior to their next regular meetings.

 

The Board believes that its leadership structure is an effective means of empowering the Trustees to perform their fiduciary and other duties. For example, the Board’s committee structure facilitates, as appropriate, the ability of individual Board members to receive detailed presentations on topics under their review and to develop increased familiarity with respect to such topics and with key personnel at relevant service providers. At least annually, with guidance from its Nominating and Governance Committee, the Board analyzes whether there are potential means to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of the Board’s operations.

 

Board Committees

 

Audit Committee. The Board has established an Audit Committee whose functions include, among other things, meeting with the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust to review the scope of the Trust’s audit, the Trust’s financial statements and accounting controls, and meeting with management concerning these matters, internal audit activities and other matters. The Audit Committee currently consists of four (4) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees currently serve as members of the Audit Committee: Ms. Baldwin, and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch and Earley. Mr. Earley currently serves as Chairperson of the Audit Committee. Ms. Baldwin and Messrs. Drotch and Earley have each been designated as an audit committee financial expert under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Audit Committee, which currently meets regularly four (4) times per year, held five (5) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

59

 


 

Compliance Committee. The Board has established a Compliance Committee for the purpose of, among other things: (1) coordinating activities between the Board and the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) of the Fund; (2) facilitating information flow among Board members and the CCO between Board meetings; (3) working with the CCO and management to identify the types of reports to be submitted by the CCO to the Compliance Committee and the Board; (4) coordinating CCO oversight activities with other ING Funds boards; (5) making recommendations regarding the role, performance, and oversight of the CCO; (6) overseeing the implementation of the Fund’s valuation procedures and the fair value determinations made with respect to securities held by the Fund for which market value quotations are not readily available; (7) overseeing management’s administration of proxy voting; and (8) overseeing the effectiveness of brokerage usage by the Trust’s advisers or sub-advisers and compliance with regulations regarding the allocation of brokerage for services. The Compliance Committee currently consists of four (4) Independent Trustees: Mses. Chadwick and Pressler and Messrs. Kenny and Vincent. Mr. Kenny currently serves as Chairperson of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee, which currently meets regularly four (4) times per year, held five (5) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

Contracts Committee. The Board has established a Contracts Committee for the purpose of overseeing the annual renewal process relating to investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements and, at the discretion of the Board, other agreements or plans involving the Fund. The responsibilities of the Contracts Committee, among other things, include: (1) identifying the scope and format of information to be provided by service providers in connection with applicable contract approvals or renewals; (2) providing guidance to independent legal counsel regarding specific information requests to be made by such counsel on behalf of the Trustees; (3) evaluating regulatory and other developments that might have an impact on applicable approval or renewal processes; (4) reporting to the Trustees its recommendations and decisions regarding the foregoing matters; (5) assisting in the preparation of a written record of the factors considered by Trustees relating to the approval and renewal of advisory and sub-advisory agreements; (6) recommending to the Board specific steps to be taken by it regarding the contracts approval and renewal process, including, for example, proposed schedules of meetings by the Trustees; and (7) otherwise providing assistance in connection with Board decisions to renew, reject, or modify agreements or plans. The Contracts Committee currently consists of five (5) Independent Trustees: Mses. Chadwick and Pressler, and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, and Vincent. Ms. Pressler currently serves as Chairperson of the Contracts Committee. The Contracts Committee, which currently meets regularly seven (7) times per year, held eight (8) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

Executive Committee. The Board has established an Executive Committee whose function is to act on behalf of the full Board between meetings when necessary. The Executive Committee currently consists of three (3) Independent Trustees and two (2) Trustees who are “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The following Trustees currently serve as members of the Executive Committee: Ms. Pressler and Messrs. Boyer, Crispin, Mathews, and Vincent. Mr. Vincent, Chairman of the Board, currently serves as Chairperson of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee, which meets on an “as needed” basis, held no meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

Investment Review Committees. The Board has established two Investment Review Committees for all of the funds under its direction to, among other things, monitor the investment performance of the Fund and make recommendations to the Board with respect to investment management activities performed by the advisers and sub-advisers on behalf of the Fund, and to review and make recommendations regarding proposals by management to retain new or additional sub-advisers for the Fund. The Investment Review Committee for the International/Balanced/Fixed-Income Funds (the “I/B/F IRC”) described below monitors this Fund.

 

The Investment Review Committee for the Domestic Equity Funds (the “DE IRC”) currently consists of four (4) Independent Trustees and one (1) Trustee who is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The following Trustees serve as members of the DE IRC: Ms. Chadwick, and Messrs. Crispin, Earley, Kenny, and Vincent. Ms. Chadwick currently serves as Chairperson of the DE IRC. The DE IRC, which currently meets regularly six (6) times per year, held eight (8) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

60

 


 

The I/B/F IRC currently consists of four (4) Independent Trustees and one (1) Trustee who is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The following Trustees serve as members of the I/B/F IRC: Mses. Baldwin and Pressler, and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, and Mathews. Mr. Boyer currently serves as Chairperson of the I/B/F IRC. The I/B/F IRC, which currently meets regularly six (6) times per year, held ten (10) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has established a Nominating and Governance Committee for the purpose of, among other things: (1) identifying and recommending to the Board candidates it proposes for nomination to fill Independent Trustee vacancies on the Board; (2) reviewing workload and capabilities of Independent Trustees and recommending changes to the size or composition of the Board, as necessary; (3) monitoring regulatory developments and recommending modifications to the Committee’s responsibilities; (4) considering and, if appropriate, recommending the creation of additional committees or changes to Trustee policies and procedures based on rule changes and “best practices” in corporate governance; (5) conducting an annual review of the membership and chairpersons of all Board committees and of practices relating to such membership and chairpersons; (6) undertaking a periodic study of compensation paid to independent board members of investment companies and making recommendations for any compensation changes for the Independent Trustees; (7) overseeing the Board’s annual self evaluation process; (8) developing (with assistance from management) an annual meeting calendar for the Board and its committees; and (9) overseeing actions to facilitate attendance by the Independent Trustees at relevant educational seminars and similar programs.

 

In evaluating potential candidates to fill Independent Trustee vacancies on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee will consider a variety of factors, but it has not at this time set any specific minimum qualifications that must be met. Specific qualifications of candidates for Board membership will be based on the needs of the Board at the time of nomination. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominations received from shareholders and shall assess shareholder nominees in the same manner as it reviews nominees that it identifies initially as potential candidates. A shareholder nominee for Trustee should be submitted in writing to the Trustees’ Secretary. Any such shareholder nomination should include at least the following information as to each individual proposed for nominations as Trustee: such person’s written consent to be named in a proxy statement as a nominee (if nominated) and to serve as a Trustee (if elected), and all information relating to such individual that is required to be disclosed in the solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees, or is otherwise required, in each case under applicable federal securities laws, rules and regulations, including such information as the Board may reasonably deem necessary to satisfy its oversight and due diligence duties.

 

The Secretary shall submit all nominations received in a timely manner to the Nominating and Governance Committee. To be timely in connection with a shareholder meeting to elect Trustees, any such submission must be delivered to the Fund’s Secretary not earlier than the 90th day prior to such meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made, by either the disclosure in a press release or in a document publicly filed by the Fund with the SEC.

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee consists of four (4) Independent Trustees: Mses. Baldwin and Chadwick, and Messrs. Kenny and Vincent. Ms. Baldwin currently serves as Chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee, which currently meets regularly four (4) times per year, held five (5) meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

The Board’s Risk Oversight Role

 

The day-to-day management of various risks relating to the administration and operation of the Fund is the responsibility of management and other service providers retained by the Board or by management, most of whom employ professional personnel who have risk management responsibilities. The Board oversees this risk management function consistent with and as part of its oversight duties. The Board performs this risk

 

61

 


 

management oversight function directly and, with respect to various matters, through its committees. The following description provides an overview of many, but not all, aspects of the Board’s oversight of risk management for the Fund. In this connection, the Board has been advised that it is not practicable to identify all of the risks that may impact the Fund or to develop procedures or controls that are designed to eliminate all such risk exposures, and that applicable securities law regulations do not contemplate that all such risks be identified and addressed.

 

The Board, working with management personnel and other service providers, has endeavored to identify the primary risks that confront the Fund. In general, these risks include, among others, investment risks, credit risks, liquidity risks, valuation risks, operational risks, reputational risks, regulatory risks, risks related to potential legislative changes and the risk of conflicts of interest affecting ING affiliates in managing the Fund. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews various policies and procedures that are designed to address these and other risks confronting the Fund. In addition, many service providers to the Fund have adopted their own policies, procedures and controls designed to address particular risks to the Fund. The Board and persons retained to render advice and service to the Board periodically review and/or monitor changes to and developments relating to the effectiveness of these policies and procedures.

 

The Board oversees risk management activities in part through receipt and review by the Board or its committees of regular and special reports, presentations and other information from officers of the Trust, including the CCOs for the Trust and its investment adviser and the Trust’s Chief Investment Risk Officer (“CIRO”), and from other service providers. For example, management personnel and the other persons make regular reports and presentations to: (1) the Compliance Committee regarding compliance with regulatory requirements; (2) the Investment Review Committees regarding investment activities and strategies that may pose particular risks; (3) the Audit Committee with respect to financial reporting controls and internal audit activities; (4) the Nominating and Governance Committee regarding corporate governance and best practice developments; and (5) the Contracts Committee regarding regulatory and related developments that might impact the retention of service providers to the Trust. The CIRO oversees an Investment Risk Department (“IRD”) that provides an independent source of analysis and research for Board members in connection with their oversight of the investment process and performance of Fund managers. Among its other duties, the IRD seeks to identify and, where practicable, measure the investment risks being taken by the Fund’s portfolio managers. Although the IRD works closely with management of the Trust in performing its duties, the CIRO is directly accountable to and maintains an ongoing dialogue with the Independent Trustees.

 

Qualifications of the Trustees

 

The Board believes that each of the Trustees is qualified to serve as a Trustee of the Trust based on its review of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each Trustee. The Board bases this conclusion on its consideration of various criteria, no one of which is controlling. Among others, the Board has considered the following factors with respect to each Trustee: strong character and high integrity; an ability to review, evaluate, analyze, and discuss information provided; the ability to exercise effective business judgment in protecting shareholder interests while taking into account different points of view; a background in financial, investment, accounting, business, regulatory, or other skills that would be relevant to the performance of a Trustee’s duties; the ability and willingness to commit the time necessary to perform his or her duties; and the ability to work in a collegial manner with other Board members. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her: experience in the investment management business; related consulting experience; other professional experience; experience serving on the boards of directors/trustees of other public companies; educational background and professional training; prior experience serving on the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as well as the boards of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex and/or of other investment companies; and experience as attendees or participants in conferences and seminars that are focused on investment company matters and/or duties that are specific to board members of registered investment companies.

 

62

 


 

Information indicating certain of the specific experience and qualifications of each Trustee relevant to the Board’s belief that the Trustee should serve in this capacity is provided in the table above in the section entitled “Information Regarding Individual Board Members of the Trust.” That table includes, for each Trustee, positions held with the Trust, the length of such service, principal occupations during the past five years, the number of series within the ING Fund Complex for which the Trustee serves as a Board member and certain directorships held during the past five years. Set forth below are certain additional specific experiences, qualifications, attributes, or skills that the Board believes support a conclusion that each Trustee should serve as a Board member in light of the Trust’s business and structure.

 

Colleen D. Baldwin has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2007. She also has served as the Chairperson of the Board’s Nominating and Governance Committee since 2009. Ms. Baldwin has been President of Glantuam Partners, LLC, a business consulting firm, since 2009. Prior to that, she served in senior positions at the following financial services firms: Chief Operating Officer for Ivy Asset Management, Inc. (2002-2004), a hedge fund manager; Chief Operating Officer and Head of Global Business and Product Development for AIG Global Investment Group (1995-2002), a global investment management firm; Senior Vice President at Bankers Trust Company (1994-1995); and Senior Managing Director at J.P. Morgan & Company (1987-1994). In addition to her undergraduate degree, Ms. Baldwin has an MBA degree from Pace University. These positions and experiences have provided Ms. Baldwin with a strong background in asset management matters and in the oversight of related service activities.

 

John V. Boyer has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2005. He also has served as Chairperson of the Trust’s I/B/F IRC since 2006 and, prior to that, as Chairperson of the Trust’s Compliance Committee. Since 2008, Mr. Boyer has been President of the Bechtler Arts Foundation for which, among his other duties, Mr. Boyer oversees all fiduciary aspects of the Foundation and assists in the oversight of the Foundation’s endowment portfolio. Previously, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Franklin and Eleanor Roosevelt Institute (2006-2007) and as Executive Director of The Mark Twain House & Museum (1989-2006) where he was responsible for overseeing business operations, including endowment portfolios. He also served as a board member of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (1997-2005). In addition to his undergraduate degree, Mr. Boyer has an MFA degree from Princeton University. These positions and experiences have provided Mr. Boyer with a strong background in business management, asset management oversight and related service activities.

 

Patricia W. Chadwick has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2006. She also has served as Chairperson of the Trust’s DE IRC since 2007. Since 2000, Ms. Chadwick has been the Founder and President of Ravengate Partners LLC, a consulting firm that provides advice regarding financial markets and the global economy. She also is a director of Wisconsin Energy Corp. (since 2006), AMICA Mutual Insurance Company (since 1992), and The Royce Funds (since 2009). Previously, she served in senior roles at several major financial services firms where her duties included the management of corporate pension funds, endowments and foundations, as well as management responsibilities for an asset management business. These positions and experiences have provided Ms. Chadwick with a strong background in asset management matters and in the oversight of related service providers.

 

Robert W. Crispin has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2007. He formerly served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of ING Investment Management Co. (2001-2007), an investment sub-adviser to many of the Funds in the ING Fund Complex, and in other senior positions in financial service firms. These positions and experiences have provided Mr. Crispin with a strong background in investment management and distribution activities and related administrative oversight activities, as well as with extensive knowledge of many of the Trust’s key service providers.

 

63

 


 

Peter S. Drotch has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2007. Prior to his retirement in 2000, he was a partner at the accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, where he was the leader of the firm’s asset management practice group and acquired extensive experience with respect to audits and other financial matters relating to registered investment companies. Since his retirement, he also has served on the boards of registered investment companies in other fund complexes (the State Street Research Funds and BlackRock Funds) from 2005 to 2007 and as a consultant with respect to investment company regulatory compliance matters. In addition to his undergraduate degree, Mr. Drotch is a Certified Public Accountant. These positions and experiences have provided Mr. Drotch with a strong background in financial reporting, compliance and internal control matters relating to registered investment companies.

 

J. Michael Earley has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2002. He also has served as Chairperson of the Trust’s Audit Committee since 2003. Mr. Earley retired in 2008 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Bankers Trust Company, N.A. (Des Moines, Iowa), where he had worked since 1992. He also has served on the boards of directors of that company (1992-2009) and of Midamerica Financial Corporation (2002-2009), and as a board member of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (1997-2002). In addition to his undergraduate degree, Mr. Earley has a JD degree from the University of Iowa. These positions and experiences have provided Mr. Earley with a strong background in management matters relating to financial institutions and with respect to financial reporting and internal controls matters.

 

Patrick W. Kenny has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2005. He also has served as the Chairperson of the Trust’s Compliance Committee since 2006. He previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer (2001-2009) of the International Insurance Society (insurance trade association), Executive Vice President (1998-2001) of Frontier Insurance Group (property and casualty insurance company), Senior Vice President (1995-1998) of SS&C Technologies (software and technology company), Chief Financial Officer (1988-1994) of Aetna Life & Casualty Company (multi-line insurance company), and as Partner (until 1988) of KPMG (accounting firm). Mr. Kenny currently serves (since 2004) on the board of directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (provider of financial guaranty insurance) and previously served on the boards of Odyssey Re Holdings Corporation (multi-line reinsurance company) (2006-2009) and of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (2002-2005). In addition to his undergraduate degree, Mr. Kenny has an MS degree from the University of Missouri and is a Certified Public Accountant. These positions and experiences have provided Mr. Kenny with a strong background in financial, accounting, insurance and management matters.

 

Shaun P. Mathews has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2007. He also is President and Chief Executive Officer of ING Investments, LLC (2006 to present). Mr. Mathews previously served as President of ING Mutual Funds and Investment Products (2004-2006) and several other senior management positions in various aspects of the financial services business. These positions and experiences have provided Mr. Mathews with extensive investment management, distribution and oversight experience, as well as with extensive direct knowledge of many of the Trust’s key service providers.

 

Sheryl K. Pressler has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2006. She also has served as Chairperson of the Trust’s Contracts Committee since 2007. Ms. Pressler has served as a consultant on financial matters since 2001. Previously, she held various senior positions involving financial services, including as Chief Executive Officer (2000-2001) of Lend Lease Real Estate Investments, Inc. (real estate investment management and mortgage servicing firm), Chief Investment Officer (1994-2000) of California Public Employees’ Retirement System (state pension fund), and Director of Retirement Funds Management (1981-1994) of McDonnell Douglas Corporation (aircraft manufacturer). In addition to her undergraduate degree, Ms. Pressler has an MBA degree from Washington University. These positions and experiences have provided Ms. Pressler with extensive experience in asset management and retirement service matters, as well as management oversight of such operations.

 

64

 


 

Roger B. Vincent has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2002. He also has served as Chairman of the Board since 2007 and he previously served as Chairperson of Contracts Committee and the Domestic Equity Funds Investment Review Committee. Mr. Vincent currently is President (since 1989) of Springwell Corporation (corporate finance firm) and a Director of UGI Corporation and UGI Utilities, Inc. (since 2006). He previously worked for 20 years at Bankers Trust Company. He also previously served as a Director of AmeriGas Partners, L.P. (1998-2006), Tatham Offshore, Inc. (1996-2000) and Petrolane, Inc. (1993-1995), and as a board member of certain predecessor funds of the ING Fund Complex (1994-2002). Mr. Vincent is a frequent speaker or panelist at mutual fund industry conferences and seminars. In addition to his undergraduate degree, Mr. Vincent has an MBA degree from Harvard University. These positions and experiences have provided Mr. Vincent with extensive experience in financial management and oversight matters.

 

Trustee Ownership of Securities

 

Share Ownership Policy

 

In order to further align the interests of the Independent Trustees with shareholders, it is the policy of the Board for Independent Trustees to own, beneficially, shares of one or more funds in the ING Fund Complex at all times (“Ownership Policy”). For this purpose, beneficial ownership of ING Fund shares includes, in addition to direct ownership of ING Fund shares, ownership of a variable annuity contract or a variable life insurance policy whose proceeds are invested in an ING Fund within the ING Fund Complex, as well as deferred compensation payments under the Board’s deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to which the future value of such payments is based on the notional value of designated ING Funds within the ING Fund Complex.

 

Under this Ownership Policy, the initial value of investments in the ING Fund Complex that are beneficially owned by a Trustee must equal at least $100,000. Existing Trustees were provided with a reasonable amount of time, not to exceed three years, from the date upon which the minimum ownership requirement was set at $100,000 (in July 2007) in order to satisfy the foregoing requirements. The Ownership Policy provides that a new Trustee shall satisfy the foregoing requirements within a reasonable amount of time, not to exceed three years, after becoming a Trustee. A decline in the value of any fund’s investments will not cause a Trustee to have to make any additional investments under this Ownership Policy. Currently, all Independent Trustees are in compliance with this Ownership Policy.

 

Investment in mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex by the Trustees pursuant to this Ownership Policy are subject to: (1) policies, applied by the mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex to other similar investors, that are designed to prevent inappropriate market timing trading practices; and (2) to any provisions of the ING Funds’ Code of Ethics that otherwise apply to the Trustees.

 

Trustees’ Fund Equity Ownership Positions

 

Set forth in the table below is information regarding each Trustee’s ownership of equity securities of the Fund overseen by the Trustees and the aggregate holdings of shares of equity securities of all funds of the Trust for the calendar year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Equity Securities In the Fund1 Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Colleen D. Baldwin N/A Over $100,0002
John V. Boyer N/A Over $100,000
Patricia W. Chadwick N/A Over $100,000
Peter S. Drotch N/A Over $100,000
J. Michael Earley N/A Over $100,000

 

65

 


 

Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Equity Securities In the Fund1 Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Patrick W. Kenny N/A

$50,000 - $100,000

Over $100,0002

Sheryl K. Pressler N/A Over $100,0002
Roger B. Vincent N/A

Over $100,000

Over $100,0002

Robert W. Crispin N/A None
Shaun P. Mathews N/A

Over $100,000

Over $100,0002

 

1 The Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.

2 Funds held in a 401(k)/Deferred Compensation Account and/or a 401(k) account.

 

Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities

 

Set forth in the table below is information regarding each Independent Trustee’s (and his/her immediate family members’) share ownership in securities of the Fund’s adviser or principal underwriter, and the ownership of securities in an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund (not including registered investment companies) as of December 31, 2010.

 

Name of Trustee Name of Owners and Relationship to Trustee Company Title of Class Value of Securities Percentage of Class
Colleen D. Baldwin N/A N/A N/A $0 N/A
John V. Boyer N/A N/A N/A $0 N/A
Patricia W. Chadwick N/A N/A N/A $0 N/A
Peter S. Drotch N/A N/A N/A $0 N/A
J. Michael Earley N/A N/A N/A $0 N/A
Patrick W. Kenny N/A N/A N/A $0 N/A
Sheryl K. Pressler N/A N/A N/A $0 N/A
Roger B. Vincent N/A N/A N/A $0 N/A

 

Compensation of Trustees

 

Each Trustee is reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with each meeting of the Board or any of its Committee meetings attended. Each Independent Trustee is compensated for his or her services, on a quarterly basis, according to a fee schedule adopted by the Board. The current fee schedule consists of an annual retainer, compensation for Board and Committee Chairpersons, and additional compensation for attendance at regularly scheduled meetings. The Board may from time to time designate other meetings as subject to compensation.

 

Effective January 1, 2010, each Fund pays each Trustee who is not an interested person of the Fund a pro rata share, as described below, of: (i) an annual retainer of $200,000; (ii) Mr. Vincent, as Chairperson of the Board, receives an additional annual retainer of $80,000; (iii) Mses. Baldwin, Chadwick and Pressler and Messrs. Earley, Boyer and Kenny as Chairpersons of Committees of the Board, each receives an additional annual retainer of $25,000, $30,000, $65,000, $25,000, $30,000 and $25,000, respectively; (iv) $8,000 per attendance at any of the regularly scheduled meetings (four (4) quarterly meetings, two (2) auxiliary meetings, and two (2) annual contract review meetings, and (v) out-of-pocket expenses. The Board at its discretion may from time to time designate other special meetings as subject to an attendance fee in the amount of $4,000. The pro rata share paid by the Funds is based on each Fund’s average net assets as a percentage of the average net assets of all the Funds managed by the Advisers or its affiliate, Directed Services LLC, for which the Trustee serve in common as Trustees.

 

66

 


 

Future Compensation Payment

 

Each non-interested Trustee who was a Trustee on or before May 9, 2007, and who will have served as a non-interested Trustee for five or more years for one or more ING Funds is entitled to a future payment (“Future Payment”), if such Trustee: (a) retires in accordance with the Board’s retirement policy; (b) dies; or (c) becomes disabled. The Future Payment shall be made promptly to, as applicable, the Trustee or the Trustee’s estate, in an amount equal to two times the annual compensation payable to such Trustee, as in effect at the time of his or her retirement, death or disability if the Trustee had served as Trustee for at least five years as of May 9, 2007, or in a lesser amount calculated based on the proportion of time served by such Trustee (as compared to five years) as of May 9, 2007. The annual compensation determination shall be based upon the annual Board membership retainer fee in effect at the time of that Trustee’s retirement, death or disability (but not any separate annual retainer fees for chairpersons of committees and of the Board), provided that the annual compensation used for this purpose shall not exceed the annual retainer fees as of May 9, 2007. This amount shall be paid by the ING Fund or ING Funds on whose Board the Trustee was serving at the time of his or her retirement, death, or disability. Each applicable Trustee may elect to receive payment of his or her benefit in a lump sum or in three substantially equal payments.

 

The following table sets forth information provided by the Fund’s adviser regarding estimated future compensation to be paid to the Trustees by the Fund for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2011 and actual compensation paid by other funds managed by the adviser and its affiliates for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010. Trustees and Officers of the Trust who are also directors, officers, or employees of ING and its affiliates do not receive any compensation from the Fund or any other funds managed by the adviser or its affiliates.

 

Compensation Table

 

Name of Trustee Aggregate Compensation from the Fund Total Compensation From Registrant and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees1,2
Colleen D. Baldwin3 $41 $266,500
John V. Boyer $43 $276,500
Patricia W. Chadwick $43 $276,500
Robert W. Crispin4 N/A N/A
Peter S. Drotch $38 $244,000
J. Michael Earley $42 $270,250
Patrick W. Kenny3 $42 $270,250
Shaun P. Mathews4 N/A N/A
Sheryl K. Pressler3 $48 $307,750
Roger Vincent3 $50 $322,750

 

1 Represents compensation from 137 funds (total in complex as of October 31, 2010).
2 Trustee compensation includes compensation paid by funds that are not discussed in the Prospectuses or SAI.
3 During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010, Ms. Baldwin, Messrs. Kenny and Vincent deferred $12,500, $48,500, and $17,188, respectively, of their compensation from the Fund Complex.
4 Mr. Crispin and Mr. Mathews are “Interested Persons,” as defined by the 1940 Act, because of their affiliation with ING Groep N.V., the parent corporation of the adviser, ING Investments, LLC and the Distributor, ING Investments Distributor, LLC. Officers and Trustees who are interested persons do not receive any compensation from the Trust.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

The Fund, the adviser, the sub-advisers, and the Distributor have adopted a code of ethics (“Code of Ethics” or written supervisory procedures) governing personal trading activities of all Trustees, officers of the Fund and persons who, in connection with their regular functions, play a role in the recommendation of any purchase or sale of a security by the Fund or obtain information pertaining to such purchase or sale. The Code of Ethics is intended to prohibit fraud against the Fund that may arise from personal trading of securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund or the Fund’s shares. The Code of Ethics also prohibits short-term trading of

 

67

 


 

the Fund by persons subject to the Code of Ethics. Personal trading is permitted by such persons subject to certain restrictions. However, such persons are generally required to pre-clear all security transactions with the Fund’s Compliance Department and to report all transactions on a regular basis. The sub-advisers have each adopted their own Codes of Ethics to govern the personal trading activities of their personnel.

 

Proxy Voting Procedures

 

The Board has adopted proxy voting procedures and guidelines to govern the voting of proxies relating to the Fund’s portfolio securities. The proxy voting procedures delegate to the adviser the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities, and provide a method for responding to potential conflicts of interest. In delegating voting authority to the adviser, the Board has also approved the adviser’s proxy voting procedures, which require the adviser to vote proxies in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting procedures and guidelines. An independent proxy voting service has been retained to assist in the voting of Fund proxies through the provision of vote analysis, implementation and recordkeeping and disclosure services. In addition, the Compliance Committee oversees the implementation of the Fund’s proxy voting procedures. A copy of the proxy voting procedures and guidelines of the Fund, including procedures of the adviser, is attached hereto as Appendix A. No later than August 31st of each year, information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the one-year period ending June 30th is available through the ING Funds’ website (www.INGInvestment.com) or by accessing the SEC’s EDGAR database (www.sec.gov).

 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

Control is defined by the 1940 Act as the beneficial ownership of, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund. A control person may be able to take actions regarding the Fund without the consent or approval of shareholders. As of the date of this SAI, no Trustees and Officers of the Fund owned any shares of the Fund. As the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the only outstanding shares as of the date of this SAI are held by the Adviser as the Fund’s sole shareholder.

 

Adviser

 

The investment adviser for the Fund is ING Investments, LLC (“Adviser” or “ING Investments”), which is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser and serves as an investment adviser to registered investment companies (or series thereof), as well as structured finance vehicles. The Adviser, subject to the authority of the Trustees of the Fund, has the overall responsibility for the management of the Fund’s portfolio subject to delegation of certain responsibilities to other investment advisers (each a “Sub-Adviser” and collectively, “Sub-Advisers”): Delaware Management Company (“Delaware Management”) and J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.(“JPMorgan”) as the Sub-Advisers to Emerging Markets Equity Fund. The Adviser is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Groep”) (NYSE: ING). ING Groep is a global financial institution of Dutch origin offering banking, investments, life insurance, and retirement services to over 85 million private, corporate, and institutional clients in more than 40 countries. With a diverse workforce of about 105,000 people, ING Groep is dedicated to setting the standard in helping its clients manage their financial future. The principal executive offices of ING Groep are located at Amstelveensesweg 500, 1081 KL Amsterdam, P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

 

ING Groep has adopted a formal restructuring plan that was approved by the European Commission in November 2009 under which the ING life insurance businesses, including the retirement services and investment management businesses, which include the Adviser and its immediate affiliates, would be separated from ING Groep by the end of 2013. To achieve this goal, ING Groep announced in November 2010 that it plans to pursue two separate initial public offerings: one a U.S. focused offering that would include U.S. based insurance, retirement services, and investment management operations; and the other a European based offering for European and Asian based insurance and investment management operations. There can be no assurance that the restructuring plan will be carried out through two offerings or at all.

 

68

 


 

The restructuring plan and the uncertainty about its implementation, whether implemented through the planned initial public offerings or through other means, in whole or in part, may be disruptive to the businesses of ING entities, including the ING entities that service the Trust, and may cause, among other things, interruption or reduction of business and services, diversion of management’s attention from day-to-day operations, and loss of key employees or customers. A failure to complete the offerings or other means of implementation on favorable terms could have a material adverse impact on the operations of the businesses subject to the restructuring plan. The restructuring plan may result in the Adviser’s loss of access to services and resources of ING Groep, which could adversely affect their businesses and profitability. In addition, the divestment of ING businesses, including the Adviser, may potentially be deemed a “change of control” of the entity. A change of control would result in the termination of the Trust’s advisory and sub-advisory agreements, which would trigger the necessity for new agreements that would require approval of the Trust’s Board, and may trigger the need for shareholder approval. Currently, the Adviser does not anticipate that the restructuring will have a material adverse impact on the Trust or its operations and administration.

 

On February 26, 2001, the name of the Adviser changed from “ING Pilgrim Investments, Inc.” to “ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC.” On March 1, 2002, the name of the Adviser was changed from “ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC” to “ING Investments, LLC.” Prior to April 30, 2001, ING Mutual Funds Management Co. LLC (“IMFC”) served as adviser to certain of the ING Funds. On April 30, 2001, IMFC, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Groep, that had been under common control with the Adviser, merged with the Adviser.

 

The Adviser serves pursuant to an investment management agreement (“Investment Advisory Agreement”) between the Adviser and the Trust, on behalf of the Fund. The Investment Advisory Agreement requires the Adviser to oversee the provision of all investment advisory and portfolio management services for the Fund. Pursuant to separate sub-advisory agreements (each a “Sub-Advisory Agreement” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisory Agreements”) the Adviser has delegated certain management responsibilities to certain sub-advisers for the Fund. The Adviser oversees the investment management of the sub-advisers for the Fund.

 

The Investment Advisory Agreement requires the Adviser to provide, subject to the supervision of the Board, investment advice and investment services to the Fund and to furnish advice and recommendations with respect to investment of the Fund’s assets and the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities. The Adviser also provides investment research and analysis. The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser is not subject to liability to the Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the Agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

 

After an initial term of two years, the Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreements continue in effect from year to year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (a) the Board; or (b) the vote of a “majority” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund’s outstanding shares voting as a single class; provided, that in either event the continuance is also approved by at least a majority of the Board who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser or a sub-adviser, as the case may be, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

The Investment Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty with not less than sixty (60) days’ notice by the Board or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares voting as a single class, or upon not less than sixty (60) days’ notice by the Adviser. The Investment Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).

 

For information regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory relationships for the Fund, please refer to the Fund’s annual shareholder report to be dated October 31, 2011.

 

69

 


 

Advisory Fees Rates

 

The Adviser bears the expense of providing its services, and pays the fees of the sub-advisers. For its services, the Fund pays the Adviser, expressed as an annual rate, a monthly fee in arrears equal to the following as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets during the month:

 

Fund Annual Adviser Fee
Emerging Markets Equity 1.00% on all assets

 

Advisory Fee Payments

 

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no advisory fees were paid by the Fund as of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

Advisory Fees Waived or Recouped

 

The Advisr has entered into an expense limitation agreement (“Expense Limitation Agreement”) with the Fund pursuant to which the Adviser has agreed to waive or limit its fees. In connection with these agreements and certain U.S. tax requirements, the Adviser will assume other expenses so that the total annual ordinary operating expenses of the Fund which excludes interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other investment-related costs, extraordinary expenses (and acquired fund fees and expenses) such as litigation, other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business, and expenses of any counsel or other persons or services retained by the Fund’s Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser or a sub-adviser do not exceed the following expense limitation:

 

Fund Class A Class C Class I1 Class R Class W  
Emerging Markets Equity 1.60% 2.35% 1.35% 1.85% 1.35%  

 

  1 The adviser is contractually obligated to further limit expenses of Class I shares to 1.25% through March 1, 2013. There is no guarantee that this obligation will continue after March 1, 2013. The obligation will only renew if the adviser elects to renew it and is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years. The obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, extraordinary expenses, and Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses.

 

The Fund may at a later date reimburse the Adviser for management fees waived and other expenses assumed by the Adviser during the previous thirty-six (36) months, but only if, after such reimbursement, the Fund’s expense ratio does not exceed the percentage described above. The Adviser will only be reimbursed for fees waived or expenses assumed after the effective date of the Expense Limitation Agreement.

 

The Expense Limitation Agreement for the Fund provides that the expense limitation shall continue until March 1, 2013. The expense limitation is contractual and, after the initial term, shall renew automatically for one-year terms unless the Adviser provides written notice of termination of the agreement to the Independent Chairperson of the Board within ninety (90) days’ of the end of the then-current term for that Fund or upon termination of the Fund’s Investment Management Agreement. The Expense Limitation Agreement may also be terminated by the Trust, without payment of any penalty, upon written notice to the Adviser at its principal place of business within ninety (90) days’ of the end of the then-current term for the Fund.

 

Sub-Advisers

 

The Investment Advisory Agreement for the Fund provides that the Adviser, with the approval of the Trust’s Board, may select and employ investment advisers to serve as sub-advisers for the Fund, and shall monitor the sub-advisers’ investment programs and results, and coordinate the investment activities of the sub-advisers to ensure compliance with regulatory restrictions. The Adviser pays all of its expenses arising from the performance of its obligations under the Investment Management Agreement, including all fees payable to the sub-advisers and executive salaries and expenses of the Trustees and officers of the Trust who are employees

 

70

 


 

of the Adviser or its affiliates. Each sub-adviser pays all of its expenses arising from the performance of its obligations under the relevant Sub-Advisory Agreements.

 

Subject to the expense reimbursement provisions described in this SAI, other expenses incurred in the operation of the Fund are borne by the Fund, including, without limitation, investment advisory fees; brokerage commissions; interest; legal fees and expenses of attorneys; fees of independent registered public accounting firms, transfer agents and dividend disbursing agents, accounting agents, and custodians; the expense of obtaining quotations for calculating the Fund’s NAV; taxes, if any, and the preparation of the Fund’s tax returns and any other expenses (including clerical expenses) of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares; fees and expenses of registering and maintaining the registration of shares of the Fund under federal and state laws and regulations; expenses of printing and distributing reports, notices and proxy materials to existing shareholders; expenses of printing and filing reports and other documents filed with governmental agencies; expenses of annual and special shareholder meetings; expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information to existing shareholders; fees and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not employees of the Adviser or any sub-adviser, or their affiliates; membership dues in trade associations; insurance premiums; and extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses.

 

The Sub-Advisory Agreements may be terminated without payment of any penalties by the Adviser, the Board, on behalf of the Fund, or the shareholders of the Fund upon sixty (60) days’ written notice. Otherwise, after an initial term of two years, the Sub-Advisory Agreements will remain in effect from year to year, subject to the annual approval of the appropriate Board, on behalf of the Fund, or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities, and the vote, cast in person at a meeting duly called and held, of a majority of the Trustees, on behalf of the Fund who are not parties to the Sub-Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party.

 

The Trust and the Adviser have received an exemptive order from the SEC that allows the Adviser to enter into an investment sub-advisory contract on behalf of the Fund, and to make material changes on behalf of the Fund to the Sub-Advisory Agreements with the approval of the Board, but without shareholder approval. This authority is subject to certain conditions, including the requirement that the Trustees (including a majority of Independent Trustees) of the Trust must approve any new or amended sub-advisory agreements with a sub-adviser on behalf of the Fund. In accordance with the exemptive order received from the SEC, an information statement describing any change in a sub-adviser will be provided to shareholders within ninety (90) days of this change. The Adviser remains responsible for providing general management services to the Fund, including overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of the Fund’s assets and, subject to the review and approval of the Board, will among other things: (i) set the Fund’s overall investment strategies; (ii) evaluate, select and recommend sub-advisers to manage all or part of the Fund’s assets; (iii) when appropriate, allocate and reallocate the Fund’s assets among multiple sub-advisers; (iv) monitor and evaluate the investment performance of sub-advisers; and (v) implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the sub-advisers comply with the Fund’s investment objective, policies, and restrictions.

 

Pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement dated September 30, 2011 between the Adviser and Delaware Management Company (“Delaware Management” or “Sub-Adviser”), Delaware Management serves as a sub-adviser to the Fund. In this capacity, Delaware Management, subject to the supervision and control of the Adviser and the Trustees of the Fund, on behalf of the Fund, manages it’s sleeve of the Fund’s portfolio investments consistently with the Fund’s investment objective, and executes any of the Fund’s investment policies that it deems appropriate to utilize from time to time. Delaware Management is located at 2005 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.

 

Pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement dated September 30, 2011 between the Adviser and J.P. Morgan Investment Inc. (“JPMorgan” or “Sub-Adviser”), JPMorgan serves as a sub-adviser to the Fund. In this capacity, JPMorgan, subject to the supervision and control of the Adviser and the Trustees of he Fund, on

 

71

 


 

behalf of the Fund, manages the Fund’s portfolio investments consistently with the Fund’s investment objective, and executes any of the Fund’s investment policies that it deems appropriate to utilize from time to time. JPMorgan is located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

 

Sub-Advisory Fee Rates

 

As compensation to Delaware Management and JPMorgan (“collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”) for their services, the Adviser pays each Sub-Adviser a monthly fee in arrears equal to the following as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets managed during the month:

 

Fund Annual Sub-Advisory Fee

Emerging Markets Equity

 

Delaware Management

0.60% on the first $200 million of the Fund’s average daily net assets;

0.50% on the next $100 million of the Fund’s average daily net assets; and

0.45% of the Fund’s average daily net assets in excess of $300 million.

 

JPMorgan

0.50% on the first $150 million of the Fund’s average daily net assets;

0.45% on the next $150 million of the Fund’s average daily net assets; and

0.40% of the Fund’s average daily net assets in excess of $300 million.

 

Sub-Advisory Fee Payments

 

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no sub-advisory fees were paid by the Fund as of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

Delaware Management

 

Other Accounts Managed

 

The following table shows the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts managed by the portfolio manager as of June 30, 2011:

 

Portfolio Manager Registered Investment Companies Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts
Number of Accounts

Total Assets

 

Number of Accounts

Total Assets

 

Number of Accounts

Total Assets

 

Liu-Er Chen, CFA 8 $4,000,000,000 0 $0 12 $1,000,000,000

 

Potential Material Conflicts of Interest

 

Individual portfolio managers may perform investment management services for other funds or accounts similar to those provided to the Fund and the investment action for such other fund or account and the Fund may differ. For example, an account or fund may be selling a security, while another account or fund may be purchasing or holding the same security. As a result, transactions executed for one fund or account may adversely affect the value of securities held by another fund, account or the Fund. Additionally, the management of multiple other funds or accounts and the Fund may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, as a portfolio manager must allocate time and effort to multiple other funds or accounts and the Fund. A portfolio manager may discover an investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one account or fund. The investment opportunity may be limited, however, so that all funds or accounts for which the investment would be suitable may not be able to participate. Delaware Management has adopted procedures designed to allocate investments fairly across multiple funds or accounts.

 

72

 


 

A portfolio manager’s management of personal accounts also may present certain conflicts of interest. While Delaware Management’s code of ethics is designed to address these potential conflicts, there is no guarantee that it will do so.

 

Compensation

 

The portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

Base Salary - Each named portfolio manager receives a fixed base salary. Salaries are determined by a comparison to industry data prepared by third parties to ensure that portfolio manager salaries are in line with salaries paid at peer investment advisory firms.

 

Bonus -There is a base bonus that is guaranteed. Any additional bonus over the base bonus is 100% based on subjective factors. After certain performance objectives are reached the bonus pool will increase above the base bonus. The primary objective is the performance of the fund relative to the Emerging Markets Lipper peer group. Performance is measured as the result of one’s standing in the Lipper peer group on a one-year, three-year, and five-year basis. Three year performance is weighted more heavily and there is no award above the base bonus for performance below the 40th percentile for a given time period. There is a sliding scale for performance achievements above the 40th percentile.

 

Incentive Plan/Equity Compensation Plan - Portfolio managers may be awarded options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, and performance awards (collectively, “Awards”) relating to the underlying shares of common stock of Delaware Investments U.S., Inc. pursuant to the terms of the Delaware Investments U.S., Inc. 2009 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) established on March 24, 2009. Since the establishment of the Plan, Awards are no longer granted under the Amended and Restated Delaware Investments U.S., Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan effective December 26, 2008, which was established in 2001.

 

The Plan was established in order to: (i) assist the Manager in attracting, retaining, and rewarding key employees of the company; (ii) enable such employees to acquire or increase an equity interest in the company in order to align the interest of such employees and the Manager; and (iii) provide such employees with incentives to expend their maximum efforts. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable award agreements, Awards typically vest in 25% increments on a four-year schedule, and shares of common stock underlying the Awards are issued after vesting. Shares issued typically must be held for six months and one day, after which time the stockholder may put them back to the company, subject to any applicable holding requirements. The fair market value of the shares of Delaware Investments U.S., Inc., is normally determined as of each March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31. The fair market value of shares of common stock underlying Awards granted on or after December 26, 2008 is determined by an independent appraiser utilizing an appraisal valuation methodology in compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Other Compensation - Portfolio managers may also participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees.

 

Ownership of Securities

 

The following table shows the dollar range of shares of the Fund owned by the portfolio manager as of June 30, 2011, including investments by his immediate family members and amounts invested through retirement and deferred compensation plans.

 

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned
Liu-Er Chen, CFA None

 

73

 


 

JPMorgan

 

Other Accounts Managed

 

The following table shows the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts managed by the portfolio managers as of June 30, 2011:

 

Portfolio Manager Registered Investment Companies Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts
Number of Accounts

Total Assets

 

Number of Accounts1

Total Assets

 

Number of Accounts

Total Assets

 

George Iwanicki, Jr. 3 $453,961,000 6 $1,219,542,000 2 $1,052,991,000
Anuj Arora 3 $453,961,000 6 $1,219,542,000 2 $1,052,991,000

1 Two of these accounts with total assets of $929 million have a performance-based advisory fee.

 

Potential Material Conflicts of Interest

 

The potential for conflicts of interest exists when portfolio managers manage other accounts with similar investment objectives and strategies as the Fund (“Similar Accounts”). Potential conflicts may include, for example, conflicts between investment strategies and conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities.

 

Responsibility for managing JPMorgan’s and its affiliates clients’ portfolios is organized according to investment strategies within asset classes. Generally, client portfolios with similar strategies are managed by portfolio managers in the same portfolio management group using the same objectives, approach, and philosophy. Underlying sectors or strategy allocations within a larger portfolio are likewise managed by portfolio managers who use the same approach and philosophy as similarly managed portfolios. Therefore, portfolio holdings, relative position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which minimizes the potential for conflicts of interest.

 

JPMorgan may receive more compensation with respect to Similar Accounts than that received with respect to the Fund or may receive compensation based in part on the performance of Similar Accounts. This may create a potential conflict of interest for JPMorgan and its affiliates or its portfolio managers by providing an incentive to favor these Similar Accounts when, for example, placing securities transactions. In addition, JPMorgan or its affiliates could be viewed as having a conflict of interest to the extent that JPMorgan or an affiliate has a proprietary investment in Similar Accounts, the portfolio managers have personal investments in Similar Accounts, or the Similar Accounts are investment options in JPMorgan’s or its affiliate’s employee benefit plans. Potential conflicts of interest may arise with both the aggregation and allocation of securities transactions and allocation of investment opportunities because of market factors or investment restrictions imposed upon JPMorgan and its affiliates by law, regulation, contract, or internal policies. Allocations of aggregated trades, particularly trade orders that were only partially completed due to limited availability and allocation of investment opportunities generally, could raise a potential conflict of interest, as JPMorgan or its affiliates may have an incentive to allocate securities that are expected to increase in value to favored accounts. IPOs, in particular, are frequently of very limited availability. JPMorgan and its affiliates may be perceived as causing accounts they manage to participate in an offering to increase JPMorgan’s or its affiliates’ overall allocation of securities in that offering.

 

A potential conflict of interest may also be perceived to arise if transactions in one account closely follow related transactions in a different account, such as when a purchase increases the value of securities previously purchased by another account, or when a sale in one account lowers the sale price received in a sale by a second account. If JPMorgan or its affiliates manage accounts that engage in short sales of securities of the type in which the Fund invests, JPMorgan or its affiliates could be seen as harming the performance of the Fund for the benefit of the accounts engaging in short sales, if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall.

 

74

 


 

As an internal policy, JPMorgan may, from time to time, maintain certain overall investment limitations on the securities positions or positions in other financial instruments JPMorgan or its affiliates will take on behalf of its various clients due to, among other things, liquidity concerns and regulatory restrictions. Such policies may preclude the Fund from purchasing particular securities or financial instruments, even if such securities or financial instruments would otherwise meet the Fund’s objectives.

 

The goal of JPMorgan and its affiliates is to meet their fiduciary obligation with respect to all clients. JPMorgan and its affiliates have policies and procedures that seek to manage conflicts. JPMorgan and its affiliates monitor a variety of areas, including compliance with fund guidelines, review of allocation decisions and compliance with JPMorgan’s Codes of Ethics and Code of Conduct. With respect to the allocation of investment opportunities, JPMorgan and its affiliates also have certain policies designed to achieve fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities among its clients over time. For example:

 

Orders for the same equity security traded through a single trading desk or system are aggregated on a continual basis throughout each trading day consistent with JPMorgan’s duty of best execution for its clients. If aggregated trades are fully executed, accounts participating in the trade will be allocated their pro rata share on an average price basis. Partially completed orders generally will be allocated among the participating accounts on a pro rata average price basis, subject to certain limited exceptions. For example, accounts that would receive a de minimis allocation relative to their size may be excluded from the order. Another exception may occur when thin markets or price volatility require that an aggregated order be completed in multiple executions over several days. If partial completion of the order would result in an uneconomic allocation to an account due to fixed transactions or custody costs, JPMorgan or its affiliates may exclude small orders until 50% of the total order is completed. Then the small orders will be executed. Following this procedure, small orders will lag in the early execution of the order, but will be completed before completion of the total order.

 

Purchases of money market instruments and fixed-income securities cannot always be allocated pro rata across the accounts with the same investment strategy and objective. However, JPMorgan and its affiliates attempt to mitigate any potential unfairness by basing non-pro rata allocations traded through a single trading desk or system upon objective predetermined criteria for the selection of investments and a disciplined process for allocating securities with similar duration, credit quality and liquidity in the good faith judgment of JPMorgan or its affiliates so that fair and equitable allocation will occur over time.

 

Compensation

 

JPMorgan’s portfolio managers participate in a competitive compensation program that is designed to attract and retain outstanding people and closely link the performance of investment professionals to client investment objectives. The total compensation program includes a base salary fixed from year to year and a variable performance bonus consisting of cash incentives and restricted stock and, in some cases, mandatory deferred compensation. These elements reflect individual performance and the performance of JPMorgan’s business as a whole.

 

Each portfolio manager’s performance is formally evaluated annually based on a variety of factors including the aggregate size and blended performance of the portfolios such portfolio manager manages. Individual contribution relative to client goals carries the highest impact. Portfolio manager compensation is primarily driven by meeting or exceeding clients’ risk and return objectives, relative performance to competitors or competitive indices and compliance with firm policies and regulatory requirements. In evaluating each portfolio manager’s performance with respect to the mutual funds he or she manages, the funds’ pre-tax performance is compared to the appropriate market peer group and to each fund’s benchmark index listed in the fund’s prospectus, over one-, three-, and five-year periods (or such shorter time as the portfolio manager has managed the fund). Investment performance is generally more heavily weighted to the long term.

 

75

 


 

Awards of restricted stock are granted as part of an employee’s annual performance bonus and comprise from 0% to 40% of a portfolio manager’s total bonus. As the level of incentive compensation increases, the percentage of compensation awarded in restricted stock also increases. Up to 50% of the restricted stock portion of a portfolio manager’s bonus may instead be subject to mandatory notional investment in selected mutual funds advised by JPMorgan or its affiliates. When these awards vest over time, the portfolio manager receives cash equal to the market value of the notional investment in the selected mutual funds.

 

Ownership of Securities

 

The following table shows the dollar range of shares of the Fund owned by the portfolio manager as of June 30, 2011 including investments by his immediate family members and amounts invested through retirement and deferred compensation plans.

 

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned
George Iwanicki, Jr., None
Anuj Arora None

RULE 12b-1 PLANS

The Trust has a distribution plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act applicable to most classes of shares offered by the Fund (“Rule 12b-1 Plans”). The Fund intends to operate the Rule 12b-1 Plans in accordance with its terms and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) rules concerning sales charges. Under the Rule 12b-1 Plans, the Distributor may be entitled to payment each month in connection with the offering, sale, and shareholder servicing of Class A, Class C, and Class R shares as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets as set forth in the following table. The Fund does not have a 12b-1 Plan with respect to the Class I or Class W shares.

 

Fund Class A Class C Class R
Emerging Markets Equity Fund 0.25% 1.00% 0.50%

 

Class A, Class C, and Class R shares

 

These fees may be used to cover the expenses of the Distributor primarily intended to result in the sale of Class A, Class C, and Class R shares of the Fund, including payments to dealers for selling shares of the Fund and for servicing shareholders of these classes of the Fund. Activities for which these fees may be used include: promotional activities; preparation and distribution of advertising materials and sales literature; expenses of organizing and conducting sales seminars; personnel costs and overhead of the Distributor; printing of prospectuses and statements of additional information (and supplements thereto) and reports for other than existing shareholders; payments to dealers and others that provide shareholder services; interest on accrued distribution expenses; and costs of administering the Rule 12b-1 Plans. No more than 0.75% per annum of the Fund’s average net assets may be used to finance distribution expenses, exclusive of shareholder servicing payments, and no authorized dealer (“Authorized Dealer”) may receive shareholder servicing payments in excess of 0.25% per annum of the Fund’s average net assets held by the Authorized Dealer’s clients or customers.

 

Under the Rule 12b-1 Plans, ongoing payments will generally be made on a quarterly basis to Authorized Dealers for both distribution and shareholder servicing at rates that are based on the average daily net assets of shares that are registered in the name of that Authorized Dealer as nominee or held in a shareholder account that designates that Authorized Dealer as the dealer of record. The rates on an annual basis, are as follows: 0.25% for Class A shares, 1.00% for Class C shares, and 0.50% for Class R shares. Rights to these ongoing payments generally begin to accrue in the 13th month following a purchase of Class A, Class C or Class R

 

76

 


 

shares. The Distributor may, in its discretion, pay such financial intermediary 12b-1 fees prior to the 13th month following the purchase of Class A, Class C, or Class R shares.

 

With respect to each Rule 12b-1 Plan, the Distributor shall receive payment without regard to actual distribution expenses it incurs. In the event a Rule 12b-1 Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the obligations of the Fund to make payments to the Distributor pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plan will cease and the Fund will not be required to make any payments for expenses incurred after the date the Rule 12b-1 Plan terminates.

 

In addition to paying fees under the Fund’s respective Rule 12b-1 Plans, the Fund may pay service fees to intermediaries such as brokers-dealers, financial advisers, or other financial institutions, including affiliates of the Adviser (such as, ING Funds Services, LLC) for administration, sub-transfer agency, and other shareholder services associated with investors whose shares are held of record in omnibus accounts. These additional fees paid by the Fund to intermediaries may take two forms: (1) basis point payments on net assets; and/or (2) fixed dollar amount payments per shareholder account. These may include payments for 401(K) sub-accounting services, networking fees, and omnibus account servicing fees.

 

All Plans

 

The Rule 12b-1 Plans have been approved by the Board of the Fund, including all of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust as defined in the 1940 Act. Each Rule 12b-1 Plan must be renewed annually by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Rule 12b-1 Plan, cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose. It is also required that the selection and nomination of such Trustees be committed to the Trustees who are not interested persons. Each Rule 12b-1 Plan and any distribution or service agreement may be terminated at any time, without any penalty, by such Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares on written notice. The Distributor or any dealer or other firm may also terminate their respective distribution or service agreement at any time upon written notice.

 

In approving each Rule 12b-1 Plan, the Board has determined that differing distribution arrangements in connection with the sale of new shares of the Fund is necessary and appropriate in order to meet the needs of different potential investors. Therefore, the Board, including those Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, concluded that, in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties and the legal advice furnished to them by their independent legal counsel, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Rule 12b-1 Plans as tailored to each class of the Fund, will benefit such ING Funds and their respective shareholders.

 

Each Rule 12b-1 Plan and any distribution or service agreement may not be amended to increase materially the amount spent for distribution expenses as to the Fund without approval by a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares, and all material amendments to a Rule 12b-1 Plan or any distribution or service agreement shall be approved by the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on any such amendment.

 

The Distributor is required to report in writing to the Board at least quarterly on the monies reimbursed to it under each Rule 12b-1 Plan, as well as to furnish the Board with such other information as may be reasonably requested in connection with the payments made under the Rule 12b-1 Plan in order to enable the Board to make an informed determination of whether the Rule 12b-1 Plan should be continued. The terms and provisions of the Rule 12b-1 Plan and Shareholder Services Plan relating to required reports, term and approval are consistent with the requirements of the Rule 12b-1 Plan.

 

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Distributor has not incurred total distribution expenses for the costs of promotion and distribution with respect to each class of shares for the Fund for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2010.

 

77

 


 

EXPENSES

 

The Fund’s assets may decrease or increase within the Fund’s fiscal year and the Fund’s operating expense ratios may correspondingly increase or decrease.

 

In addition to the management fee and other fees described previously, the Fund pays other expenses, such as legal, audit, transfer agency, and custodian out-of-pocket fees, proxy solicitation costs, and the compensation of Trustees who are not affiliated with the Adviser. Certain expenses of the Fund are generally allocated to the Fund, and each class of the Fund, in proportion to its pro rata average net assets; provided that expenses that are specific to a class of the Fund may be charged directly to that class in accordance with the Trust’s Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3.

 

AdministratOR

 

ING Funds Services, LLC (“Administrator”) serves as administrator for the Fund pursuant to an administration agreement with the Trust (“Administration Agreement”). The Administrator is an affiliate of the Adviser. The address of the Administrator is 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258. Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Administrator provides the overall business management and administrative services necessary to the proper conduct of the Fund’s business, except for those services performed by the Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Advisers under the Sub-Advisory Agreements, the custodian under the Custodian Agreement, the transfer agent for the Fund under the Transfer Agency Agreement, and such other service providers as may be retained by the Fund from time to time. According to the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities, except such expenses as are assumed by the Trust under the Administration Agreement, including, without limitation, the expenses of preparing registration statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information, shareholder reports and notices, proxy materials, and other documents filed with governmental agencies. The Administrator acts as a liaison among these service providers to the Fund. The Administrator is also responsible for monitoring the Fund’s compliance with applicable legal requirements and the investment policies and restrictions of the Fund and provides office space for the Trust.

 

The Administration Agreement may be cancelled by the Board on behalf of the Fund, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Trustees upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to Administrator, or by the Administrator at any time, without the payment of any penalty upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Trust.

 

Administrative Fee Rates

 

The Administrator’s fee is accrued daily against the value of the Fund’s net assets and is payable by the Fund monthly. The fee is computed daily and payable monthly, at an annual rate of 0.10% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.

 

Administrative Fee Payments

 

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no administrative fees were paid by the Fund as of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

Custodian

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, One Wall Street, New York, New York, 10286, serves as custodian of the Fund. The custodian does not participate in determining the investment policies of the Fund or in deciding which securities are purchased or sold by the Fund. The Fund may, however, invest in obligations of the custodian and may purchase or sell securities from or to the custodian. For portfolio securities that are

 

78

 


 

purchased and held outside the United States, the Bank of New York Mellon has entered into sub-custodian arrangements (which are designed to comply with Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act) with certain foreign banks and clearing agencies.

 

LEGAL COUNSEL

 

Legal matters for the Trust are passed upon by Dechert LLP, 1775 I Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of SEC filings. KPMG LLP is located at Two Financial Center, 60 South Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

 

TRANSFER AGENT

 

BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (formerly, PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) (“Transfer Agent”), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as the Transfer Agent and dividend-paying agent to the Fund.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Adviser or Sub-Advisers for the Fund place orders for the purchase and sale of investment securities for the Fund, pursuant to authority granted in the relevant Investment Advisory Agreement or Sub-Advisory Agreements. Subject to policies and procedures approved by the Trust’s Board, the Adviser or Sub-Advisers have discretion to make decisions relating to placing these orders, including, where applicable, selecting the brokers or dealers that will execute the purchase and sale of investment securities, negotiating the commission or other compensation paid to the broker or dealer executing the trade, or using an electronic trading network (“ECN”) or alternative trading system (“ATS”).

 

In situations where a Sub-Adviser resigns or the Adviser otherwise assumes day to day management of the Fund pursuant to its Investment Advisory Agreement with the Fund, the Adviser will perform the services described herein as being performed by the Sub-Adviser.

 

How Securities Transactions are Effected

 

Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange (which include most equity securities) are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. In transactions on securities exchanges in the United States, these commissions are negotiated, while on many foreign securities exchanges commissions are fixed. Securities traded in the over-the-counter markets (such as fixed-income securities and some equity securities) are generally traded on a “net” basis with market makers acting as dealers; in these transactions, the dealers act as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. Transactions in certain over-the counter securities also may be effected on an agency basis when, in the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s opinion, the total price paid (including commission) is equal to or better than the best total price available from a market maker. In underwritten offerings, securities are usually purchased at a fixed price, which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Adviser or Sub-Advisers may also place trades using an ECN or ATS.

 

79

 


 

How the Adviser or Sub-Advisers Select Broker-Dealers

 

The Adviser or Sub-Advisers have a duty to seek to obtain best execution of the Fund’s orders, taking into consideration a full range of factors designed to produce the most favorable overall terms reasonably available under the circumstances. In selecting brokers and dealers to execute trades, the Adviser or Sub-Advisers may consider both the characteristics of the trade and the full range and quality of the brokerage services available from eligible broker-dealers. This consideration often involves qualitative as well as quantitative judgments. Factors relevant to the nature of the trade may include, among others, price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), the size of the order, the nature and characteristics (including liquidity) of the market for the security, the difficulty of execution, the timing of the order, potential market impact, and the need for confidentiality, speed, and certainty of execution. Factors relevant to the range and quality of brokerage services available from eligible brokers and dealers may include, among others, the firms’ execution, clearance, settlement, and other operational facilities; willingness and ability to commit capital or take risk in positioning a block of securities, where necessary; special expertise in particular securities or markets; ability to provide liquidity, speed and anonymity; the nature and quality of other brokerage and research services provided to the Adviser or Sub-Advisers (consistent with the “safe harbor” described below); and the firms’ general reputation, financial condition and responsiveness to the Adviser or Sub-Advisers, as demonstrated in the particular transaction or other transactions. Subject to its duty to seek best execution of the Fund’s orders, the Adviser or Sub-Advisers may select broker-dealers that participate in commission recapture programs that have been established for the benefit of the Fund. Under these programs, the participating broker-dealers will return to the Fund (in the form of a credit to the Fund) a portion of the brokerage commissions paid to the broker-dealers by the Fund. These credits are used to pay certain expenses of the Fund. These commissions recapture payments benefit the Fund, and not the Adviser or Sub-Advisers.

 

The Safe Harbor for Soft Dollar Practices

 

In selecting broker-dealers to execute a trade for the Fund, the Adviser or Sub-Advisers may consider the nature and quality of brokerage and research services provided to the Adviser or Sub-Advisers as a factor in evaluating the most favorable overall terms reasonably available under the circumstances. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Adviser or Sub-Advisers may cause the Fund to pay a broker-dealer a commission for effecting a securities transaction for the Fund that is in excess of the commission which another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction, if the Adviser or Sub-Advisers make a good faith determination that the broker’s commission paid by the Fund is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the Adviser’s or Sub-Advisers’ overall responsibilities to the Fund and its other investment advisory clients. The practice of using a portion of the Fund’s commission dollars to pay for brokerage and research services provided to the Adviser or Sub-Advisers is sometimes referred to as “soft dollars.” Section 28(e) is sometimes referred to as a “safe harbor,” because it permits this practice, subject to a number of restrictions, including the Adviser’s or Sub-Advisers’ compliance with certain procedural requirements and limitations on the type of brokerage and research services that qualify for the safe harbor.

 

Brokerage and Research Products and Services Under the Safe Harbor – Research products and services may include, but are not limited to, general economic, political, business and market information and reviews, industry and company information and reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities, financial data on a company or companies, performance and risk measuring services and analysis, stock price quotation services, computerized historical financial databases and related software, credit rating services, analysis of corporate responsibility issues, brokerage analysts’ earning estimates, computerized links to current market data, software dedicated to research, and portfolio modeling. Research services may be provided in the form of reports, computer-generated data feeds and other services, telephone contacts, and personal meetings with securities analysts, as well as in the form of meetings arranged with corporate officers and industry spokespersons, economists, academics and governmental representatives. Brokerage products and services assist in the execution, clearance and settlement of securities transactions, as well as functions incidental thereto, including but not limited to related communication and connectivity

 

80

 


 

services and equipment, software related to order routing, market access, algorithmic trading, and other trading activities. On occasion, a broker-dealer may furnish the Adviser or Sub-Advisers with a service that has a mixed use (that is, the service is used both for brokerage and research activities that are within the safe harbor and for other activities). In this case, the Adviser or Sub-Advisers are required to reasonably allocate the cost of the service, so that any portion of the service that does not qualify for the safe harbor is paid for by the Adviser or Sub-Advisers from their own funds, and not by portfolio commissions paid by the Fund.

 

Benefits to the Adviser or Sub-Advisers - Research products and services provided to the Adviser or Sub-Advisers by broker-dealers that effect securities transactions for the Fund may be used by the Adviser or Sub-Advisers in servicing all of its accounts. Accordingly, not all of these services may be used by the Adviser or Sub-Advisers in connection with the Fund. Some of these products and services are also available to the Adviser or Sub-Advisers for cash, and some do not have an explicit cost or determinable value. The research received does not reduce the advisory fees paid to the Adviser or sub-advisory fees payable to the Sub-Advisers for services provided to the Fund. The Adviser’s or Sub-Advisers’ expenses would likely increase if the Adviser or Sub-Advisers had to generate these research products and services through its own efforts, or if it paid for these products or services itself.

 

Broker-Dealers that are Affiliated with the Adviser or Sub-Advisers

 

Portfolio transactions may be executed by brokers affiliated with the ING Groep, the Adviser, or Sub-Advisers, so long as the commission paid to the affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the commission that would be charged by an unaffiliated broker in a comparable transaction.

 

Prohibition on Use of Brokerage Commissions for Sales on Promotional Activities

 

The placement of portfolio brokerage with broker-dealers who have sold shares of the Fund is subject to rules adopted by the SEC and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Under these rules, a Sub-Adviser may not consider a broker’s promotional or sales efforts on behalf of the Fund when selecting a broker-dealer for Fund portfolio transactions, and neither the Fund nor a Sub-Adviser may enter into an agreement under which the Fund directs brokerage transactions (or revenue generated from such transactions) to a broker-dealer to pay for distribution of Fund shares. The Fund has adopted policies and procedures, approved by the Board, that are designed to attain compliance with these prohibitions.

 

Principal Trades and Research

 

Purchases of securities for the Fund also may be made directly from issuers or from underwriters. Purchase and sale transactions may be effected through dealers which specialize in the types of securities which the Fund will be holding. Dealers and underwriters usually act as principals for their own account. Purchases from underwriters will include a concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and purchases from dealers will include the spread between the bid and the asked price. If the execution and price offered by more than one dealer or underwriter are comparable, the order may be allocated to a dealer or underwriter which has provided such research or other services as mentioned above.

 

More Information about trading in Fixed-Income Securities

 

Purchases and sales of fixed-income securities will usually be principal transactions. Such securities often will be purchased or sold from or to dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. The Fund may also purchase such securities in underwritten offerings and will, on occasion, purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, fixed-income securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing fixed-income securities transactions consists primarily of dealer spreads and underwriting commissions.

 

81

 


 

In purchasing and selling fixed-income securities, it is the policy of the Fund to obtain the best results, while taking into account the dealer’s general execution and operational facilities, the type of transaction involved and other factors, such as the dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved. While the Adviser or Sub-Advisers generally seek reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Fund will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Transition Management

 

Changes in Sub-Advisers, investment personnel, reorganizations or mergers of the Fund may result in the sale of a significant portion or even all of the Fund’s portfolio securities. This type of change generally will increase trading costs and the portfolio turnover for the affected Fund. The Fund, the Adviser, or the Sub-Advisers may engage a broker-dealer to provide transition management services in connection with a change in Sub-Adviser, a reorganization, or other changes.

 

Allocation of Trades

 

Some securities considered for investment by the Fund may also be appropriate for other clients served by the Fund’s Sub-Adviser. If the purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund and one or more of these other clients is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be placed on an aggregate basis and allocated among the Fund and such other clients in a manner deemed fair and equitable, over time, by the Sub-Advisers and consistent with the Sub-Advisers’ written policies and procedures. Sub-Advisers may use different methods of allocating the results aggregated trades. Each Sub-Adviser’s relevant policies and procedures and the results of aggregated trades in which the Fund participated are subject to periodic review by the Board. To the extent the Fund seeks to acquire (or dispose of) the same security at the same time, the Fund may not be able to acquire (or dispose of) as large a position in such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher (or receive a lower) price for such security. It is recognized that in some cases, this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or value of the security insofar as the Fund is concerned. However, over time, the Fund’s ability to participate in aggregate trades is expected to provide better execution for the Fund.

 

Cross-Transactions

 

The Board has adopted a policy allowing trades to be made between affiliated registered investment companies or series thereof provided they meet the terms of Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act and conditions of the policy.

 

Brokerage Commissions Paid

 

Because ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund had not commenced operations as of December 31, 2010, the Fund paid no brokerage commissions or brokerage commissions with respect to fund transactions paid to certain brokers because of research services.

 

Because ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund had not commenced operations as of December 31, 2010, the Fund did not acquire securities of its regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parents.

 

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

 

Purchases and exchanges should be made for investment purposes only. The Fund reserves the right to reject any specific purchase or exchange request. In the event the Fund rejects an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed until the Fund receives further redemption instructions.

 

82

 


 

Purchases

 

Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W Shares

 

A complete description of the manner in which shares may be purchased, redeemed or exchanged appears in the Prospectus under “How to Buy Shares,” “How to Sell Shares,” and “How to Exchange Shares.” Shares of the Fund are offered at the NAV next computed following receipt of the order by the dealer (and/or the Distributor) or by the Trust’s Transfer Agent, plus, for Class A shares, a varying sales charge depending upon the class of shares purchased and the amount of money invested, as set forth in the Prospectus. An investor may exchange shares of the Fund for shares of the same class of any Fund, without paying any additional sales charge. Shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) will continue to age from the date that the original shares were purchased.

 

Certain brokers or other designated intermediaries such as third-party administrators or plan trustees may accept purchase and redemption orders on behalf of the Fund. The Distributor/Fund will be deemed to have received such an order when the broker or the designee has accepted the order. Customer orders are priced at the NAV next computed after such acceptance. Such orders may be transmitted to the Fund or its agents several hours after the time of the acceptance and pricing.

 

If you invest in the Fund through a financial intermediary, you may be charged a commission or transaction fee by the financial intermediary for the purchase and sale of Fund shares.

 

Certain investors may purchase shares of the Fund with liquid assets with a value which is readily ascertainable by reference to a domestic exchange price and which would be eligible for purchase by the Fund consistent with the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions. These transactions only will be effected if the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser intends to retain the security in the Fund as an investment. Assets so purchased by the Fund will be valued in generally the same manner as they would be valued for purposes of pricing the Fund’s shares, if such assets were included in the Fund’s assets at the time of purchase. The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate this practice at any time.

 

Redemptions

 

Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W Shares

 

Payment to shareholders for shares redeemed will be made within seven (7) days after receipt by the Fund’s Transfer Agent of the written request in proper form, except that the Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment during any period when: (a) trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC or such exchange is closed for other than weekends and holidays; (b) an emergency exists as determined by the SEC making disposal of portfolio series or valuation of net assets of the Fund not reasonably practicable; or (c) for such other period as the SEC may permit for the protection of the Fund’s shareholders. At various times, the Fund may be requested to redeem shares for which it has not yet received good payment. Accordingly, the Fund may delay the mailing of a redemption check until such time as it has assured itself that good payment has been collected for the purchase of such shares, which may take up to fifteen (15) days or longer.

 

The Fund intends to pay in cash for all shares redeemed, but under abnormal conditions that make payment in cash unwise, the Fund may make payment wholly or partly in securities at their then current market value equal to the redemption price. In such case, an investor may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. However, the Trust has elected to be governed by the provisions of Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, which obligates the Fund to redeem shares with respect to any one shareholder during any ninety (90)-day period solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the NAV of the Fund at the beginning of the period. In the event the Fund must liquidate portfolio securities to meet redemptions, it reserves the right to reduce the redemption price by an amount equivalent to the pro-rated cost of such liquidation not to

 

83

 


 

exceed one percent of the NAV of such shares.

 

Due to the relatively high cost of handling small investments, the Trust reserves the right, upon thirty (30) days’ written notice, to redeem, at NAV (less any applicable deferred sales charge), the shares of any shareholder whose account (except for IRAs) has a total value of less than the Fund minimum for each class (as described in the Fund’s Prospectus), other than as a result of a decline in the NAV per share. Before the Fund redeems such shares and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, it will notify the shareholder that the value of the shares in the account is less than the minimum amount and will allow the shareholder thirty (30) days to make an additional investment in an amount that will increase the value of the account to at least the minimum before the redemption is processed.

 

The value of shares on redemption or repurchase may be more or less than the investor’s cost, depending upon the market value of the portfolio securities at the time of redemption or repurchase.

 

Certificates representing shares of the Fund will not be issued to shareholders. The Transfer Agent will maintain an account for each shareholder upon which the registration and transfer of shares are recorded, and any transfers shall be reflected by bookkeeping entry, without physical delivery.

 

The Transfer Agent will require that a shareholder provide requests in writing, accompanied by a valid signature guarantee form, when changing certain information in an account (i.e., wiring instructions, telephone privileges, etc.).

SALES CHARGES

Front – End Sales Charges

 

Special Purchases at Net Asset Value – Class A Shares

 

Class A shares of the Fund may be purchased at NAV, without a sales charge, by persons who have redeemed their Class A Shares of the Fund (or shares of other funds managed by the Adviser in accordance with the terms of such privileges established for such funds) within the previous ninety (90) days. The amount that may be so reinvested in the Fund is limited to an amount up to, but not exceeding, the redemption proceeds (or to the nearest full share if fractional shares are not purchased). In order to exercise this privilege, a written order for the purchase of shares must be received by the Transfer Agent, or be postmarked, within ninety (90) days after the date of redemption. This privilege may only be used once per calendar year. Payment must accompany the request and the purchase will be made at the then current NAV of the Fund. Such purchases may also be handled by a securities dealer who may charge a shareholder for this service. If the shareholder has realized a gain on the redemption, the transaction is taxable and any reinvestment will not alter any applicable federal capital gains tax. If there has been a loss on the redemption and a subsequent reinvestment pursuant to this privilege, some or all of the loss may not be allowed as a tax deduction depending upon the amount reinvested and other circumstances, although such disallowance is added to the tax basis of the shares acquired upon the reinvestment.

 

Additionally, Class A shares of the Fund may also be purchased at NAV by any charitable organization or any state, county, or city, or any instrumentality, department, authority, or agency thereof that has determined that the Fund is a legally permissible investment and that is prohibited by applicable investment law from paying a sales charge or commission in connection with the purchase of shares of any registered management investment company (“an eligible governmental authority”). If an investment by an eligible governmental authority at NAV is made through a dealer who has executed a selling group agreement with respect to the Trust (or the other open-end ING Funds) the Distributor may pay the selling firm 0.25% of the Offering Price.

 

Shareholders of ING Money Market Fund who acquired their shares by using all or a portion of the proceeds from the redemption of Class A shares of other open-end ING Funds distributed by the Distributor may

 

84

 


 

reinvest such amount plus any shares acquired through dividend reinvestment in Class A shares of the Fund at its current NAV, without a sales charge.

 

The officers and Trustees (including retired officers and retired Board members), bona fide full-time employees of the Fund (including retired Fund employees) and the officers, directors, and full-time employees of their investment adviser, sub-adviser, principal underwriter, or any service provider to the Fund or affiliated corporations thereof (including retired officers and employees of the investment adviser, principal underwriter, ING-affiliated service providers and affiliated corporations thereof) or any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for such persons, broker-dealers, for their own accounts or for members of their families (defined as current spouse, children, parents, grandparents, uncles, aunts, siblings, nephews, nieces, step relations, relations at-law, and cousins), employees of such broker-dealers (including their immediate families) and discretionary advisory accounts of the Adviser or any Sub-Adviser, may purchase Class A shares of the Fund at NAV without a sales charge. Such purchaser may be required to sign a letter stating that the purchase is for his own investment purposes only and that the securities will not be resold except to the Fund. The Fund may, under certain circumstances, allow registered adviser’s to make investments on behalf of their clients at NAV without any commission or concession. The Fund may terminate or amend the terms of this sales charge waiver at any time.

 

Class A shares may also be purchased without a sales charge by: (i) shareholders who have authorized the automatic transfer of dividends from the same class of another ING Fund distributed by the Distributor or from ING Prime Rate Trust; (ii) registered investment advisors, trust companies and bank trust departments investing in Class A shares on their own behalf or on behalf of their clients, provided that the aggregate amount invested in any one or more Funds, during the thirteen (13)-month period starting with the first investment, equals at least $1 million; (iii) broker-dealers, who have signed selling group agreements with the Distributor, and registered representatives and employees of such broker-dealers, for their own accounts or for members of their families (defined as current spouse, children, parents, grandparents, uncles, aunts, siblings, nephews, nieces, step relations, relations-at-law, and cousins); (iv) broker-dealers using third-party administrators for qualified retirement plans who have entered into an agreement with the ING Funds or an affiliate, subject to certain operational and minimum size requirements specified from time-to-time by the ING Funds; (v) accounts as to which a banker or broker-dealer charges an account management fee (“wrap accounts”); (vi) any registered investment company for which the Adviser serves as adviser; (vii) investors who purchase Fund shares with redemption proceeds received in connection with a distribution from a retirement plan investing either: (1) directly in any Fund or through an unregistered separate account sponsored by the Adviser or any successor thereto or affiliate thereof; or (2) in a registered separate account sponsored by the Adviser or any successor thereto or affiliate thereof, but only if no deferred sales charge is paid in connection with such distribution and the investor receives the distribution in connection with a separation from service, retirement, death, or disability; (viii) insurance companies (including separate accounts); and (ix) former Class M shareholders. The Fund may terminate or amend the terms of these sales charge waivers at any time.

 

Letters of Intent and Rights of Accumulation – Class A Shares

 

An investor may immediately qualify for a reduced sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares of any of the ING Funds which offers Class A shares or shares with front-end sales charges, by completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application in the Prospectuses (the “Letter of Intent” or “Letter”). By completing the Letter, the investor expresses an intention to invest during the next thirteen (13) months a specified amount which if made at one time would qualify for the reduced sales charge. At any time within ninety (90) days after the first investment which the investor wants to qualify for the reduced sales charge, a signed Shareholder Application, with the Letter of Intent section completed, may be filed with the Fund. Those holdings will be counted towards completion of the Letter of Intent but will not be entitled to a retroactive downward adjustment of sales charge until the Letter of Intent is fulfilled. After the Letter of Intent is filed, each additional investment made will be entitled to the sales charge applicable to the level of investment indicated on the Letter of Intent as described above. Sales charge reductions based upon purchases

 

85

 


 

in more than one investment in the Fund will be effective only after notification to the Distributor that the investment qualifies for a discount. The shareholder’s holdings in the Fund (including ING Senior Income Fund and excluding any ING money market fund) acquired within ninety (90) days before the Letter of Intent is filed, will be counted towards completion of the Letter of Intent, but will not be entitled to a retroactive downward adjustment of sales charges until the Letter of Intent is fulfilled. Any redemptions made by the shareholder during the thirteen (13)-month period will be subtracted from the amount of the purchases for purposes of determining whether the terms of the Letter of Intent have been completed. If the Letter of Intent is not completed within the thirteen (13)-month period, there will be an upward adjustment of the sales charge as specified below, depending upon the amount actually purchased (less redemption) during the period.

 

An investor acknowledges and agrees to the following provisions by completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application in the Prospectuses. A minimum initial investment equal to 25% of the intended total investment is required. An amount equal to the maximum sales charge or 5.75% of the total intended purchase will be held in escrow at Fund, in the form of shares, in the investor’s name to assure that the full applicable sales charge will be paid if the intended purchase is not completed. The shares in escrow will be included in the total shares owned as reflected on the monthly statement; income and capital gain distributions on the escrow shares will be paid directly by the investor. The escrow shares will not be available for redemption by the investor until the Letter of Intent has been completed, or the higher sales charge paid. If the total purchases, less redemptions, equal the amount specified under the Letter, the shares in escrow will be released. If the total purchases, less redemptions, exceed the amount specified under the Letter and is an amount which would qualify for a further quantity discount, a retroactive price adjustment will be made by the Distributor and the dealer with whom purchases were made pursuant to the Letter of Intent (to reflect such further quantity discount) on purchases made within ninety (90) days before, and on those made after filing the Letter. The resulting difference in offering price will be applied to the purchase of additional shares at the applicable offering price. If the total purchases, less redemptions, are less than the amount specified under the Letter, the investor will remit to the Distributor an amount equal to the difference in dollar amount of sales charge actually paid and the amount of sales charge which would have applied to the aggregate purchases if the total of such purchases had been made at a single account in the name of the investor or to the investor’s order. If within ten (10) days after written request such difference in sales charge is not paid, the redemption of an appropriate number of shares in escrow to realize such difference will be made. If the proceeds from a total redemption are inadequate, the investor will be liable to the Distributor for the difference. In the event of a total redemption of the account prior to fulfillment of the Letter of Intent, the additional sales charge due will be deducted from the proceeds of the redemption and the balance will be forwarded to the Investor. By completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application, an investor grants to the Distributor a security interest in the shares in escrow and agrees to irrevocably appoint the Distributor as his attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to surrender for redemption any or all shares for the purpose of paying any additional sales charge due and authorizes the Transfer Agent or Sub-Transfer Agent to receive and redeem shares and pay the proceeds as directed by the Distributor. The investor or the securities dealer must inform the Transfer Agent or the Distributor that this Letter is in effect each time a purchase is made.

 

If at any time prior to or after completion of the Letter of Intent the investor wishes to cancel the Letter of Intent, the investor must notify the Distributor in writing. If, prior to the completion of the Letter of Intent, the investor requests the Distributor to liquidate all shares held by the investor, the Letter of Intent will be terminated automatically. Under either of these situations, the total purchased may be less than the amount specified in the Letter of Intent. If so, the Distributor will redeem at NAV to remit to the Distributor and the appropriate Authorized Dealer an amount equal to the difference between the dollar amount of the sales charge actually paid and the amount of the sales charge that would have been paid on the total purchases if made at one time.

 

The value of shares of the Fund plus shares of the other open-end ING Funds (including ING Senior Income Fund and excluding any ING money market fund) can be combined with a current purchase to determine the reduced sales charge and applicable offering price of the current purchase. The reduced sales charge applies to quantity purchases made at one time or on a cumulative basis over any period of time by: (i) an investor; (ii)

 

86

 


 

the investor’s spouse and children under the age of majority; (iii) the investor’s custodian accounts for the benefit of a child under the Uniform gift to Minors Act; and (iv) a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account (including a pension, profit-sharing and/or other employee benefit plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code), by trust companies’ registered investment advisers, banks and bank trust departments for accounts over which they exercise exclusive investment discretionary authority and which are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial or similar capacity.

 

The reduced sales charge also applies on a non-cumulative basis, to purchases made at one time by the customers of a single dealer, in excess of $1 million. The Letter of Intent option may be modified or discontinued at any time.

 

Shares of the Fund and other open-end ING Funds purchased and owned of record or beneficially by a corporation, including employees of a single employer (or affiliates thereof) including shares held by its employees, under one or more retirement plans, can be combined with a current purchase to determine the reduced sales charge and applicable offering price of the current purchase, provided such transactions are not prohibited by one or more provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the Code. Individuals and employees should consult with their tax advisors concerning the tax rules applicable to retirement plans before investing.

 

For the purposes of Rights of Accumulation and the Letter of Intent Privilege, shares held by investors in the ING Funds which impose a CDSC may be combined with Class A shares for a reduced sales charge but will not affect any CDSC which may be imposed upon the redemption of shares of a Fund which imposes a CDSC.

 

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

 

Certain purchases of Class A shares and Class C shares may be subject to a CDSC. Shareholders will be charged a CDSC if certain of those shares are redeemed within the applicable time period as stated in the Prospectus. No CDSC is imposed on any shares subject to a CDSC to the extent that those shares: (i) are no longer subject to the applicable holding period; (ii) resulted from reinvestment of distributions on CDSC shares; or (iii) were exchanged for shares of another fund managed by the Adviser, provided that the shares acquired in such exchange and subsequent exchanges will continue to remain subject to the CDSC, if applicable, until the applicable holding period expires.

 

The CDSC or redemption fee will be waived for certain redemptions of shares upon: (i) the death or permanent disability of a shareholder; or (ii) in connection with mandatory distributions from an IRA or other qualified retirement plan. The CDSC or redemption fee will be waived in the case of a redemption of shares following the death or permanent disability of a shareholder if the redemption is made within one year of death or initial determination of permanent disability. The waiver is available for total or partial redemptions of shares owned by an individual or an individual in joint tenancy (with rights of survivorship), but only for redemptions of shares held at the time of death or initial determination of permanent disability. The CDSC or redemption fee will also be waived in the case of a total or partial redemption of shares in connection with any mandatory distribution from a tax-deferred retirement plan or an IRA. The waiver does not apply in the case of a tax-free rollover or transfer of assets, other than one following a separation from services, except that a CDSC or redemption fee may be waived in certain circumstances involving redemptions in connection with a distribution from a qualified employer retirement plan in connection with termination of employment or termination of the employer’s plan and the transfer to another employer’s plan or to an IRA. The shareholder must notify the Fund either directly or through the Distributor at the time of redemption that the shareholder is entitled to a waiver of CDSC or redemption fee. The waiver will then be granted subject to confirmation of the shareholder’s entitlement. The CDSC or redemption fee, which may be imposed on Class A shares purchased in excess of $1 million, will also be waived for registered investment advisors, trust companies and bank trust departments investing on their own behalf or on behalf of their clients. These waivers may be changed at any time.

 

87

 


 

Reinstatement Privilege –Class C Shares

 

If you sell Class C shares of the Fund, you may reinvest some or all of the proceeds in the same share class within ninety (90) days without a sales charge. Reinstated Class C shares will retain their original cost and purchase date for purposes of the CDSC. The amount of any CDSC also will be reinstated. To exercise this privilege, the written order for the purchase of shares must be received by the Transfer Agent or be postmarked within ninety (90) days after the date of redemption. This privilege can be used only once per calendar year. If a loss is incurred on the redemption and the reinstatement privilege is used, some or all of the loss may not be allowed as a tax deduction.

 

Dealer Commissions and Other Incentives

 

In connection with the sale of shares of the Fund, the Distributor may pay Authorized Dealers of record a sales commission as a percentage of the purchase price. In connection with the sale of Class A shares of the Fund, the Distributor will reallow the following amounts to Authorized Dealers of record from the sales charge on such sales:

 

Amount of Transaction Dealers’ Reallowance as a Percentage of Offering Price Class A
Less than $50,000 5.00%
$50,000 - $99,999 3.75%
$100,000 - $249, 999 2.75%
$250,000 - $499,999 2.00%
$500,000 - $999,999 1.75%
$1,000,000 and over See below

 

The Distributor may pay to Authorized Dealers out of its own assets commissions on shares sold in Class A and Class C shares, at NAV, which at the time of investment would have been subject to the imposition of a CDSC if redeemed. There is no sales charge on purchases of $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, such purchases may be subject to a CDSC, as disclosed in the Prospectuses. The Distributor will pay Authorized Dealers of record commissions at the rates shown in the table below for purchases of Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC:

 

Amount of Transaction Dealer Commission as a Percentage of Amount Invested
$1,000,000 - $2,499,999 1.00%
$2,500,000 - $4,999,999 0.50%
$5,000,000 and over 0.25%

 

The Distributor will pay out of its own assets a commission of 1.00% of the amount invested for purchases of Class A shares of less than $1 million by qualified retirement plans with 50 or more participants.

 

The Distributor may pay out of its own assets a commission of 1.00% of the amount invested in the Fund for purchases of Class C shares subject to a CDSC.

 

The Distributor may, from time to time, at its discretion, allow a selling dealer to retain 100% of a sales charge, and such dealer may therefore be deemed an “underwriter” under the 1933 Act. The Distributor, at its expense, may also provide additional promotional incentives to dealers. The incentives may include payment for travel expenses, including lodging, incurred in connection with trips taken by qualifying registered representatives and members of their families to locations within or outside of the United States, merchandise or other items. For more information on incentives, see “12b-1 Plans” in this SAI.

 

88

 


 

In connection with qualified retirement plans that invest $1 million or more in Class A shares of the Fund, the Distributor will pay dealer compensation of 1.00% of the purchase price of the shares to the dealer from its own resources at the time of the initial investment.

 

The Distributor may, at its discretion, pay additional cash compensation to its employee sales staff for sales by certain broker-dealers or “focus firms.” The Distributor may pay up to an additional 0.10% to its employee sales staff for sales that are made by registered representatives of these focus firms. As of the date of this SAI, the focus firms are: A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.; AIG Financial Advisors, Inc.; Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.; Banc of America Investment Services, Inc.; Banc of America Securities LLC; Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.; Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.; Commonwealth Financial Network; Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.; Edward Jones; HSBC Securities (USA), Inc.; H & R Block Financial Advisors LLC; Fidelity Brokerage Services, Inc.; ING Advisors Network; Linsco Private Ledger Financial Services; Merrill Lynch; Morgan Keegan; Morgan Stanley & Co, Inc.; Morgan Stanley Dean Witter; Oppenheimer & Co.; Raymond James & Associates, Inc.; Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.; RBC Dain Rauscher, Inc.; UBS Financial Services, Inc.; Wachovia Bank; Wachovia Brokerage Services, Inc.; Wachovia Securities Financial Network, Inc.; Wachovia Securities LLC; Wells Fargo Bank; Wells Fargo Bank N.A.; and Wells Fargo Investments LLC.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Certificates representing shares of the Fund will not be issued to shareholders. The Transfer Agent will maintain an account for each shareholder upon which the registration and transfer of shares are recorded, and any transfers shall be reflected by bookkeeping entry, without physical delivery.

 

The Transfer Agent will require that a shareholder provide requests in writing, accompanied by a valid signature guarantee form, when changing certain information in an account (i.e., wiring instructions, telephone privileges, etc.).

 

The Trust reserves the right, if conditions exist that make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase order with respect to shares of the Fund by making payment in whole or in part in readily marketable securities chosen by the Fund and valued as they are for purposes of computing the Fund’s NAV (redemption-in-kind). If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting theses securities to cash. The Trust has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act as a result of which the Fund is obligated to redeem shares with respect to any one shareholder during any ninety (90)-day period solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the NAV of the Fund at the beginning of the period.

 

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES AND PRIVILEGES

 

As discussed in the Prospectuses, the Class A and Class C shares of the Fund provide a Pre-Authorized Investment Plan for the convenience of investors who wish to purchase shares of the Fund on a regular basis. Such a Pre-Authorized Investment Plan may be started with an initial investment ($1,000 minimum) and subsequent voluntary purchases ($100 minimum) with no obligation to continue. This allows the investor to invest regular amounts at regular intervals until he/she reaches the required initial minimum. The Pre-Authorized Investment Plan may be terminated without penalty at any time by the investor or the ING Fund. The minimum investment requirements may be waived by the Fund for purchases made pursuant to: (i) employer-administered payroll deduction plans; (ii) profit sharing, pension, or individual or any employee retirement plans; or (iii) purchases made in connection with plans providing for periodic investments in Fund shares.

 

For investors purchasing shares of the Fund under a tax-qualified individual retirement or pension plan or under a group plan through a person designated for the collection and remittance of monies to be invested in shares of the Fund on a periodic basis, the Fund may, in lieu of furnishing confirmations following each

 

89

 


 

purchase of Fund shares, send statements no less frequently than quarterly pursuant to the provisions of the 1934 Act, as amended, and the rules thereunder. Such quarterly statements, which would be sent to the investor or to the person designated by the group for distribution to its members, will be made within five business days after the end of each quarterly period and shall reflect all transactions in the investor’s account during the preceding quarter.

 

All shareholders will receive a confirmation of each new transaction in their accounts, which will also show the total number of Fund shares owned by each shareholder, the number of shares being held in safekeeping by the Fund’s Transfer Agent for the account of the shareholder and a cumulative record of the account for the entire year. Shareholders may rely on these statements in lieu of certificates.

 

Self-Employed and Corporate Retirement Plans

 

For self-employed individuals and corporate investors that wish to purchase shares of the Fund, there is available, through the Fund, a Prototype Plan and Custody Agreement. The Custody Agreement provides that BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company, Wilmington, DE, will act as custodian under the Prototype Plan, and will furnish custodial services for an annual maintenance fee of $12.00 for each participant, with no other charges. (This fee is in addition to the normal custodian charges paid by the Fund.) The annual contract maintenance fee may be waived from time to time. For further details, including the right to appoint a successor custodian, see the Plan and Custody Agreements as provided by the Trust. Employers who wish to use shares of the Fund under a custodianship with another bank or trust company must make individual arrangements with such institution.

 

Individual Retirement Accounts

 

Investors having earned income are eligible to purchase shares of the Fund under an IRA pursuant to Section 408 of the Code. An individual who creates an IRA may contribute annually certain dollar amounts of earned income, and an additional amount if there is a non-working spouse. Simple IRA plans that employers may establish on behalf of their employees are also available. Roth IRA plans that enable employed and self-employed individuals to make non-deductible contributions, and, under certain circumstances, effect tax-free withdrawals, are also available. Copies of a model Custodial Account Agreement are available from the Distributor. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company, Wilmington, DE, will act as the custodian under this model Agreement, for which it will charge the investor an annual fee of $12.00 for maintaining the Account (such fee is in addition to the normal custodial charges paid by the Fund). Full details on the IRA are contained in an IRS required disclosure statement, and the custodian will not open an IRA until seven (7) days after the investor has received such statement from the Trust. An IRA using shares of the Fund may also be used by employers who have adopted a Simplified Employee Pension Plan.

 

Purchases of Fund shares by Section 403(b) and other retirement plans are also available. Section 403(b) plans are generally arrangements by a public school organization or a charitable, educational, or scientific organization which employees are permitted to take advantage of the federal income tax deferral benefits provided for in Section 403(b) of the Code. It is advisable for an investor considering the funding of any retirement plan to consult with an attorney or to obtain advice from a competent retirement plan consultant.

 

Telephone Redemption and Exchange Privileges

 

As discussed in the Prospectus, the telephone redemption and exchange privileges are available for all shareholder accounts; however, retirement accounts may not utilize the telephone redemption privilege. The telephone privileges may be modified or terminated at any time. The privileges are subject to the conditions and provisions set forth below and in the Prospectuses.

 

Telephone redemption and/or exchange instructions received in good order before the pricing of the Fund on any day on which the NYSE is open for business (a “Business Day”), but not later than Market Close, will be

 

90

 


 

processed at that day’s closing NAV. For each exchange, the shareholder’s account may be charged an exchange fee. There is no fee for telephone redemptions; however, redemptions of Class A and Class C shares may be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (See “Sales Charges” in the Prospectuses).

 

Telephone redemptions and/or exchange instructions should be made by dialing 1-800-992-0180.

 

The Fund will not permit exchanges in violation of any of the terms and conditions set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus or herein.

 

Telephone redemption requests must meet the following conditions to be accepted by the Fund:

 

(a) Proceeds of the redemption may be directly deposited into a predetermined bank account, or mailed to the current address on record. This address cannot reflect any change within the previous thirty (30) days.
(b) Certain account information will need to be provided for verification purposes before the redemption will be executed.
(c) Only one telephone redemption (where proceeds are being mailed to the address of record) can be processed within a thirty (30) day period.
(d) The maximum amount which can be liquidated and sent to the address of record at any one time is $100,000.
(e) The minimum amount which can be liquidated and sent to a predetermined bank account is $5,000.
(f) If the exchange involves the establishment of a new account, the dollar amount being exchanged must at least equal the minimum investment requirement of the ING Fund being acquired.
(g) Any new account established through the exchange privilege will have the same account information and options except as stated in the Prospectus.
(h) Certificated shares cannot be redeemed or exchanged by telephone but must be forwarded to ING Funds at P.O. Box 9772, Providence, RI 02940-9772 and deposited into your account before any transaction may be processed.
(i) If a portion of the shares to be exchanged are held in escrow in connection with a Letter of Intent, the smallest number of full shares of the ING Fund to be purchased on the exchange having the same aggregate NAV as the shares being exchanged shall be substituted in the escrow account. Shares held in escrow may not be redeemed until the Letter of Intent has expired and/or the appropriate adjustments have been made to the account.
(j) Shares may not be exchanged and/or redeemed unless an exchange and/or redemption privilege is offered pursuant to the Fund’s then-current Prospectus.
(k) Proceeds of a redemption may be delayed up to fifteen (15) days or longer until the check used to purchase the shares being redeemed has been paid by the bank upon which it was drawn.

 

Systematic Withdrawal Plan

 

The Fund has established a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (“Plan”) to allow you to elect to make periodic withdrawals from your account in any fixed amount in excess of $100 ($1,000 in the case of Class I and Class W shares) to yourself, or to anyone else you properly designate, as long as the account has a current value of at least $10,000 ($250,000 in the case of Class I and $1,000 in the case of Class W shares). To establish a systematic cash withdrawal, complete the Systematic Withdrawal Plan section of the Account Application. To have funds deposited to your bank account, follow the instructions on the Account Application. You may elect to have monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual payments. You may change the amount, frequency and payee, or terminate the plan by giving written notice to the Transfer Agent. The Plan may be modified at any time by the Fund or terminated upon written notice by the Fund.

 

A CDSC may be applied to withdrawals made under the Plan. As shares of the Fund are redeemed under the Plan you may realize a capital gain or loss for income tax purposes. Please consult your tax adviser.

 

91

 


 

Shareholder Information

 

The Fund’s Transfer Agent will maintain your account information. Account statements will be sent at least quarterly. An IRS Form 1099 generally will also be sent each year by January 31. Annual and semiannual reports will also be sent to shareholders. The Transfer Agent may charge you a fee for special requests such as historical transcripts of your account and copies of cancelled checks.

 

Consolidated statements reflecting current values, share balances and year-to-date transactions generally will be sent to you each quarter. All accounts identified by the same social security number and address will be consolidated. For example, you could receive a consolidated statement showing your individual and IRA accounts.

 

Signature Guarantee

 

A signature guarantee is verification of the authenticity of the signature given by certain authorized institutions. A medallion signature guarantee may be obtained from a domestic bank or trust company, broker, dealer, clearing agency, savings association, or other financial institution which is participating in a medallion program recognized by the Securities Transfer Association. The three recognized medallion programs are Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”), Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (“SEMP”) and New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (“NYSE MSP”). Signature guarantees from financial institutions which are not participating in one of these programs will not be accepted. Please note that signature guarantees are not provided by a notary public. The Trust reserves the right to amend, waive or discontinue this policy at any time and establish other criteria for verifying the authenticity of any redemption request.

 

NET ASSET VALUE

 

As noted in the Prospectus, the NAV and offering price of each class of the Fund’s shares will be determined once daily as of the close of regular trading (“Market Close”) on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless otherwise designated by the NYSE) during each day on which the NYSE is open for trading. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.

 

Portfolio securities listed or traded on a national securities exchange will be valued at the last reported sale price on the valuation day. Securities traded on an exchange for which there has been no sale that day and other securities traded in the over-the-counter market will be valued at the mean between the last reported bid and asked prices on the valuation day. Portfolio securities reported by NASDAQ will be valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price on the valuation day. In cases in which securities are traded on more than one exchange, the securities are valued on the exchange that is normally the primary market. Short-term obligations maturing in sixty (60) days or less will generally be valued at amortized cost. This involves valuing a security at cost on the date of acquisition and thereafter assuming a constant accretion of a discount or amortization of a premium to maturity, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price the Fund would receive if it sold the instrument. (See “How Shares Are Priced” in the Prospectus.) The long-term debt obligations held in the Fund’s portfolio will be valued at the mean between the most recent bid and asked prices as obtained from one or more dealers that make markets in the securities when over-the counter market quotations are readily available.

 

Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available (which may include certain restricted securities which are subject to limitations as to their sale) or are deemed unreliable are valued at their fair values as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of the Fund’s Board, in accordance with

 

92

 


 

methods that are specifically authorized by the Board. Securities traded on exchanges, including foreign exchanges, which close earlier than the time that the Fund calculates its NAV, may also be valued at their fair values as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of the Fund’s Board, in accordance with methods that are specifically authorized by the Board. The valuation techniques applied in any specific instance may vary from case to case. With respect to a restricted security, for example, consideration is generally given to the cost of the investment, the market value of any unrestricted securities of the same class at the time of valuation, the potential expiration of restrictions on the security, the existence of any registration rights, the costs to the Fund related to registration of the security, as well as factors relevant to the issuer itself. Consideration may also be given to the price and extent of any public trading in similar securities of the issuer or comparable companies’ securities.

 

The value of a foreign security traded on an exchange outside the United States is generally based on its price on the principal foreign exchange where it trades as of the time the Fund determines its NAV or if the foreign exchange closes prior to the time the Fund determines its NAV, the most recent closing price of the foreign security on its principal exchange. Trading in certain non-U.S. securities may not take place on all days on which the NYSE is open. Further, trading takes place in various foreign markets on days on which the NYSE is not open. Consequently, the calculation of the Fund’s NAV may not take place contemporaneously with the determination of the prices of securities held by the Fund in foreign securities markets. Further, the value of the Fund’s assets may be significantly affected by foreign trading on days when a shareholder cannot purchase or redeem shares of the Fund. In calculating the Fund’s NAV, foreign securities in foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.

 

If an event occurs after the time at which the market for foreign securities held by the Fund closes but before the time that the Fund’s NAV is calculated, such event may cause the closing price on the foreign exchange to not represent a readily available reliable market value quotations for such securities at the time the Fund determines its NAV. In such case, the Fund will use the fair value of such securities as determined under the Fund’s valuation procedures. Events after the close of trading on a foreign market that could require the Fund to fair value some or all of its foreign securities include, among others, securities trading in the United States and other markets, corporate announcements, natural and other disasters, and political and other events. Among other elements of analysis in determination of a security’s fair value, the Board has authorized the use of one or more independent research services to assist with such determinations. An independent research service may use statistical analyses and quantitative models to help determine fair value as of the time the Fund calculates its NAV. There can be no assurance that such models accurately reflect the behavior of the applicable markets or the effect of the behavior of such markets on the fair value of securities, nor that such markets will continue to behave in a fashion that is consistent with such models. Unlike the closing price of a security on an exchange, fair value determinations employ elements of judgment. Consequently, the fair value assigned to a security may not represent the actual value that the Fund could obtain if it were to sell the security at the time of the close of the NYSE. Pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board, the Fund is not obligated to use the fair valuations suggested by any research service, and valuation recommendations provided by such research services may be overridden if other events have occurred, or if other fair valuations are determined in good faith to be more accurate. Unless an event is such that it causes the Fund to determine that the closing price for one or more securities do not represent readily available reliable market quotations at the time the Fund determines its NAV, events that occur between the time of close of the foreign market on which they are traded and the market close on the NYSE will not be reflected in the Fund’s NAV.

 

Options on securities, currencies, futures, and other financial instruments purchased by the Fund are valued at their last bid price in the case of listed options or at the average of the last bid prices obtained from dealers in the case of OTC Options.

 

The fair value of other assets is added to the value of all securities positions to arrive at the value of the Fund’s total assets. The Fund’s liabilities, including accruals for expenses, are deducted from its total assets. Once the total value of the Fund’s net assets is so determined, that value is then divided by the total number of shares outstanding (excluding treasury shares), and the result, rounded to the nearest cent, is the NAV per share.

 

93

 


 

In computing the NAV for a class of shares of the Fund, all class-specific liabilities incurred or accrued are deducted from the class’ net assets. The resulting net assets are divided by the number of shares of the class outstanding at the time of the valuation and the result (adjusted to the nearest cent) is the NAV per share.

 

The per share NAV of Class A shares generally will be higher than the per share NAV of shares of the other classes, reflecting daily expense accruals of the higher distribution fees applicable to Class C shares. It is expected, however, that the per share NAV of the classes will tend to converge immediately after the payment of dividends or distributions that will differ by approximately the amount of the expense accrual differentials between the classes.

 

Orders received by dealers prior to Market Close will be confirmed at the offering price computed as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE provided the order is received by the Transfer Agent prior to Market Close that same day. It is the responsibility of the dealer to insure that all orders are transmitted timely to the Fund. Orders received by dealers after Market Close will be confirmed at the next computed offering price as described in the Prospectus.

 

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal tax considerations generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders. This discussion does not provide a detailed explanation of all tax consequences, and shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund. This discussion is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities as in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive.

 

The Fund intends to qualify annually to be taxed as a RIC under the provisions of Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify for and be taxed as a RIC, the Fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from: (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of securities or foreign currencies, and other income (including gains from certain options, futures, and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies, and (ii) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships; (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year or within 30 days thereafter: (i) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities, with such other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships; and (c) distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) each taxable year, and at least 90% of its net tax exempt interest income in each taxable year.

 

The U.S. Treasury Department is authorized to issue regulations providing that foreign currency gains that are not directly related to the Fund’s principal business of investing in stocks or securities (or options and futures with respect to stocks or securities) will be excluded from the income which qualifies for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. To date, however, no such regulations have been issued.

 

As a RIC, the Fund generally will be relieved of liability for U.S. federal income tax on that portion of its investment company taxable income and net realized capital gains which it distributes to its shareholders. Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement also are subject to a nondeductible excise tax. To prevent application of the excise tax, the Fund currently intends to make distributions in accordance with the calendar year distribution requirement.

 

94

 


 

If, in any taxable year, the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it would (unless certain cure provisions apply) be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from its current or accumulated earnings and profits, would constitute dividends (which may be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction or, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, as qualified dividends for individual shareholders) which are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income, even though those distributions might otherwise (at least in part) have been treated in the shareholders’ hands as long-term capital gains. Moreover, the Fund would not be required to make any distributions to its shareholders. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it would not be required to make distributions to its shareholders and it would have to pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. Moreover, if the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.

 

Capital Loss Carryforwards

 

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, there were no capital loss carryforwards for the Fund as of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

Distributions

 

Distributions of investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains) are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income, whether paid in cash or invested in Fund shares. Distributions of investment company taxable income may be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction, as discussed below, to the extent that such distributions are attributable to the Fund’s dividend income from U.S. corporations and if other applicable requirements are met. However, the alternative minimum tax applicable to corporations may reduce the benefit of the dividends-received deduction.

 

Distributions of net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends are not eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction and will generally be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the Fund’s shares have been held by a shareholder. Distributions of short-term capital gains from sales of assets held for one year or less will be taxed as ordinary income. Generally, distributions from the Fund are taxable to shareholders, whether received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Fund. Any distributions that are not from the Fund’s investment company taxable income or net capital gain may be characterized as a return of capital to shareholders or, in some cases, as capital gain. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the federal tax status of dividends and distributions they receive and any tax withheld thereon.

 

Current tax law generally provides for a maximum tax rate for individual taxpayers of 15% on long-term capital gains from sales and on certain qualifying dividends on corporate stock. The rate reductions do not apply to corporate taxpayers. The Fund will be able to separately report distributions of any qualifying long-term capital gains or qualified dividend income earned by the Fund that would be eligible for the 15% rate. A shareholder would also have to satisfy a more than sixty (60) day holding period with respect to any distributions of qualifying dividends in order to obtain the benefit of the lower rate. Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends from taxable domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations provided that the Fund has held the stock in such corporation for more than 60 days during the 121 day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such stock becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend. Distributions from the Fund’s investments in bonds and other debt instruments will not generally qualify for the lower rates. Further, because many companies in which the Fund invests do not pay significant dividends on their stock, the Fund may not generally derive significant amounts of qualifying dividend income that would be eligible for the lower rate on qualifying dividends. Qualified foreign

 

95

 


 

corporations are corporations incorporated in a U.S. possession, corporations whose stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, and corporations eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States and that satisfy certain other requirements. Passive foreign investment companies are not treated as “qualified foreign corporations”. The lower rates on long-term capital gains and qualifying dividends are currently scheduled to apply through 2012. In the absence of further Congressional action after 2012, the maximum rate on long-term capital gains for individual taxpayers would increase to 20%, and income from dividends would be taxed at the rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount. In the case of an estate or trust, the amount subject to the 3.8% Medicare tax will not exceed the undistributed net investment income of the trust or estate for such taxable year.

 

Dividends, including capital gain dividends, declared in October, November, or December with a record date in such month and paid during the following January will be treated as having been paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which declared, rather than the calendar year in which the dividends are actually received.

 

Distributions by the Fund reduce the NAV of the Fund’s shares. Should a distribution reduce the NAV below a shareholder’s cost basis, the distribution nevertheless may be taxable to the shareholder as dividend income or capital gain as described above, even though, from an investment standpoint, it may constitute a partial return of capital. In particular, investors should be careful to consider the tax implication of buying shares just prior to a distribution by the Fund. The price of shares purchased at that time includes the amount of the forthcoming distribution, but the distribution will generally be taxable to the investors.

 

Original Issue Discount

 

Certain debt securities acquired by the Fund may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Original issue discount can generally be defined as the difference between the price at which a security was issued and its stated redemption price at maturity. Although no cash income is actually received by the Fund, original issue discount that accrues on a debt security in a given year generally is treated for federal income tax purposes as interest and, therefore, such income would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code.

 

If the Fund purchases a debt security at a price lower than the stated redemption price of such debt security, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price is “market discount”. If the amount of market discount is more than a de minimis amount, a portion of such market discount must be included as ordinary income (not capital gain) by the Fund in each taxable year in which the Fund owns an interest in such debt security and receives a principal payment on it. In particular, the Fund will be required to allocate that principal payment first to the portion of the market discount on the debt security that has accrued but has not previously been includable in income. In general, the amount of market discount that must be included for each period is equal to the lesser of: (i) the amount of market discount accruing during such period (plus any accrued market discount for prior periods not previously taken into account); or (ii) the amount of the principal payment with respect to such period. Generally, market discount accrues on a daily basis for each day the debt security is held by the Fund at a constant rate over the time remaining to the debt security’s maturity or, at the election of the Fund, at a constant yield to maturity which takes into account the semi-annual compounding of interest. Gain realized on the disposition of a market discount obligation must be recognized as ordinary interest income (not capital gain) to the extent of the “accrued market discount.”

 

96

 


 

Foreign Currency Transactions

 

Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which occur between the time the Fund accrues income or other receivable or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such receivable or pays such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency and on disposition of certain financial contracts and options, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary gain or loss. These gains and losses, referred to under the Code as “section 988” gains and losses, may increase or decrease the amount of the Fund’s net investment income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

 

The Fund may invest in stocks of foreign companies that are classified under the Code as passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”). In general, a foreign company is classified as a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets constitute investment-type assets or 75% or more of its gross income is investment-type income (including dividends, interest, royalties, rents, and certain other types of investment income). In general, under the PFIC rules, an “excess distribution” received with respect to PFIC stock is treated as having been realized ratably over the period during which the Fund held the PFIC stock. The Fund itself will be subject to tax on the portion, if any, of the excess distribution that is allocated to that Fund’s holding period in prior taxable years (and an interest factor will be added to the tax, as if the tax had actually been payable in such prior taxable years) even though the Fund distributes the corresponding income to shareholders. Excess distributions include any gain from the sale of PFIC stock as well as certain distributions from a PFIC. All excess distributions are taxable as ordinary income.

 

The Fund may be able to elect alternative tax treatment with respect to PFIC stock. Under an election that currently may be available, the Fund generally would be required to include in its gross income its share of the earnings of a PFIC on a current basis, regardless of whether any distributions are received from the PFIC. If this election is made, the special rules, discussed above, relating to the taxation of excess distributions, would not apply. Alternatively, another election may be available that involves marking to market the Fund’s PFIC stock at the end of each taxable year with the result that unrealized gains are treated as though they were realized and are reported as ordinary income; any mark-to-market losses, as well as loss from an actual disposition of PFIC stock, are reported as ordinary loss to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains included in income in prior years.

 

Because the application of the PFIC rules may affect, among other things, the character of gains, the amount of gain or loss and the timing of the recognition of income with respect to PFIC stock, as well as subject the Fund itself to tax on certain income from PFIC stock, the amount that must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to a fund that did not invest in PFIC stock. Note that distributions from a PFIC are not eligible for the reduced rate of tax on “qualified dividend income.”

 

Foreign Withholding Taxes

 

Income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other income or similar taxes imposed by such countries. However, tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate these taxes. Furthermore, many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors.

 

If more than 50% of the Fund’s assets at the close of any taxable year consist of stock or securities of foreign corporations, and certain other requirements are met, the Fund may make an election to pass-through the foreign taxes to the shareholders so that the shareholders would be required to: (i) include in ordinary gross

 

97

 


 

income their pro rata shares of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund that are treated as income taxes under U.S. law even though not actually received by such shareholders; and (ii) treat such pro rata portions as foreign income taxes paid by them. Shareholders would then generally be able, subject to certain limitations, to take a foreign tax credit or deduction for such foreign taxes.

 

Options, Hedging Transactions, and Certain Financial Instruments

 

The taxation of equity options (including options on narrow-based stock indices) and OTC Options on debt securities is governed by Section 1234 of the Code. Pursuant to Section 1234 of the Code, with respect to a put or call option that is purchased by the Fund, if the option is sold, any resulting gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss, and will be short-term or long term, depending upon the holding period of the option. If the option expires, the resulting loss is a capital loss and is short-term or long-term, depending upon the holding period of the option. If the option is exercised, the cost of the option, in the case of a call option, is added to the basis of the purchased security and, in the case of a put option, reduces the amount realized on the underlying security in determining gain or loss.

 

Certain options and financial contracts in which the Fund may invest are “section 1256 contracts.” Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”); however, foreign currency gains or losses (as discussed herein) arising from certain section 1256 contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss. Also, section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of each taxable year (and on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked-to-market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized.

 

Generally, the hedging transactions undertaken by the Fund may result in “straddles” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of gains (or losses) realized by the Fund. In addition, losses realized by the Fund on positions that are part of the straddle may be deferred under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating the taxable income for the taxable year in which the losses are realized. Furthermore, certain carrying charges (including interest expense) associated with positions in a straddle may be required to be capitalized rather than deducted currently. Because only a few regulations implementing the straddle rules have been promulgated, the tax consequences to the Fund of hedging transactions are not entirely clear. The hedging transactions may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by the Fund which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders.

 

The Fund may make one or more of the elections available under the Code which are applicable to straddles. If the Fund makes any of the elections, the amount, character, and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions will be determined under rules that vary according to the election(s) made. The rules applicable under certain of the elections may operate to accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions.

 

Because application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses, defer losses and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain may be increased or decreased as compared to the fund that did not engage in such hedging transactions.

 

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Fund may recognize gain (but not loss) from a constructive sale of an “appreciated financial position” it holds if it enters into a short sale, forward contract or other transaction that substantially reduces the risk of loss with respect to the appreciated position. In that event, the Fund would be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and would be taxed on any gain (but not loss) from the constructive sale. The character of gain from a constructive sale would depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the property. Loss from a constructive sale would be recognized when the property was subsequently disposed of, and its character would depend on the Fund’s holding period and the application of various loss deferral provisions of the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to a transaction if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year

 

98

 


 

and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the sixty (60)-day period beginning on the day such transaction was closed, if the Fund’s risk of loss is not reduced during that sixty (60) day period.

 

Rules governing the tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while the Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of the Fund as a RIC might be affected. The Fund intends to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Fund to qualify as a RIC may limit the extent to which the Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

Certain hedging activities may cause a dividend that would otherwise be subject to the lower tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” to instead be taxed at the rate of tax applicable to ordinary income.

 

Requirements relating to the Fund’s tax status as a RIC may limit the extent to which the Fund will be able to engage in transactions in options and foreign currency forward contracts.

 

Short Sales Against the Box

 

If the Fund sells short against the box, unless certain constructive sale rules (discussed herein) apply, it also will recognize a capital gain or loss upon the purchase of securities to close the short sale. Such gain or loss generally will be long- or short-term depending upon the length of time the Fund held the security which it sold short. In some circumstances, short sales may have the effect of reducing an otherwise applicable holding period of a security in the portfolio. The constructive sale rule, however, alters this treatment by treating certain short sales against the box and other transactions as a constructive sale of the underlying security held by the Fund, thereby requiring current recognition of gain, as described more fully under “Options, Hedging Transactions, and Certain Financial Instruments” above. Similarly, if the Fund enters into a short sale of property that becomes substantially worthless, the Fund will recognize gain at that time as though it had closed the short sale. Future U.S. Treasury Regulations may apply similar treatment to other transactions with respect to property that becomes substantially worthless.

 

Sale or Other Disposition of Shares

 

Upon the redemption, sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will recognize a taxable gain or loss depending upon his/her basis in the shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, which generally may be eligible for reduced federal tax rates (for shareholders who are individuals), depending on the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. Any loss realized on a redemption, sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent that the shares disposed of are replaced (including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gain distributions in the Fund) within a period of sixty-one (61) days beginning thirty (30) days before and ending thirty (30) days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of the Fund’s shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of capital gain dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.

 

In some cases, shareholders will not be permitted to take sales charges into account for purposes of determining the amount of gain or loss realized on the disposition of their shares. This prohibition generally applies where: (i) the shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring the stock of a RIC; (ii) the stock is disposed of before the 91st day after the date on which it was acquired; and (iii) the shareholder subsequently acquires shares of the same or another RIC and the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced or eliminated under a “reinvestment right” received upon the initial purchase of shares of stock. In that case, the gain or loss recognized will be determined by excluding from the tax basis of the shares exchanged all or a portion of the sales charge incurred in acquiring those shares. This exclusion applies to the extent that the otherwise applicable sales charge with respect to the newly acquired shares is reduced as a result of having incurred a

 

99

 


 

sales charge initially. Sales charges affected by this rule are treated as if they were incurred with respect to the stock acquired under the reinvestment right. This provision may be applied to successive acquisitions of stock.

 

Backup Withholding

 

The Fund generally will be required to withhold federal income tax equal to the fourth lowest tax rate applicable to unmarried individuals (currently at a rate of 28%, scheduled to increase to 31% after 2012) (“backup withholding”) from dividends paid, capital gain distributions, and redemption proceeds to shareholders if: (i) the shareholder fails to furnish the Fund with the shareholder’s correct taxpayer identification number or social security number and to make such certifications as the Fund may require; (ii) the IRS notifies the Fund that the taxpayer identification number furnished by the shareholder is incorrect; (iii) the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder has failed to report properly certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect; or (iv) when required to do so, the shareholder fails to certify that he or she is not subject to backup withholding. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability.

 

Foreign Shareholders

 

Taxation of a shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership (“foreign shareholder”), depends on whether the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder. If the income from the Fund is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, ordinary income dividends (including distributions of any net short-term capital gains) will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the dividend. Note that the 15% rate of tax applicable to certain dividends (discussed above) does not apply to dividends paid to foreign shareholders. Such a foreign shareholder would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on gains realized on the sale of shares of the Fund, and distributions of net long-term capital gains that are designated as capital gain dividends. If the income from the Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale of shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations.

 

Effective January 1, 2013, the Fund will be required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of dividends and redemption proceeds made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the Fund to enable the Fund to determine whether withholding is required.

 

Foreign shareholders may also be subject to U.S. Federal estate tax on the value of their shares. The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund, including the applicability of foreign taxes.

 

Other Taxes

 

Distributions also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. U.S. tax rules applicable to foreign investors may differ significantly from those outlined above.

 

This discussion does not purport to deal with all of the tax consequences applicable to shareholders. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers for details with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

 

100

 


 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

Redemptions

 

The right to redeem shares may be suspended and payment therefore postponed during periods when the NYSE is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closings, or, if permitted by rules of the SEC, during periods when trading on the NYSE is restricted, during any emergency that makes it impracticable for the Fund to dispose of its securities or to determine fairly the value of its net assets, or during any other period permitted by order of the SEC for the protection of investors. Furthermore, the Transfer Agent will not mail redemption proceeds until checks received for shares purchased have cleared, but payment will be forwarded immediately upon the funds becoming available. Shareholders will be subject to the applicable deferred sales charge, if any, for their shares at the time of redemption.

 

Exchanges

 

The following conditions must be met for all exchanges of the Fund: (i) the shares that will be acquired in the exchange (the “Acquired Shares”) are available for sale in the shareholder’s state of residence; (ii) the Acquired Shares will be registered to the same shareholder account as the shares to be surrendered (the “Exchanged Shares”); (iii) the Exchanged Shares must have been held in the shareholder’s account for at least thirty (30)-days prior to the exchange; (iv) except for exchanges into the ING Money Market Fund, the account value of the Fund whose shares are to be acquired must equal or exceed the minimum initial investment amount required by the Fund after the exchange is implemented; and (v) a properly executed exchange request has been received by the Transfer Agent.

 

The Fund reserves the right to delay the actual purchase of the Acquired Shares for up to five business days if it determines that it would be disadvantaged by an immediate transfer of proceeds from the redemption of Exchanged Shares. Normally; however, the redemption of Exchanged Shares and the purchase of Acquired Shares will take place on the day that the exchange request is received in proper form. The Fund reserves the right to terminate or modify its exchange privileges at any time upon prominent notice to shareholders. Such notice will be given at least sixty (60)-days in advance. It is the policy of ING to discourage and prevent frequent trading by shareholders of the Fund in response to market fluctuations. Accordingly, in order to maintain a stable asset base in the Fund and to reduce administrative expenses borne by the Fund, the Adviser reserves the right to reject any exchange request.

 

If you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, your ability to sell or liquidate your investment will be limited. ING Senior Income Fund is a closed-end interval fund and does not redeem its shares on a daily basis, and it is not expected that a secondary market for the fund’s shares will develop, so you will not be able to sell them through a broker or other investment professional. To provide a measure of liquidity, the fund will normally make monthly repurchase offers of not less than 5% of its outstanding common shares. If more than 5% of the fund’s common shares are tendered, you may not be able to completely liquidate your holdings in any one month. You also would not have liquidity between these monthly repurchase dates. Investors exercising the exchange privilege should carefully review the prospectus of that fund. Investors may obtain a copy of ING Senior Income Fund prospectus or any other ING Fund prospectus by calling (800) 992-0180.

 

You are not required to pay an applicable CDSC upon an exchange from the Fund into ING Senior Income Fund. However, if you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund and subsequently offer your common shares for repurchase by that fund, the Fund’s CDSC will apply. After an exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, the time period for application of the CDSC will be based on the first date you acquired your shares in the Fund.

 

101

 


 

Distributor

 

Shares of the Fund are distributed by the Distributor pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement between the Trust and the Distributor on behalf of the Fund. The Underwriting Agreement requires the Distributor to use its best efforts on a continuing basis to solicit purchases of shares of the Fund. The Trust and the Distributor have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities. At the discretion of the Distributor, all sales charges may at times be reallowed to an authorized dealer (“Authorized Dealer”). If 90% or more of the sales commission is reallowed, such Authorized Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” as that term is defined under the 1933 Act. After an initial term, the Underwriting Agreement will remain in effect from year to year only if continuance is approved annually by a majority of the Board who are not parties to such agreement or “interested persons” of any such party and must be approved either by votes of a majority of the Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. See the Prospectus for information on how to purchase and sell shares of the Fund, and the charges and expenses associated with an investment. The sales charge retained by the Distributor and the commissions reallowed to selling dealers are not an expense of the Fund and have no effect on the NAV of the Fund. The Distributor’s address is 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258. The Distributor, a Delaware limited liability corporation, is an affiliate of the Adviser and is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Groep.

 

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no sales charges in connection with the sale of shares were paid to the Distributor as of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no underwriting fees were paid to the Distributor as of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no commissions or other compensation were received by each principal underwriter who is an affiliated person of the Fund or an affiliated person of that affiliated person, directly or indirectly, from the Fund as of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.

 

CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA

 

Average Annual Total Return Information

 

The Fund may, from time to time, include “total return” in advertisements or reports to shareholders or prospective investors.

 

Quotations of average annual total return will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in the Fund over periods of one (1), five (5), and ten (10) years (up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the following formula which is prescribed by the SEC:

 

P(1 + T)n = ERV

 

Where:

   
P =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000,
T =   the average annual total return,
n =   the number of years, and
ERV =   the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the period.

 

All total return figures assume that all dividends and/or distributions are reinvested when paid.

 

102

 


 

Average Annual Total Return (After Taxes On Distributions) Quotation

 

The Fund may, from time to time, include “total return after taxes on distributions” in advertisements or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Quotations of average annual total return after taxes on distributions will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in the Fund over periods of one (1), five (5), and ten (10) years (up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the following formula which is prescribed by the SEC:

 

P(1 + T)n = ATVD

 

Where:

   
P =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000,
T =   the average annual total return (after taxes on distributions),
n =   the number of years, and
ATVD =   ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the one (1), five (5), or ten (10) year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on fund distributions but not after taxes on redemptions.

 

All total return figures assume that all dividends and/or distributions are reinvested when paid. Taxes are calculated using the highest individual marginal federal income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment date. The rates used correspond to the character of each component of the distributions (e.g., ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions, and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The calculations do not consider any potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liability.

 

Average Annual Total Return (After Taxes on Distributions and Redemption) Quotation

 

The Fund may, from time to time, include “total return after taxes on distributions and redemption” in advertisements or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Quotations of average annual total return after taxes on distributions and redemption will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in the Fund over periods of one (1), five (5), and ten (10) years (up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the following formula which is prescribed by the SEC:

 

P(1 + T)n = ATVDR

 

Where:

   
P =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000;
T =   the average annual total return (after taxes on distributions);
n =   the number of years; and
ATVDR =   ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the one (1), five (5), or ten (10) year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on fund distributions and redemption.

 

All total return figures assume that all dividends and/or distributions are reinvested when paid. Taxes are calculated using the highest individual marginal federal income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment date. The rates used correspond to the character of each component of the distributions (e.g., ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions, and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The ending value is determined by subtracting capital gain taxes resulting from the redemption and adding the tax benefit from capital losses resulting from the redemption. The calculations do not consider any potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liability.

 

Quotations of yield for the Fund will be based on all investment income per share earned during a particular 30-day period (including dividends and interest), less expenses accrued during the period (“net investment income”) and are computed by dividing net investment income by the maximum offering price per share on the

 

103

 


 

last day of the period, according to the following formula:

Where    
a =   dividends and interest earned during the period;
b =   expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements);
c =   the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends; and
d =   the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

 

Under this formula, interest earned on debt obligations for purposes of “a” above, is calculated by: (i) computing the yield to maturity of each obligation held by the Fund based on the market value of the obligation (including actual accrued interest) at the close of business on the last day of each month, or, with respect to obligations purchased during the month, the purchase price (plus actual accrued interest); (ii) dividing that figure by 360 and multiplying the quotient by the market value of the obligation (including actual accrued interest as referred to above) to determine the interest income on the obligation for each day of the subsequent month that the obligation is in the Fund’s portfolio (assuming a month of thirty (30) days); and (iii) computing the total of the interest earned on all debt obligations and all dividends accrued on all equity securities during the thirty (30)-day or one month period. In computing dividends accrued, dividend income is recognized by accruing 1/360 of the stated dividend rate of a security each day that the security is in the Fund’s portfolio. For purposes of “b” above, Rule 12b-1 Plan expenses are included among the expenses accrued for the period. Any amounts representing sales charges will not be included among these expenses; however, the Fund will disclose the maximum sales charge as well as any amount or specific rate of any nonrecurring account charges. Undeclared earned income, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, may be subtracted from the maximum offering price calculation required pursuant to “d” above.

 

The Fund may also from time to time advertise its yield based on a thirty (30)-day or ninety (90)-day period ended on a date other than the most recent balance sheet included in the Fund’s Registration Statement, computed in accordance with the yield formula described above, as adjusted to conform with the differing period for which the yield computation is based. Any quotation of performance stated in terms of yield (whether based on a thirty (30)-day or ninety (90)-day period) will be given no greater prominence than the information prescribed under SEC rules. In addition, all advertisements containing performance data of any kind will include a legend disclosing that such performance data represents past performance and that the investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate so that an investor’s shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost.

 

The Fund may also publish a distribution rate in sales literature and in investor communications preceded or accompanied by a copy of the current Prospectuses. The current distribution rate for the Fund is the annualization of the Fund’s distribution per share divided by the maximum offering price per share of the Fund at the respective month-end. The current distribution rate may differ from current yield because the distribution rate may contain items of capital gain and other items of income, while yield reflects only earned net investment income. In each case, the yield, distribution rates and total return figures will reflect all recurring charges against Fund income and will assume the payment of the maximum sales load, including any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

 

Additional Performance Quotations

 

From time to time, the Fund may advertise its average annual total return over various periods of time. These total return figures show the average percentage change in value of an investment in the Fund from the beginning date of the measuring period. These figures reflect changes in the price of the Fund’s shares and assume that any income dividends and/or distributions made by the Fund during the period were reinvested in

 

104

 


 

shares of the Fund. Figures will be given for one, five, and ten year periods (if applicable) and may be given for other periods as well (such as from commencement of the Fund’s operations, or on a year-by-year basis).

 

Advertisements of total return will always show a calculation that includes the effect of the maximum sales charge but may also show total return without giving effect to that charge. Because these additional quotations will not reflect the maximum sales charge payable, these performance quotations will be higher than the performance quotations that reflect the maximum sales charge.

 

Total returns and yields are based on past results and are not necessarily a prediction of future performance.

 

PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

 

In reports or other communications to shareholders or in advertising material, the Fund may compare the performance of its Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W shares with that of other mutual funds as listed in the rankings prepared by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar, Inc., CDA Technologies, Inc., Value Line, Inc. or similar independent services that monitor the performance of mutual funds or with other appropriate indices of investment securities. In addition, certain indices may be used to illustrate historic performance of select asset classes. The performance information may also include evaluations of the Fund published by nationally recognized ranking services and by financial publications that are nationally recognized, such as Business Week, Forbes, Fortune, Institutional Investor, Money, and The Wall Street Journal. If the Fund compares its performance to other funds or to relevant indices, the Fund’s performance will be stated in the same terms in which such comparative data and indices are stated, which is normally total return rather than yield. For these purposes the performance of the Fund, as well as the performance of such investment companies or indices, may not reflect sales charges, which, if reflected, would reduce performance results.

 

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no performance information is available.

 

Reports and promotional literature may also contain the following information: (i) a description of the gross national or domestic product and populations, including but not limited to age characteristics, of various countries and regions in which the Fund may invest, as compiled by various organizations, and projections of such information; (ii) the performance of worldwide equity and debt markets; (iii) the capitalization of U.S. and foreign stock markets prepared or published by the International Finance Corporation, Morgan Stanley Capital International or a similar financial organization; (iv) the geographic distribution of the Fund’s portfolio; (v) the major industries located in various jurisdictions; (vi) the number of shareholders in the Fund or other ING Funds and the dollar amount of the assets under management; (vii) descriptions of investing methods such as dollar-cost averaging, best day/worst day scenarios, etc.; (viii) comparisons of the average price to earnings ratio, price to book ratio, price to cash flow and relative currency valuations of the Fund and individual stocks in the Fund’s portfolio, appropriate indices and descriptions of such comparisons; (ix) quotes from the Sub-Advisers of the Fund or other industry specialists; (x) lists or statistics of certain of the Fund’s holdings including, but not limited to, portfolio composition, sector weightings, portfolio turnover rate, number of holdings, average market capitalization, and modern portfolio theory statistics; (xi) NASDAQ symbols for each class of shares of the Fund; and (xii) descriptions of the benefits of working with investment professionals in selecting investments.

 

In addition, reports and promotional literature may contain information concerning the Adviser, the Sub-Advisers, ING Capital Corporation LLC (“ING Capital”), ING Funds Services, LLC or affiliates of the Trust, including: (i) performance rankings of other funds managed by the Advisr or a Sub-Adviser, or the individuals employed by the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser who exercise responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund, including rankings of mutual funds published by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar, Inc., CDA Technologies, Inc., or other rating services, companies, publications or other persons who rank mutual funds or other investment products on overall performance or other criteria; (ii) lists of clients, the number of

 

105

 


 

clients, or assets under management; (iii) information regarding the acquisition of the ING Funds by ING Capital; (iv) the past performance of ING Capital and ING Funds; (v) the past performance of other funds managed by the Adviser; and (vi) information regarding rights offerings conducted by closed-end funds managed by the Adviser.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

As noted in the Prospectuses, shareholders have the privilege of reinvesting both income dividends and capital gains distributions, if any, in additional shares of a respective class of the Fund at the then current NAV, with no sales charge. The Fund’s management believes that most investors desire to take advantage of this privilege. It has therefore made arrangements with its Transfer Agent to have all income dividends and capital gains distributions that are declared by the Fund automatically reinvested for the account of each shareholder. A shareholder may elect at any time by writing to the Fund or the Transfer Agent to have subsequent dividends and/or distributions paid in cash. In the absence of such an election, each purchase of shares of a class of the Fund is made upon the condition and understanding that the Transfer Agent is automatically appointed the shareholder’s agent to receive his dividends and distributions upon all shares registered in his name and to reinvest them in full and fractional shares of the respective class of the Fund at the applicable NAV in effect at the close of business on the reinvestment date. A shareholder may still at any time after a purchase of Fund shares request that dividends and/or capital gains distributions be paid to him in cash.

 

GENERAL INFORMATION

 

Other Information

 

The Trust is registered with the SEC as an open-end management investment company. Such registration does not involve supervision of the management or policies of the Trust by any governmental agency. The Prospectuses and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the Trust’s Registration Statement filed with the SEC and copies of this information may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee or examined at the SEC in Washington, D.C. without charge.

 

Investors in the Fund will be kept informed of the Fund’s progress through annual and semi-annual shareholder reports showing portfolio composition, statistical data and any other significant data, including financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

Reports to Shareholders

 

The fiscal year of the Fund ends on October 31. The Fund will send financial statements to its shareholders at least semi-annually. An annual shareholder report containing financial statements audited by the independent registered accounting firm will be sent to shareholders each year.

 

Declaration of Trust

 

ING Mutual Funds is organized as a Delaware statutory trust. The Declaration of Trust of the Fund provides that obligations of the Fund are not binding upon its Trustees, officers, employees, and agents individually and that the Trustees, officers, employees and agents will not be liable to the trust or its investors for any action or failure to act, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects a Trustee, officer, employee, or agent against any liability to the trust or its investors to which the Trustee, officer, employee, or agent would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of his or her duties. The Declaration of Trust also provides that the debts, liabilities, obligations, and expenses incurred, contracted for or existing with respect to the Fund shall be enforceable against the assets and property of the Fund only, and not against the assets or property of any other funds or the investors therein.

 

106

 


 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Copies of the Fund’s annual and unaudited semi-annual shareholder reports, when available, may be obtained without charge by contacting ING Funds at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 or calling (800) 992-0180.

 

107

 


 

APPENDIX A- PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES

 

A-1

 






ING FUNDS

_______________________________


PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES


Effective Date: July 10, 2003

Revision Date: March 3, 2011

_______________________________



I.

INTRODUCTION


The following are the Proxy Voting Procedures and Guidelines (the “Procedures and Guidelines”) of the ING Funds set forth on Exhibit 1 attached hereto and each portfolio or series thereof, except for any “Sub-Adviser-Voted Series” identified on Exhibit 1 and further described in Section III below (each non-Sub-Adviser-Voted Series hereinafter referred to as a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”). The purpose of these Procedures and Guidelines is to set forth the process by which each Fund subject to these Procedures and Guidelines will vote proxies related to the equity assets in its investment portfolio (the “portfolio securities”). The term “proxies” as used herein shall include votes in connection with annual and special meetings of equity stockholders but not those regarding bankruptcy matters and/or related plans of reorganization. The Procedures and Guidelines have been approved by the Funds’ Boards of Trustees/Directors1 (each a “Board” and collectively, the “Boards”), including a majority of the independent Trustees/Directors 2 of the Board. These Procedures and Guidelines may be amended only by the Board. The Board shall review these Procedures and Guidelines at its discretion, and make any revisions thereto as deemed appropriate by the Board.


II.

COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE


The Boards hereby delegate to the Compliance Committee of each Board (each a “Committee” and collectively, the “Committees”) the authority and responsibility to oversee the implementation of these Procedures and Guidelines, and where applicable, to make determinations on behalf of the Board with respect to the voting of proxies on behalf of each Fund. Furthermore, the Boards hereby delegate to each Committee the authority to review and approve material changes to proxy voting procedures of any Fund’s investment adviser (the “Adviser”). The Proxy Voting Procedures of the Adviser (the “Adviser Procedures”) are attached hereto as Exhibit 2. Any determination regarding the voting of proxies of each Fund



1

Reference in these Procedures to one or more Funds shall, as applicable, mean those Funds that are under the jurisdiction of the particular Board or Compliance Committee at issue. No provision in these Procedures is intended to impose any duty upon the particular Board or Compliance Committee with respect to any other Fund.

2

The independent Trustees/Directors are those Board members who are not “interested persons” of the Funds within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.


A-1





that is made by a Committee, or any member thereof, as permitted herein, shall be deemed to be a good faith determination regarding the voting of proxies by the full Board. Each Committee may rely on the Adviser through the Agent, Proxy Coordinator and/or Proxy Group (as such terms are defined for purposes of the Adviser Procedures) to deal in the first instance with the application of these Procedures and Guidelines. Each Committee shall conduct itself in accordance with its charter.


III.

DELEGATION OF VOTING AUTHORITY


Except as otherwise provided for herein, the Board hereby delegates to the Adviser to each Fund the authority and responsibility to vote all proxies with respect to all portfolio securities of the Fund in accordance with then current proxy voting procedures and guidelines that have been approved by the Board. The Board may revoke such delegation with respect to any proxy or proposal, and assume the responsibility of voting any Fund proxy or proxies as it deems appropriate. Non-material amendments to the Procedures and Guidelines may be approved for immediate implementation by the President or Chief Financial Officer of a Fund, subject to ratification at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Compliance Committee.


A Board may elect to delegate the voting of proxies to the Sub-Adviser of a portfolio or series of the ING Funds. In so doing, the Board shall also approve the Sub-Adviser’s proxy policies for implementation on behalf of such portfolio or series (a “Sub-Adviser-Voted Series”). Sub-Adviser-Voted Series shall not be covered under these Procedures and Guidelines but rather shall be covered by such Sub-Adviser’s proxy policies, provided that the Board, including a majority of the independent Trustees/Directors1, has approved them on behalf of such Sub-Adviser-Voted Series, and ratifies any subsequent changes at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Compliance Committee and the Board.


When a Fund participates in the lending of its securities and the securities are on loan at record date, proxies related to such securities will not be forwarded to the Adviser by the Fund’s custodian and therefore will not be voted. However, the Adviser shall use best efforts to recall or restrict specific securities from loan for the purpose of facilitating a “material” vote as described in the Adviser Procedures.


Funds that are “funds-of-funds” will “echo” vote their interests in underlying mutual funds, which may include ING Funds (or portfolios or series thereof) other than those set forth on Exhibit 1 attached hereto. This means that, if the fund-of-funds must vote on a proposal with respect to an underlying investment company, the fund-of-funds will vote its interest in that underlying fund in the same proportion all other shareholders in the investment company voted their interests.


A fund that is a “feeder” fund in a master-feeder structure does not echo vote. Rather, it passes votes requested by the underlying master fund to its shareholders. This means that, if the feeder fund is solicited by the master fund, it will request instructions from its own shareholders, either



1

The independent Trustees/Directors are those Board members who are not “interested persons” of the Funds within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.



A-2





directly or, in the case of an insurance-dedicated Fund, through an insurance product or retirement plan, as to the manner in which to vote its interest in an underlying master fund.


When a Fund is a feeder in a master-feeder structure, proxies for the portfolio securities owned by the master fund will be voted pursuant to the master fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures. As such, and except as otherwise noted herein with respect to vote reporting requirements, feeder Funds shall not be subject to these Procedures and Guidelines.


IV.

APPROVAL AND REVIEW OF PROCEDURES


Each Fund’s Adviser has adopted proxy voting procedures in connection with the voting of portfolio securities for the Funds as attached hereto in Exhibit 2. The Board hereby approves such procedures. All material changes to the Adviser Procedures must be approved by the Board or the Compliance Committee prior to implementation; however, the President or Chief Financial Officer of a Fund may make such non-material changes as they deem appropriate, subject to ratification by the Board or the Compliance Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting.


V.

VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES


The Guidelines that are set forth in Exhibit 3 hereto specify the manner in which the Funds generally will vote with respect to the proposals discussed therein.


Unless otherwise noted, the defined terms used hereafter shall have the same meaning as defined in the Adviser Procedures


A.

Routine Matters


The Agent shall be instructed to submit a vote in accordance with the Guidelines where such Guidelines provide a clear policy (e.g., “For,” “Against,” “Withhold” or “Abstain”) on a proposal. However, the Agent shall be directed to refer any proxy proposal to the Proxy Coordinator for instructions as if it were a matter requiring case-by-case consideration under circumstances where the application of the Guidelines is unclear, it appears to involve unusual or controversial issues, or an Investment Professional (as such term is defined for purposes of the Adviser Procedures) recommends a vote contrary to the Guidelines.


B.

Matters Requiring Case-by-Case Consideration


The Agent shall be directed to refer proxy proposals accompanied by its written analysis and voting recommendation to the Proxy Coordinator where the Guidelines have noted “case-by-case” consideration.


Upon receipt of a referral from the Agent, the Proxy Coordinator may solicit additional research from the Agent, Investment Professional(s), as well as from any other source or service.




A-3





Except in cases in which the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to vote in accordance with the Agent’s recommendation, the Proxy Coordinator will forward the Agent’s analysis and recommendation and/or any research obtained from the Investment Professional(s), the Agent or any other source to the Proxy Group. The Proxy Group may consult with the Agent and/or Investment Professional(s), as it deems necessary.


The Proxy Coordinator shall use best efforts to convene the Proxy Group with respect to all matters requiring its consideration. In the event quorum requirements cannot be timely met in connection with a voting deadline, it shall be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the Agent’s recommendation, unless the Agent’s recommendation is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under the Adviser Procedures, in which case no action shall be taken on such matter (i.e., a “Non-Vote”).


1.

Within-Guidelines Votes: Votes in Accordance with a Fund’s Guidelines and/or, where applicable, Agent Recommendation


In the event the Proxy Group, and where applicable, any Investment Professional participating in the voting process, recommend a vote Within Guidelines, the Proxy Group will instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, to vote in this manner. Except as provided for herein, no Conflicts Report (as such term is defined for purposes of the Adviser Procedures) is required in connection with Within-Guidelines Votes.


2.

Non-Votes: Votes in Which No Action is Taken


The Proxy Group may recommend that a Fund refrain from voting under circumstances including, but not limited to, the following: (1) if the economic effect on shareholders’ interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant, e.g., proxies in connection with fractional shares, securities no longer held in the portfolio of an ING Fund or proxies being considered on behalf of a Fund that is no longer in existence; or (2) if the cost of voting a proxy outweighs the benefits, e.g., certain international proxies, particularly in cases in which share blocking practices may impose trading restrictions on the relevant portfolio security. In such instances, the Proxy Group may instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, not to vote such proxy. The Proxy Group may provide the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions on parameters that would dictate a Non-Vote without the Proxy Group’s review of a specific proxy.


Reasonable efforts shall be made to secure and vote all other proxies for the Funds, but, particularly in markets in which shareholders’ rights are limited, Non-Votes may also occur in connection with a Fund’s related inability to timely access ballots or other proxy information in connection with its portfolio securities.




A-4





Non-Votes may also result in certain cases in which the Agent’s recommendation has been deemed to be conflicted, as described in V.B. above and V.B.4. below.


3.

Out-of-Guidelines Votes: Votes Contrary to Procedures and Guidelines, or Agent Recommendation, where applicable, Where No Recommendation is Provided by Agent, or Where Agent’s Recommendation is Conflicted


If the Proxy Group recommends that a Fund vote contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, if the Agent has made no recommendation on a matter and the Procedures and Guidelines are silent, or the Agent’s recommendation on a matter is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under the Adviser Procedures, the Proxy Coordinator will then request that all members of the Proxy Group, including any members who abstained from voting on the matter or were not in attendance at the meeting at which the relevant proxy is being considered, and each Investment Professional participating in the voting process complete a Conflicts Report (as such term is defined for purposes of the Adviser Procedures). As provided for in the Adviser Procedures, the Proxy Coordinator shall be responsible for identifying to Counsel potential conflicts of interest with respect to the Agent.


If Counsel determines that a conflict of interest appears to exist with respect to the Agent, any member of the Proxy Group or the participating Investment Professional(s), the Proxy Coordinator will then contact the Compliance Committee(s) and forward to such Committee(s) all information relevant to their review, including the following materials or a summary thereof: the applicable Procedures and Guidelines, the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, the recommendation of the Investment Professional(s), where applicable, any resources used by the Proxy Group in arriving at its recommendation, the Conflicts Report and any other written materials establishing whether a conflict of interest exists, and findings of Counsel (as such term is defined for purposes of the Adviser Procedures). Upon Counsel’s finding that a conflict of interest exists with respect to one or more members of the Proxy Group or the Advisers generally, the remaining members of the Proxy Group shall not be required to complete a Conflicts Report in connection with the proxy.


If Counsel determines that there does not appear to be a conflict of interest with respect to the Agent, any member of the Proxy Group or the participating Investment Professional(s), the Proxy Coordinator will instruct the Agent to vote the proxy as recommended by the Proxy Group.


4.

Referrals to a Fund’s Compliance Committee


A Fund’s Compliance Committee may consider all recommendations, analysis, research and Conflicts Reports provided to it by the Agent, Proxy Group and/or Investment Professional(s), and any other written materials used to establish whether a conflict of interest exists, in determining how to vote the proxies



A-5





referred to the Committee. The Committee will instruct the Agent through the Proxy Coordinator how to vote such referred proposals.


The Proxy Coordinator shall use best efforts to timely refer matters to a Fund’s Committee for its consideration. In the event any such matter cannot be timely referred to or considered by the Committee, it shall be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the Agent’s recommendation, unless the Agent’s recommendation is conflicted on a matter, in which case no action shall be taken on such matter (i.e., a “Non-Vote”).


The Proxy Coordinator will maintain a record of all proxy questions that have been referred to a Fund’s Committee, as well as all applicable recommendations, analysis, research and Conflicts Reports.


VI.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST


In all cases in which a vote has not been clearly determined in advance by the Procedures and Guidelines or for which the Proxy Group recommends an Out-of-Guidelines Vote, and Counsel has determined that a conflict of interest appears to exist with respect to the Agent, any member of the Proxy Group, or any Investment Professional participating in the voting process, the proposal shall be referred to the Fund’s Committee for determination so that the Adviser shall have no opportunity to vote a Fund’s proxy in a situation in which it or the Agent may be deemed to have a conflict of interest. In the event a member of a Fund’s Committee believes he/she has a conflict of interest that would preclude him/her from making a voting determination in the best interests of the beneficial owners of the applicable Fund, such Committee member shall so advise the Proxy Coordinator and recuse himself/herself with respect to determinations regarding the relevant proxy.


VII.

REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION


Annually in August, each Fund will post its proxy voting record, or a link thereto, for the prior one-year period ending on June 30th on the ING Funds’ website. The proxy voting record for each Fund will also be available on Form N-PX in the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website. For any Fund that is a feeder in a master/feeder structure, no proxy voting record related to the portfolio securities owned by the master fund will be posted on the ING Funds’ website or included in the Fund’s Form N-PX; however, a cross-reference to the master fund’s proxy voting record as filed in the SEC’s EDGAR database will be included in the Fund’s Form N-PX and posted on the ING Funds’ website. If any feeder fund was solicited for vote by its underlying master fund during the reporting period, a record of the votes cast by means of the pass-through process described in Section III above will be included on the ING Funds’ website and in the Fund’s Form N-PX.



A-6




EXHIBIT 1

to the

ING Funds

Proxy Voting Procedures


ING ASIA PACIFIC HIGH DIVIDEND EQUITY INCOME FUND

ING EMERGING MARKETS HIGH DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND

ING EMERGING MARKETS LOCAL BOND FUND

ING EQUITY TRUST

ING FUNDS TRUST

ING GLOBAL ADVANTAGE AND PREMIUM OPPORTUNITY FUND

ING GLOBAL EQUITY DIVIDEND AND PREMIUM OPPORTUNITY FUND

ING INFRASTRUCTURE, INDUSTRIALS AND MATERIALS FUND

ING INTERNATIONAL HIGH DIVIDEND EQUITY INCOME FUND

ING INVESTORS TRUST1

ING MAYFLOWER TRUST

ING MUTUAL FUNDS

ING PARTNERS, INC.

ING PRIME RATE TRUST

ING RISK MANAGED NATURAL RESOURCES FUND

ING SENIOR INCOME FUND

ING SEPARATE PORTFOLIOS TRUST

ING VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

ING VARIABLE PRODUCTS TRUST





1

Sub-Adviser-Voted Series: ING Franklin Mutual Shares Portfolio



A-7






EXHIBIT 2

to the

ING Funds

Proxy Voting Procedures



ING INVESTMENTS, LLC,

ING INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO.

AND

DIRECTED SERVICES LLC

_______________________________


PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

_______________________________




I.

INTRODUCTION


ING Investments, LLC, ING Investment Management Co. and Directed Services LLC (each an “Adviser” and collectively, the “Advisers”) are the investment advisers for the registered investment companies and each series or portfolio thereof (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) comprising the ING family of funds. As such, the Advisers have been delegated the authority to vote proxies with respect to securities for certain Funds over which they have day-to-day portfolio management responsibility.


The Advisers will abide by the proxy voting guidelines adopted by a Fund’s respective Board of Directors or Trustees (each a “Board” and collectively, the “Boards”) with regard to the voting of proxies unless otherwise provided in the proxy voting procedures adopted by a Fund’s Board.


In voting proxies, the Advisers are guided by general fiduciary principles. Each must act prudently, solely in the interest of the beneficial owners of the Funds it manages. The Advisers will not subordinate the interest of beneficial owners to unrelated objectives. Each Adviser will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will do the most to maximize shareholder value.


The following are the Proxy Voting Procedures of ING Investments, LLC, ING Investment Management Co. and Directed Services LLC (the “Adviser Procedures”) with respect to the voting of proxies on behalf of their client Funds as approved by the respective Board of each Fund.


Unless otherwise noted, best efforts shall be used to vote proxies in all instances.




A-8





II.

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES


A.

Proxy Coordinator


The Proxy Coordinator identified in Appendix 1 will assist in the coordination of the voting of each Fund’s proxies in accordance with the ING Funds Proxy Voting Procedures and Guidelines (the “Procedures” or “Guidelines” and collectively the “Procedures and Guidelines”). The Proxy Coordinator is authorized to direct the Agent to vote a Fund’s proxy in accordance with the Procedures and Guidelines unless the Proxy Coordinator receives a recommendation from an Investment Professional (as described below) to vote contrary to the Guidelines. In such event, and in connection with proxy proposals requiring case-by-case consideration (except in cases in which the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to vote in accordance with the Agent’s recommendation), the Proxy Coordinator will call a meeting of the Proxy Group (as described below).


Responsibilities assigned herein to the Proxy Coordinator, or activities in support thereof, may be performed by such members of the Proxy Group or employees of the Advisers’ affiliates as are deemed appropriate by the Proxy Group.


Unless specified otherwise, information provided to the Proxy Coordinator in connection with duties of the parties described herein shall be deemed delivered to the Advisers.


B.

Agent


An independent proxy voting service (the “Agent”), as approved by the Board of each Fund, shall be engaged to assist in the voting of Fund proxies for publicly traded securities through the provision of vote analysis, implementation, recordkeeping and disclosure services. The Agent is Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc. The Agent is responsible for coordinating with the Funds’ custodians to ensure that all proxy materials received by the custodians relating to the portfolio securities are processed in a timely fashion. To the extent applicable, the Agent is required to vote and/or refer all proxies in accordance with these Adviser Procedures. The Agent will retain a record of all proxy votes handled by the Agent. Such record must reflect all the information required to be disclosed in a Fund’s Form N-PX pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act. In addition, the Agent is responsible for maintaining copies of all proxy statements received by issuers and to promptly provide such materials to the Adviser upon request.


The Agent shall be instructed to vote all proxies in accordance with a Fund’s Guidelines, except as otherwise instructed through the Proxy Coordinator by the Adviser’s Proxy Group or a Fund’s Compliance Committee (“Committee”).


The Agent shall be instructed to obtain all proxies from the Funds’ custodians and to review each proxy proposal against the Guidelines. The Agent also shall be requested to


A-9





call the Proxy Coordinator’s attention to specific proxy proposals that although governed by the Guidelines appear to involve unusual or controversial issues.


Subject to the oversight of the Advisers, the Agent shall establish and maintain adequate internal controls and policies in connection with the provision of proxy voting services voting to the Advisers, including methods to reasonably ensure that its analysis and recommendations are not influenced by conflict of interest, and shall disclose such controls and policies to the Advisers when and as provided for herein. Unless otherwise specified, references herein to recommendations of the Agent shall refer to those in which no conflict of interest has been identified.


C.

Proxy Group


The Adviser shall establish a Proxy Group (the “Group” or “Proxy Group”) which shall assist in the review of the Agent’s recommendations when a proxy voting issue is referred to the Group through the Proxy Coordinator. The members of the Proxy Group, which may include employees of the Advisers’ affiliates, are identified in Appendix 1, as may be amended from time at the Advisers’ discretion.


A minimum of four (4) members of the Proxy Group (or three (3) if one member of the quorum is either the Fund’s Chief Investment Risk Officer or Chief Financial Officer) shall constitute a quorum for purposes of taking action at any meeting of the Group. The vote of a simple majority of the members present and voting shall determine any matter submitted to a vote. Tie votes shall be broken by securing the vote of members not present at the meeting; provided, however, that the Proxy Coordinator shall ensure compliance with all applicable voting and conflict of interest procedures and shall use best efforts to secure votes from all or as many absent members as may reasonably be accomplished. A member of the Proxy Group may abstain from voting on any given matter, provided that quorum is not lost for purposes of taking action and that the abstaining member still participates in any conflict of interest processes required in connection with the matter. The Proxy Group may meet in person or by telephone. The Proxy Group also may take action via electronic mail in lieu of a meeting, provided that each Group member has received a copy of any relevant electronic mail transmissions circulated by each other participating Group member prior to voting and provided that the Proxy Coordinator follows the directions of a majority of a quorum (as defined above) responding via electronic mail. For all votes taken in person or by telephone or teleconference, the vote shall be taken outside the presence of any person other than the members of the Proxy Group and such other persons whose attendance may be deemed appropriate by the Proxy Group from time to time in furtherance of its duties or the day-to-day administration of the Funds. In its discretion, the Proxy Group may provide the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to perform responsibilities assigned herein to the Proxy Group, or activities in support thereof, on its behalf, provided that such instructions do not contravene any requirements of these Adviser Procedures or a Fund’s Procedures and Guidelines.



A-10




A meeting of the Proxy Group will be held whenever (1) the Proxy Coordinator receives a recommendation from an Investment Professional to vote a Fund’s proxy contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, (2) the Agent has made no recommendation with respect to a vote on a proposal, or (3) a matter requires case-by-case consideration, including those in which the Agent’s recommendation is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under these Adviser Procedures, provided that, if the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to vote in accordance with the Agent’s recommendation and no issue of conflict must be considered, the Proxy Coordinator may implement the instructions without calling a meeting of the Proxy Group.


For each proposal referred to the Proxy Group, it will review (1) the relevant Procedures and Guidelines, (2) the recommendation of the Agent, if any, (3) the recommendation of the Investment Professional(s), if any, and (4) any other resources that any member of the Proxy Group deems appropriate to aid in a determination of a recommendation.


If the Proxy Group recommends that a Fund vote in accordance with the Procedures and Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, it shall instruct the Proxy Coordinator to so advise the Agent.


If the Proxy Group recommends that a Fund vote contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, or if the Agent’s recommendation on a matter is deemed to be conflicted, it shall follow the procedures for such voting as established by a Fund’s Board.


The Proxy Coordinator shall use best efforts to convene the Proxy Group with respect to all matters requiring its consideration. In the event quorum requirements cannot be timely met in connection with a voting deadline, the Proxy Coordinator shall follow the procedures for such voting as established by a Fund’s Board.


D.

Investment Professionals


The Funds’ Advisers, sub-advisers and/or portfolio managers (each referred to herein as an “Investment Professional” and collectively, “Investment Professionals”) may submit, or be asked to submit, a recommendation to the Proxy Group regarding the voting of proxies related to the portfolio securities over which they have day-to-day portfolio management responsibility. The Investment Professionals may accompany their recommendation with any other research materials that they deem appropriate or with a request that the vote be deemed “material” in the context of the portfolio(s) they manage, such that lending activity on behalf of such portfolio(s) with respect to the relevant security should be reviewed by the Proxy Group and considered for recall and/or restriction. Input from the relevant sub-advisers and/or portfolio managers shall be given primary consideration in the Proxy Group’s determination of whether a given proxy vote is to be deemed material and the associated security accordingly restricted from lending. The determination that a vote is material in the context of a Fund’s portfolio shall not mean that such vote is considered material across all Funds voting that meeting. In order


A-11




to recall or restrict shares timely for material voting purposes, the Proxy Group shall use best efforts to consider, and when deemed appropriate, to act upon, such requests timely, and requests to review lending activity in connection with a potentially material vote may be initiated by any relevant Investment Professional and submitted for the Proxy Group’s consideration at any time.


III.

VOTING PROCEDURES


A.

In all cases, the Adviser shall follow the voting procedures as set forth in the Procedures and Guidelines of the Fund on whose behalf the Adviser is exercising delegated authority to vote.


B.

Routine Matters


The Agent shall be instructed to submit a vote in accordance with the Guidelines where such Guidelines provide a clear policy (e.g., “For,” “Against,” “Withhold” or “Abstain”) on a proposal. However, the Agent shall be directed to refer any proxy proposal to the Proxy Coordinator for instructions as if it were a matter requiring case-by-case consideration under circumstances where the application of the Guidelines is unclear, it appears to involve unusual or controversial issues, or an Investment Professional recommends a vote contrary to the Guidelines.


C.

Matters Requiring Case-by-Case Consideration


The Agent shall be directed to refer proxy proposals accompanied by its written analysis and voting recommendation to the Proxy Coordinator where the Guidelines have noted “case-by-case” consideration.


Upon receipt of a referral from the Agent, the Proxy Coordinator may solicit additional research from the Agent, Investment Professional(s), as well as from any other source or service.


Except in cases in which the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to vote in accordance with the Agent’s recommendation, the Proxy Coordinator will forward the Agent’s analysis and recommendation and/or any research obtained from the Investment Professional(s), the Agent or any other source to the Proxy Group. The Proxy Group may consult with the Agent and/or Investment Professional(s), as it deems necessary.


1.

Within-Guidelines Votes: Votes in Accordance with a Fund’s Guidelines and/or, where applicable, Agent Recommendation


In the event the Proxy Group, and where applicable, any Investment Professional participating in the voting process, recommend a vote Within Guidelines, the Proxy Group will instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, to vote in


A-12




this manner. Except as provided for herein, no Conflicts Report (as such term is defined herein) is required in connection with Within-Guidelines Votes.


2.

Non-Votes: Votes in Which No Action is Taken


The Proxy Group may recommend that a Fund refrain from voting under circumstances including, but not limited to, the following: (1) if the economic effect on shareholders’ interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant, e.g., proxies in connection with fractional shares, securities no longer held in the portfolio of an ING Fund or proxies being considered on behalf of a Fund that is no longer in existence; or (2) if the cost of voting a proxy outweighs the benefits, e.g., certain international proxies, particularly in cases in which share blocking practices may impose trading restrictions on the relevant portfolio security. In such instances, the Proxy Group may instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, not to vote such proxy. The Proxy Group may provide the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions on parameters that would dictate a Non-Vote without the Proxy Group’s review of a specific proxy.


Reasonable efforts shall be made to secure and vote all other proxies for the Funds, but, particularly in markets in which shareholders’ rights are limited, Non-Votes may also occur in connection with a Fund’s related inability to timely access ballots or other proxy information in connection with its portfolio securities.


Non-Votes may also result in certain cases in which the Agent’s recommendation has been deemed to be conflicted, as provided for in the Funds’ Procedures.


3.

Out-of-Guidelines Votes: Votes Contrary to Procedures and Guidelines, or Agent Recommendation, where applicable, Where No Recommendation is Provided by Agent, or Where Agent’s Recommendation is Conflicted


If the Proxy Group recommends that a Fund vote contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, if the Agent has made no recommendation on a matter and the Procedures and Guidelines are silent, or the Agent’s recommendation on a matter is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under these Adviser Procedures, the Proxy Coordinator will then implement the procedures for handling such votes as adopted by the Fund’s Board.


4.

The Proxy Coordinator will maintain a record of all proxy questions that have been referred to a Fund’s Compliance Committee, as well as all applicable recommendations, analysis, research and Conflicts Reports.



A-13




IV.

ASSESSMENT OF THE AGENT AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST


In furtherance of the Advisers’ fiduciary duty to the Funds and their beneficial owners, the Advisers shall establish the following:


A.

Assessment of the Agent


The Advisers shall establish that the Agent (1) is independent from the Advisers, (2) has resources that indicate it can competently provide analysis of proxy issues and (3) can make recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Funds and their beneficial owners. The Advisers shall utilize, and the Agent shall comply with, such methods for establishing the foregoing as the Advisers may deem reasonably appropriate and shall do so not less than annually as well as prior to engaging the services of any new proxy service. The Agent shall also notify the Advisers in writing within fifteen (15) calendar days of any material change to information previously provided to an Adviser in connection with establishing the Agent’s independence, competence or impartiality.


Information provided in connection with assessment of the Agent shall be forwarded to a member of the mutual funds practice group of ING Investment Management (“Counsel”) for review. Counsel shall review such information and advise the Proxy Coordinator as to whether a material concern exists and if so, determine the most appropriate course of action to eliminate such concern.


B.

Conflicts of Interest


The Advisers shall establish and maintain procedures to identify and address conflicts that may arise from time to time concerning the Agent. Upon the Advisers’ request, which shall be not less than annually, and within fifteen (15) calendar days of any material change to such information previously provided to an Adviser, the Agent shall provide the Advisers with such information as the Advisers deem reasonable and appropriate for use in determining material relationships of the Agent that may pose a conflict of interest with respect to the Agent’s proxy analysis or recommendations. The Proxy Coordinator shall forward all such information to Counsel for review. Counsel shall review such information and provide the Proxy Coordinator with a brief statement regarding whether or not a material conflict of interest is present. Matters as to which a material conflict of interest is deemed to be present shall be handled as provided in the Fund’s Procedures and Guidelines.


In connection with their participation in the voting process for portfolio securities, each member of the Proxy Group, and each Investment Professional participating in the voting process, must act solely in the best interests of the beneficial owners of the applicable Fund. The members of the Proxy Group may not subordinate the interests of the Fund’s beneficial owners to unrelated objectives, including


A-14




taking steps to reasonably insulate the voting process from any conflict of interest that may exist in connection with the Agent’s services or utilization thereof.


For all matters for which the Proxy Group recommends an Out-of-Guidelines Vote, or for which a recommendation contrary to that of the Agent or the Guidelines has been received from an Investment Professional and is to be utilized, the Proxy Coordinator will implement the procedures for handling such votes as adopted by the Fund’s Board, including completion of such Conflicts Reports as may be required under the Fund’s Procedures. Completed Conflicts Reports should be provided to the Proxy Coordinator within two (2) business days and may be submitted to the Proxy Coordinator verbally, provided the Proxy Coordinator documents the Conflicts Report in writing. Such Conflicts Report should describe any known conflicts of either a business or personal nature, and set forth any contacts with respect to the referral item with non-investment personnel in its organization or with outside parties (except for routine communications from proxy solicitors). The Conflicts Report should also include written confirmation that any recommendation from an Investment Professional provided in connection with an Out-of-Guidelines Vote or under circumstances where a conflict of interest exists was made solely on the investment merits and without regard to any other consideration.


The Proxy Coordinator shall forward all Conflicts Reports to Counsel for review. Counsel shall review each report and provide the Proxy Coordinator with a brief statement regarding whether or not a material conflict of interest is present. Matters as to which a material conflict of interest is deemed to be present shall be handled as provided in the Fund’s Procedures and Guidelines.



V.

REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION


The Adviser shall maintain the records required by Rule 204-2(c)(2), as may be amended from time to time, including the following: (1) A copy of each proxy statement received regarding a Fund’s portfolio securities. Such proxy statements received from issuers are available either in the SEC’s EDGAR database or are kept by the Agent and are available upon request. (2) A record of each vote cast on behalf of a Fund. (3) A copy of any document created by the Adviser that was material to making a decision how to vote a proxy, or that memorializes the basis for that decision. (4) A copy of written requests for Fund proxy voting information and any written response thereto or to any oral request for information on how the Adviser voted proxies on behalf of a Fund. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation will be retained for a minimum of six (6) years, the first two years in the Advisers’ office.



A-15





APPENDIX 1

to the

Advisers’ Proxy Voting Procedures


Proxy Group for registered investment company clients of ING Investments, LLC, ING Investment Management Co. and Directed Services LLC:


Name

Title or Affiliation

 

Stanley D. Vyner

Chief Investment Risk Officer and Executive Vice President, ING Investments, LLC

 

Todd Modic

Senior Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC and ING Investments, LLC; and Chief Financial Officer of the ING Funds

 

Maria Anderson

Vice President of Fund Compliance, ING Funds Services, LLC

 

Karla J. Bos

Proxy Coordinator for the ING Funds and Assistant Vice President – Proxy Voting, ING Funds Services, LLC

 

Julius A. Drelick III, CFA

Vice President, Platform Product Management and Project Management, ING Funds Services, LLC

 

Harley Eisner

Vice President of Financial Analysis, ING Funds Services, LLC

 

Theresa K. Kelety, Esq.

Vice President and Senior Counsel, ING Funds




Effective as of January 1, 2010



A-16






EXHIBIT 3

to the

ING Funds
Proxy Voting Procedures


_______________________________


PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES OF THE ING FUNDS

_______________________________




I.

INTRODUCTION

 

The following is a statement of the Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Guidelines”) that have been adopted by the respective Boards of Directors or Trustees of each Fund. Unless otherwise provided for herein, any defined term used herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Funds’ and Advisers’ Proxy Voting Procedures (the “Procedures”).


Proxies must be voted in the best interest of the Fund(s). The Guidelines summarize the Funds’ positions on various issues of concern to investors, and give a general indication of how Fund portfolio securities will be voted on proposals dealing with particular issues. The Guidelines are not exhaustive and do not include all potential voting issues.


The Advisers, in exercising their delegated authority, will abide by the Guidelines as outlined below with regard to the voting of proxies except as otherwise provided in the Procedures. In voting proxies, the Advisers are guided by general fiduciary principles. Each must act prudently, solely in the interest of the beneficial owners of the Funds it manages. The Advisers will not subordinate the interest of beneficial owners to unrelated objectives. Each Adviser will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will do the most to maximize shareholder value.


II.

GUIDELINES


The following Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders of U.S. issuers: Board of Directors, Proxy Contests, Auditors, Proxy Contest Defenses, Tender Offer Defenses, Miscellaneous, Capital Structure, Executive and Director Compensation, State of Incorporation, Mergers and Corporate Restructurings, Mutual Fund Proxies, and Social and Environmental Issues. An additional section addresses proposals most frequently found in global proxies.


General Policies

These Guidelines apply to securities of publicly traded companies and to those of privately held companies if publicly available disclosure permits such application. All matters for which such disclosure is not available shall be considered CASE-BY-CASE.


A-17





It shall generally be the policy of the Funds to take no action on a proxy for which no Fund holds a position or otherwise maintains an economic interest in the relevant security at the time the vote is to be cast.


In all cases receiving CASE-BY-CASE consideration, including cases not specifically provided for under these Guidelines, unless otherwise provided for under these Guidelines, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the recommendation provided by the Funds’ Agent, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc.


Unless otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the Agent’s recommendation when such recommendation aligns with the recommendation of the relevant issuer’s management or management has made no recommendation. However, this policy shall not apply to CASE-BY-CASE proposals for which a contrary recommendation from the Investment Professional for the relevant Fund has been received and is to be utilized, provided that incorporation of any such recommendation shall be subject to the conflict of interest review process required under the Procedures.


Recommendations from the Investment Professionals, while not required under the Procedures, are likely to be considered with respect to proxies for private equity securities and/or proposals related to merger transactions/corporate restructurings, proxy contests, or unusual or controversial issues. Such input shall be given primary consideration with respect to CASE-BY-CASE proposals being considered on behalf of the relevant Fund.


Except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds not to support proposals that would impose a negative impact on existing rights of the Funds to the extent that any positive impact would not be deemed sufficient to outweigh removal or diminution of such rights.


The foregoing policies may be overridden in any case as provided for in the Procedures. Similarly, the Procedures provide that proposals whose Guidelines prescribe a firm voting position may instead be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when unusual or controversial circumstances so dictate.


Interpretation and application of these Guidelines is not intended to supersede any law, regulation, binding agreement or other legal requirement to which an issuer may be or become subject. No proposal shall be supported whose implementation would contravene such requirements.



1.

The Board of Directors

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Unless otherwise provided for herein, the Agent’s standards with respect to determining director independence shall apply. These standards generally provide that, to be considered completely independent, a director shall have no material connection to the company other than the board seat.



A-18




Agreement with the Agent’s independence standards shall not dictate that a Fund’s vote shall be cast according to the Agent’s corresponding recommendation. Votes on director nominees not subject to specific policies described herein should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to lodge disagreement with an issuer’s policies or practices by withholding support from a proposal for the relevant policy or practice rather than the director nominee(s) to which the Agent assigns a correlation. Support shall be withheld from nominees deemed responsible for governance shortfalls, but if they are not standing for election (e.g., the board is classified), support shall generally not be withheld from others in their stead. When a determination is made to withhold support due to concerns other than those related to an individual director’s independence or actions, responsibility may be attributed to the entire board, a committee, or an individual (such as the CEO or committee chair), taking into consideration whether the desired effect is to send a message or to remove the director from service.


Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote FOR nominees in connection with issues raised by the Agent if the nominee did not serve on the board or relevant committee during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent.


WITHHOLD support from a nominee who, during both of the most recent two years, attended less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid reason for the absences. WITHHOLD support if two-year attendance cannot be ascertained from available disclosure. DO NOT WITHHOLD support in connection with attendance issues for nominees who have served on the board for less than the two most recent years.

Unless a company has implemented a policy that should reasonably prevent abusive use of its poison pill, WITHHOLD support from nominees responsible for implementing excessive anti-takeover measures, including failure to remove restrictive poison pill features or to ensure a pill’s expiration or timely submission to shareholders for vote. Rather than follow the Agent’s practice of withholding support from all incumbent nominees, responsibility will generally be assigned to the board chair or, if not standing for election, the lead director. If neither is standing for election, WITHHOLD support from all continuing directors.


Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any nominee whom the Agent cites as having failed to implement a majority-approved shareholder proposal. Vote FOR if the shareholder proposal has been reasonably addressed. Proposals seeking shareholder ratification of a poison pill may be deemed reasonably addressed if the company has implemented a policy that should reasonably prevent abusive use of the pill. WITHHOLD support if the shareholder proposal at issue is supported under these Guidelines and the board has not disclosed its reasoning for not implementing the proposal.


If the board has not acted upon negative votes (WITHHOLD or AGAINST, as applicable based on the issuer’s election standard) representing a majority of the votes cast at the previous annual meeting, consider board nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally, vote FOR nominees when:


A-19




(1)

The issue relevant to the majority negative vote has been adequately addressed or cured, which may include disclosure of the board’s rationale; or

(2)

The Funds’ Guidelines or voting record do not support the relevant issue causing the majority negative vote.


If the above provisions have not been satisfied, generally WITHHOLD support from the chair of the nominating committee, or if not standing for election, consider CASE-BY-CASE.


WITHHOLD support from inside directors or affiliated outside directors who sit on the audit committee.


Vote FOR inside directors or affiliated outside directors who sit on the nominating or compensation committee, provided that such committee meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange.


Vote FOR inside directors or affiliated outside directors if the full board serves as the compensation or nominating committee OR has not created one or both committees, provided that the issuer is in compliance with all provisions of the listing exchange in connection with performance of relevant functions ( e.g., performance of relevant functions by a majority of independent directors in lieu of the formation of a separate committee).


Compensation Practices:

It shall generally be the policy of the Funds that matters of compensation are best determined by an independent board and compensation committee. Votes on director nominees in connection with compensation practices should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and generally:

(1)

Say on pay. If shareholders have been provided with an advisory vote on executive compensation (say on pay), and practices not supported under these Guidelines have been identified, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to align with the Agent when a vote AGAINST the say on pay proposal has been recommended in lieu of withholding support from certain nominees for compensation concerns. Issuers receiving negative recommendations on both director nominees and say on pay regarding issues not otherwise supported by these Guidelines will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

(2)

Tenure. Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR nominees who did not serve on the compensation committee, or board, as applicable based on the Agent’s analysis, during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent.

(3)

Pay for performance. Consider nominees receiving an adverse recommendation from the Agent CASE-BY-CASE when the Agent has identified a pay practice (or combination of practices) not otherwise supported under these Guidelines that appears to have created a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value. Generally vote FOR nominees if the company has provided a reasonable rationale regarding pay and performance, or has demonstrated that they are reasonably correlated, or when the increased compensation relates solely to a practice or practices (such as an increase in option awards or base salary) not deemed inherently problematic by the Agent. Generally WITHHOLD support from nominees for


A-20




structuring equity compensation such that pay is unreasonably insulated from performance conditions.

(4)

Pay disparity. Generally DO NOT WITHHOLD support from director nominees solely due to internal pay disparity as assessed by the Agent, but consider pay magnitude concerns on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

(5)

Change in control provisions. If the Agent recommends withholding support from nominees in connection with overly liberal change in control provisions, including those lacking a double trigger, vote FOR such nominees if mitigating provisions or board actions (e.g., clawbacks) are present, but generally WITHHOLD support if they are not. If the Agent recommends withholding support from nominees in connection with potential change in control payments or tax-gross-ups on change in control payments, vote FOR the nominees if the amount appears reasonable and no material governance concerns exist. Generally WITHHOLD support if the amount is so significant (individually or collectively) as to potentially influence an executive’s decision to enter into a transaction or to effectively act as a poison pill.

(6)

Repricing. If the Agent recommends withholding support from nominees in connection with their failure to seek a shareholder vote on plans to reprice, replace, buy back or exchange options, generally WITHHOLD support from such nominees, except that cancellation of options would not be considered an exchange unless the cancelled options were regranted or expressly returned to the plan reserve for reissuance.

(7)

Tax benefits. If the Agent recommends withholding support from nominees that have approved compensation that is ineligible for tax benefits to the company (e.g., under Section 162(m) of OBRA), vote FOR such nominees if the company has provided an adequate rationale or the plan itself is being put to shareholder vote at the same meeting. If the plan is up for vote, the provisions under Section 8., OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals, shall apply.

(8)

Director perquisites. If the Agent recommends withholding support from nominees in connection with director compensation in the form of perquisites, generally vote FOR the nominees if the cost is reasonable in the context of the directors’ total compensation and the perquisites themselves appear reasonable given their purpose, the directors’ duties and the company’s line of business.

(9)

Incentive plans. Generally WITHHOLD support from nominees in connection with long-term incentive plans, or total executive compensation packages, inadequately aligned with shareholders because they are overly cash-based/lack an appropriate equity component, except that such cases will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions. Generally consider nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in connection with short-term incentive plans over which the nominee has exercised discretion to exclude extraordinary items, and WITHHOLD support if treatment of such items has been inconsistent (e.g., exclusion of losses but not gains).

(10)

Options backdating. If the Agent has raised issues of options backdating, consider members of the compensation committee, or board, as applicable, as well as company executives nominated as directors, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

(11)

Independence from management. Generally WITHHOLD support from nominees cited by the Agent for permitting named executives to have excessive input into setting their own compensation.


A-21




(12)

Multiple concerns. If the Agent recommends withholding support from nominees in connection with other compensation practices such as tax gross-ups, perquisites, retention or recruitment provisions (including contract length or renewal provisions), “guaranteed” awards, pensions/SERPs, severance or termination arrangements, vote FOR such nominees if the issuer has provided adequate rationale and/or disclosure, factoring in any overall adjustments or reductions to the compensation package at issue. Generally DO NOT WITHHOLD support solely due to any single such practice if the total compensation appears reasonable, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis compensation packages representing a combination of such provisions and deemed by the Agent to be excessive.

(13)

Commitments. Generally, vote FOR nominees receiving an adverse recommendation from the Agent due to problematic pay practices if the issuer makes a public commitment (e.g., via a Form 8-K filing) to rectify the practice on a going-forward basis.

(14)

Other. If the Agent has raised other considerations regarding poor compensation practices, consider nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Accounting Practices:

(1)

Generally, vote FOR independent outside director nominees serving on the audit committee.

(2)

Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote FOR nominees serving on the audit committee, or the company’s CEO or CFO if nominated as directors, who did not serve on that committee or have responsibility over the relevant financial function, as applicable, during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent.

(3)

If the Agent has raised concerns regarding poor accounting practices, consider the company’s CEO and CFO, if nominated as directors, and nominees serving on the audit committee on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally vote FOR nominees if the company has taken adequate steps to remediate the concerns cited, which would typically include removing or replacing the responsible executives, and if the concerns are not re-occurring and/or the company has not yet had a full year to remediate the concerns since the time they were identified.

(4)

If total non-audit fees exceed the total of audit fees, audit-related fees and tax compliance and preparation fees, the provisions under Section 3., Auditor Ratification, shall apply.


Board Independence:

It shall generally be the policy of the Funds that a board should be majority independent and therefore to consider inside director or affiliated outside director nominees when the full board is not majority independent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally:

(1)

WITHHOLD support from the fewest directors whose removal would achieve majority independence across the remaining board, except that support may be withheld from additional nominees whose relative level of independence cannot be differentiated.

(2)

WITHHOLD support from all non-independent nominees, including the founder, chairman or CEO, if the number required to achieve majority independence is equal to or greater than the number of non-independent nominees.


A-22




(3)

Except as provided above, vote FOR non-independent nominees in the role of CEO, and when appropriate, founder or chairman, and determine support for other non-independent nominees based on the qualifications and contributions of the nominee as well as the Funds’ voting precedent for assessing relative independence to management, e.g., insiders holding senior executive positions are deemed less independent than affiliated outsiders with a transactional or advisory relationship to the company, and affiliated outsiders with a material transactional or advisory relationship are deemed less independent than those with lesser relationships.

(4)

Non-voting directors (e.g., director emeritus or advisory director) shall be excluded from calculations with respect to majority board independence.

(5)

When conditions contributing to a lack of majority independence remain substantially similar to those in the previous year, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote on nominees in a manner consistent with votes cast by the Fund(s) in the previous year.


Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to “over-boarding” issues raised by the Agent unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised.


Generally, when the Agent recommends withholding support due to assessment that a nominee acted in bad faith or against shareholder interests in connection with a major transaction, such as a merger or acquisition, or if the Agent recommends withholding support due to other material failures or egregious actions, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in the merits of the nominee’s performance and rationale and disclosure provided. If the Agent cites concerns regarding actions in connection with a candidate’s service on another board, vote FOR the nominee if the issuer has provided adequate rationale regarding the board’s process for determining the appropriateness of the nominee to serve on the board under consideration.


Performance Test for Directors

Consider nominees failing the Agent’s performance test, which includes market-based and operating performance measures, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Input from the Investment Professional(s) for a given Fund shall be given primary consideration with respect to such proposals.

Support will generally be WITHHELD from nominees receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to sustained poor stock performance (measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns) combined with multiple takeover defenses/entrenchment devices if the issuer:

(1)

Is a controlled company or has a non-shareholder-approved poison pill in place, without provisions to redeem or seek approval in a reasonable period of time; and

(2)

Maintains a dual class capital structure, imposes a supermajority vote requirement or has authority to issue blank check preferred stock.


Nominees receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to sustained poor stock performance combined with other takeover defenses/entrenchment devices will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Proposals Regarding Board Composition or Board Service

Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to impose new board structures or policies, including those requiring that the positions of chairman


A-23




and CEO be held separately, but vote FOR proposals in connection with a binding agreement or other legal requirement to which an issuer has or reasonably may expect to become subject, and consider such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the board is not majority independent or corporate governance concerns have been identified. Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR management proposals to adopt or amend board structures or policies, except consider such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the board is not majority independent, corporate governance concerns have been identified, or the proposal may result in a material reduction in shareholders’ rights.

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals:

·

Asking that more than a simple majority of directors be independent.

·

Asking that the independence of the compensation and/or nominating committees be greater than that required by the listing exchange.

·

Limiting the number of public company boards on which a director may serve.

·

Seeking to redefine director independence or directors’ specific roles (e.g., responsibilities of the lead director).

·

Requesting creation of additional board committees or offices, except as otherwise provided for herein.

·

Limiting the tenure of outside directors or impose a mandatory retirement age for outside directors (unless the proposal seeks to relax existing standards), but generally vote FOR management proposals in this regard.


Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that seek creation of an audit, compensation or nominating committee of the board, unless the committee in question is already in existence or the issuer has availed itself of an applicable exemption of the listing exchange (e.g., performance of relevant functions by a majority of independent directors in lieu of the formation of a separate committee).


Stock Ownership Requirements

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.


Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

Proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, using Delaware law as the standard. Vote AGAINST proposals to limit or eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care. Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness. Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if:

(1)

The director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and

(2)

Only if the director’s legal expenses would be covered.



A-24





2.

Proxy Contests

These proposals should generally be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Input from the Investment Professional(s) for a given Fund shall be given primary consideration with respect to proposals in connection with proxy contests being considered on behalf of that Fund.


Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Voting to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses should be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR if associated nominees are also supported.


3.

Auditors

Ratifying Auditors

Generally, except in cases of poor accounting practices or high non-audit fees, vote FOR management proposals to ratify auditors. Consider management proposals to ratify auditors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent cites poor accounting practices. If fees for non-audit services exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees as described below, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, voting AGAINST management proposals to ratify auditors only if concerns exist that remuneration for the non-audit work is so lucrative as to taint the auditor’s independence. For purposes of this review, fees deemed to be reasonable, generally non-recurring exceptions to the non-audit fee category (e.g., those related to an IPO) shall be excluded. Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals asking the issuer to present its auditor annually for ratification.


Auditor Independence

Generally, consider shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services (or capping the level of non-audit services) on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Audit Firm Rotation

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals asking for mandatory audit firm rotation.


4.

Proxy Contest Defenses

Presentation of management and shareholder proposals on the same matter on the same agenda shall not require a Fund to vote FOR one and AGAINST the other.


Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board or otherwise restrict shareholders’ ability to vote upon directors and FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.


Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.


A-25




Generally, vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

Generally, vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.


Cumulative Voting

If the company is controlled or maintains a classified board of directors, generally, vote AGAINST management proposals to eliminate cumulative voting, except that such proposals may be supported irrespective of classification in furtherance of an issuer’s plan to adopt a majority voting standard, and vote FOR shareholder proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting.


Time-Phased Voting

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to implement, and FOR proposals to eliminate, time-phased or other forms of voting that do not promote a one share, one vote standard.


Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Generally, vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings.


Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking the right to act by written consent if the issuer:

(1)

Permits shareholders to call special meetings;

(2)

Does not impose supermajority vote requirements; and

(3)

Has otherwise demonstrated its accountability to shareholders (e.g., the company has reasonably addressed majority-supported shareholder proposals).

Consider management proposals to eliminate the right to act by written consent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR if the above conditions are present.

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking the right to act by written consent if the above conditions are not present.


Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board

Generally, vote FOR proposals that seek to fix the size of the board or designate a range for its size.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.


5.

Tender Offer Defenses

Poison Pills

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification, or to redeem its pill in lieu thereof, unless (1) shareholders have approved adoption of the plan, (2) a policy has already been implemented by the company that should reasonably prevent abusive use of the pill, or (3) the board had determined that it was in


A-26




the best interest of shareholders to adopt a pill without delay, provided that such plan would be put to shareholder vote within twelve months of adoption or expire, and if not approved by a majority of the votes cast, would immediately terminate.

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to approve or ratify a poison pill or any plan or charter amendment (e.g., investment restrictions) that can reasonably be construed as an anti-takeover measure, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such proposals, considering factors such as rationale, trigger level and sunset provisions. Votes will generally be cast in a manner that seeks to preserve shareholder value and the right to consider a valid offer, voting AGAINST management proposals in connection with poison pills or anti-takeover activities that do not meet the Agent’s standards.


Fair Price Provisions

Vote proposals to adopt fair price provisions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.


Greenmail

Generally, vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.


Pale Greenmail

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis restructuring plans that involve the payment of pale greenmail.


Unequal Voting Rights

Generally, vote AGAINST dual-class exchange offers and dual-class recapitalizations.


Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Generally, vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements, unless, for companies with shareholder(s) with significant ownership levels, the Agent recommends retention of existing supermajority requirements in order to protect minority shareholder interests.


White Squire Placements

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues for other than general corporate purposes.


6.

Miscellaneous

Amendments to Corporate Documents

Except to align with legislative or regulatory changes or when support is recommended by the Agent or Investment Professional (including, for example, as a condition to a major transaction such


A-27




as a merger), generally, vote AGAINST proposals seeking to remove shareholder approval requirements or otherwise remove or diminish shareholder rights, e.g., by (1) adding restrictive provisions, (2) removing provisions or moving them to portions of the charter not requiring shareholder approval, or (3) in corporate structures such as holding companies, removing provisions in an active subsidiary’s charter that provide voting rights to parent company shareholders. This policy would also generally apply to proposals seeking approval of corporate agreements or amendments to such agreements that the Agent recommends AGAINST because a similar reduction in shareholder rights is requested.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals for charter amendments that support board entrenchment or may be used as an anti-takeover device (or to further anti-takeover conditions), particularly if the proposal is bundled or the board is classified.

Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking charter or bylaw amendments to remove anti-takeover provisions.

Consider proposals seeking charter or bylaw amendments not addressed under these Guidelines on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Confidential Voting

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that request companies to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators, and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows:

·

In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy.

·

If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place.

·

If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

Generally, vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.


Proxy Access

Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals seeking access to management’s proxy material in order to nominate their own candidates to the board.


Majority Voting Standard

Except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to extend discretion to issuers to determine when it may be appropriate to adopt a majority voting standard. Generally, vote FOR management proposals, provided the proposal contains a plurality carve-out for contested elections, but AGAINST shareholder proposals unless also supported by management, seeking election of directors by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast in connection with a meeting of shareholders, including amendments to corporate documents or other actions in furtherance of a majority standard, and provided such standard does not conflict with state law in which the company is incorporated. For issuers with a history of significant corporate governance concerns, consider such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Bundled Proposals

Except as otherwise provided for herein, review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals, generally voting AGAINST bundled proposals containing one or more items not supported under these Guidelines if the Agent or an Investment Professional deems the negative impact, on balance, to outweigh any positive impact.


A-28




Shareholder Advisory Committees

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee.


Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred

Voting to reimburse expenses incurred in connection with shareholder proposals should be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Other Business

In connection with proxies of U.S. issuers, generally vote FOR management proposals for Other Business, except in connection with a proxy contest in which a Fund is not voting in support of management.


Quorum Requirements

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to lower quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding.


Advance Notice for Shareholder Proposals

Generally, vote FOR management proposals related to advance notice period requirements, provided that the period requested is in accordance with applicable law and no material governance concerns have been identified in connection with the issuer.


Multiple Proposals

Multiple proposals of a similar nature presented as options to the course of action favored by management may all be voted FOR, provided that support for a single proposal is not operationally required, no one proposal is deemed superior in the interest of the Fund(s), and each proposal would otherwise be supported under these Guidelines.


7.

Capital Structure


Common Stock Authorization

Review proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Except where otherwise indicated, the Agent’s proprietary approach of determining appropriate thresholds and, for requests above such allowable threshold, applying a company-specific, qualitative review (e.g., considering rationale and prudent historical usage), will generally be utilized in evaluating such proposals.


Generally vote FOR:

·

Proposals to authorize capital increases within the Agent’s allowable thresholds or those in excess but meeting Agent’s qualitative standards, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis those requests failing the Agent’s review for proposals in connection with which a contrary recommendation from the Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized (e.g., in support of a merger or acquisition proposal).

·

Proposals to authorize capital increases within the Agent’s allowable thresholds or those in excess but meeting Agent’s qualitative standards, unless the company states that the stock may be used as a takeover defense. In those cases, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE


A-29




basis if a contrary recommendation from the Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized.

·

Proposals to authorize capital increases exceeding the Agent’s thresholds when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.


Generally, vote AGAINST:

·

Proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of a class of stock if the issuance which the increase is intended to service is not supported under these Guidelines.

·

Nonspecific proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board.

Consider management proposals to make changes to the capital structure not otherwise addressed under these Guidelines CASE-BY-CASE, generally voting with the Agent’s recommendation unless a contrary recommendation has been received from the Investment Professional for the relevant Fund and is to be utilized.


Dual Class Capital Structures

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights in companies that have dual class capital structures, but consider CASE-BY-CASE if (1) bundled with favorable proposal(s), (2) approval of such proposal(s) is a condition of such favorable proposal(s), or (3) part of a recapitalization for which support is recommended by the Agent or an Investment Professional.

Generally, vote AGAINST management proposals to create or perpetuate dual class capital structures with unequal voting rights, and vote FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate them, when the relevant Fund owns the class with inferior voting rights, but generally vote FOR management proposals and AGAINST shareholder proposals when the relevant Fund owns the class with superior voting rights. Consider CASE-BY-CASE if bundled with favorable proposal(s), (2) approval of such proposal(s) is a condition of such favorable proposal(s), or (3) part of a recapitalization for which support is recommended by the Agent or an Investment Professional.

Consider management proposals to eliminate or make changes to dual class capital structures CASE-BY-CASE, generally voting with the Agent’s recommendation unless a contrary recommendation has been received from the Investment Professional for the relevant Fund and is to be utilized.


Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

Generally, vote FOR management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the increase in authorized shares falls within the Agent’s allowable thresholds, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis those proposals exceeding the Agent’s threshold for proposals in connection with which a contrary recommendation from the Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized.


Reverse Stock Splits

Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to implement a reverse stock split. In the event the split constitutes a capital increase effectively exceeding the Agent’s allowable threshold because the request does not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized,


A-30




consider management’s rationale and/or disclosure, generally voting FOR, but generally not supporting additional requests for capital increases on the same agenda.


Preferred Stock

Review proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and except where otherwise indicated, generally utilize the Agent’s approach for evaluating such proposals. This approach incorporates both qualitative and quantitative measures, including a review of past performance (e.g., board governance, shareholder returns and historical share usage) and the current request (e.g., rationale, whether shares are blank check and declawed, and dilutive impact as determined through the Agent’s proprietary model for assessing appropriate thresholds).

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the issuance of preferred stock or creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock), but vote FOR if the Agent or an Investment Professional so recommends because the issuance is required to effect a merger or acquisition proposal.

Generally, vote FOR proposals to issue or create blank check preferred stock in cases when the company expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense. Generally vote AGAINST in cases where the company expressly states that, or fails to disclose whether, the stock may be used as a takeover defense, but vote FOR if the Agent or an Investment Professional so recommends because the issuance is required to address special circumstances such as a merger or acquisition.

Generally, vote FOR proposals to authorize or issue preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a company’s industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.


Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to have blank check preferred stock placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of raising capital or making acquisitions in the normal course of business, submitted for shareholder ratification.


Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

Generally, vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.


Preemptive Rights

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights or management proposals that seek to eliminate them. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, consider the size of a company and the characteristics of its shareholder base.


Debt Restructurings

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan.



A-31




Share Repurchase Programs

Generally, vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, but vote AGAINST plans with terms favoring selected parties.

Generally, vote FOR management proposals to cancel repurchased shares.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals for share repurchase methods lacking adequate risk mitigation or exceeding appropriate volume or duration parameters for the market.

Consider shareholder proposals seeking share repurchase programs on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with input from the Investment Professional(s) for a given Fund to be given primary consideration.


Tracking Stock

Votes on the creation of tracking stock are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.



8.

Executive and Director Compensation

Except as otherwise provided for herein, votes with respect to compensation and employee benefit plans should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such plans, which includes determination of costs and comparison to an allowable cap.

·

Generally, vote in accordance with the Agent’s recommendations FOR equity-based plans with costs within such cap and AGAINST those with costs in excess of it, except that plans above the cap may be supported if so recommended by the Agent or Investment Professional as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger.

·

Generally, vote AGAINST plans if the Agent suggests cost or dilution assessment may not be possible due to the method of disclosing shares allocated to the plan(s), except that such concerns arising in connection with evergreen provisions shall be considered CASE-BY-CASE, voted FOR if the company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the plan as a whole.

·

Generally, vote FOR plans with costs within the cap if the primary considerations raised by the Agent pertain to burn rate thresholds set by the Agent or matters that would not result in a negative vote under these Guidelines on a management say on pay proposal or the relevant board or committee member(s).

·

Generally, vote AGAINST plans administered by potential grant recipients.

·

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate existing shareholder approval requirements for material plan changes, unless the company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the requested changes.

·

Generally vote AGAINST long-term incentive plans that are inadequately aligned with shareholders because they lack an appropriate equity component, except that such cases will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions.

·

Generally, vote AGAINST plans that contain an overly liberal change in control definition (e.g., does not result in actual change in control).

·

Consider plans CASE-BY-CASE if the Agent raises other considerations not otherwise provided for herein.



A-32




Restricted Stock or Stock Option Plans

Consider proposals for restricted stock or stock option plans, or the issuance of shares in connection with such plans, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering factors such as level of disclosure and adequacy of vesting or performance requirements. Plans that do not meet the Agent’s criteria in this regard may be supported, but vote AGAINST if no disclosure is provided regarding either vesting or performance requirements.


Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals seeking approval to reprice, replace or exchange options, considering factors such as rationale, historic trading patterns, value-for-value exchange, vesting periods and replacement option terms. Generally, vote FOR proposals that meet the Agent’s criteria for acceptable repricing, replacement or exchange transactions, except that considerations raised by the Agent regarding burn rate or executive participation shall not be grounds for withholding support.

Vote AGAINST compensation plans that (1) permit or may permit (e.g., history of repricing and no express prohibition against future repricing) repricing of stock options, or any form or alternative to repricing, without shareholder approval, (2) include provisions that permit repricing, replacement or exchange transactions that do not meet the Agent’s criteria (except regarding burn rate or executive participation as noted above), or (3) give the board sole discretion to approve option repricing, replacement or exchange programs.


Director Compensation

Votes on stock-based plans for directors are made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s quantitative approach described above as well as a review of qualitative features of the plan when costs exceed the Agent’s threshold. DO NOT VOTE AGAINST plans for which burn rate is the sole consideration raised by the Agent.


Employee Stock Purchase Plans

Votes on employee stock purchase plans, and capital issuances in support of such plans, should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such plans, except that negative recommendations by the Agent due to evergreen provisions will be reviewed CASE-BY-CASE, voted FOR if the company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the plan as a whole.


OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals

Votes on plans intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA should be evaluated irrespective of the Agent’s assessment of board independence, provided that the board meets the independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange and no potential recipient under the plan(s) sits on the committee that exercises discretion over the related compensation awards. Unless the issuer has provided a compelling rationale, generally vote with the Agent’s recommendations AGAINST plans that deliver excessive compensation that fails to qualify for favorable tax treatment.



A-33




Amendments that Place a Cap on Annual Grants or Amend Administrative Features

Generally, vote FOR plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.


Amendments to Add Performance-Based Goals

Generally, vote FOR amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.


Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax Deductions Under OBRA

Votes on amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR such plans that do not raise any negative concerns under these Guidelines.


Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans

Generally, vote FOR cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA, with primary consideration given to management’s assessment that such plan meets the requirements for exemption of performance-based compensation.


Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay

Regarding the remuneration of individuals other than senior executives and directors, generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that seek to expand or restrict disclosure or require shareholder approval beyond regulatory requirements and market practice. Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that seek disclosure of executive or director compensation if providing it would be out of step with market practice and disruptive to the business.

Unless evidence exists of abuse in historical compensation practices, and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that seek to impose new compensation structures or policies.


Severance and Termination Payments

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to have parachute arrangements submitted for shareholder ratification (with “parachutes” defined as compensation arrangements related to termination that specify change in control events) and provided that the proposal does not include unduly restrictive or arbitrary provisions such as advance approval requirements.

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking double triggers on change in control awards.

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to submit executive severance agreements for shareholder ratification, if such proposals specify change in control events, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans, or deferred executive compensation plans, or if ratification is required by the listing exchange.

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all proposals to approve, ratify or cancel executive severance or termination arrangements, including those related to executive recruitment or retention. Generally vote FOR such compensation arrangements if:


A-34




(1)

The primary considerations raised by the Agent would not result in a negative vote under these Guidelines on a management say on pay proposal or the relevant board or committee member(s);

(2)

The issuer has provided adequate rationale and/or disclosure; or

(3)

Support is recommended by the Agent or Investment Professional (e.g., as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger).

However, vote in accordance with the Agent’s recommendations AGAINST new or materially amended plans, contracts or payments that include single trigger change in control provisions or do not require an actual change in control in order to be triggered, except that plans, contracts or payments with single triggers may be supported if mitigating provisions or board actions (e.g., clawbacks) are present.


Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

Generally, vote FOR proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is “excessive” (i.e., generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares).


401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

Generally, vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.


Holding Periods

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals requiring mandatory periods for officers and directors to hold company stock.


Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)

Generally, management proposals seeking ratification of the company’s compensation program will be voted FOR unless the program includes practices or features not supported under these Guidelines and the proposal receives a negative recommendation from the Agent. Unless otherwise provided for herein, proposals not receiving the Agent’s support due to concerns regarding severance/termination payments, incentive structures or vesting or performance criteria not otherwise supported by these Guidelines will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in whether the issuer has made improvements to its overall compensation program and generally voting FOR if the company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the matter(s) under consideration. For say on pay proposals not supported by the Agent and referencing incentive plan concerns:

(1)

Long-term incentive plans: Proposals will be voted AGAINST if they cite long-term incentive plans that are inadequately aligned with shareholders because they are cash-based or lack an appropriate equity component, except that such cases will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions.

(2)

Short-term incentive plans: Proposals will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if they cite short-term incentive plans over which the board has exercised discretion to exclude extraordinary items, and voted AGAINST if treatment of such items has been inconsistent (e.g., exclusion of losses but not gains).


A-35




Generally, vote AGAINST proposals when named executives have material input into setting their own compensation.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals presented by issuers subject to Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) provisions if there is inadequate discussion of the process for ensuring that incentive compensation does not encourage excessive risk-taking.


Frequency of Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation

Generally, support proposals seeking an annual say on pay and oppose those seeking a less frequent say on pay.


9.

State of Incorporation

Voting on State Takeover Statutes

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).


Voting on Reincorporation Proposals

Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally supporting management proposals not assessed as a potential takeover defense, but if so assessed, weighing management’s rationale for the change. Generally, vote FOR management reincorporation proposals upon which another key proposal, such as a merger transaction, is contingent if the other key proposal is also supported. Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder reincorporation proposals not also supported by the company.


10.

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

Input from the Investment Professional(s) for a given Fund shall be given primary consideration with respect to proposals regarding business combinations, particularly those between otherwise unaffiliated parties, or other corporate restructurings being considered on behalf of that Fund.


Generally, vote FOR a proposal not typically supported under these Guidelines if a key proposal, such as a merger transaction, is contingent upon its support and a vote FOR is accordingly recommended by the Agent or an Investment Professional.


Mergers and Acquisitions

Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Corporate Restructuring

Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including demergers, minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, spinoffs, liquidations, dispositions, divestitures and asset sales, should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such proposals.



A-36




Adjournment

Generally, vote FOR proposals to adjourn a meeting to provide additional time for vote solicitation when the primary proposal is also voted FOR.


Appraisal Rights

Generally, vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.


Changing Corporate Name

Generally, vote FOR changing the corporate name.


11.

Mutual Fund Proxies

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares

Generally, vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.


Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval

Generally, vote FOR these proposals.


Master-Feeder Structure

Generally, vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.


Establish Director Ownership Requirement

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals for the establishment of a director ownership requirement.


The matters below should be examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:


·

Election of Directors

·

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund

·

Proxy Contests

·

Investment Advisory Agreements

·

Preferred Stock Proposals

·

1940 Act Policies

·

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction

·

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental

·

Name Rule Proposals

·

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation

·

Changes to the Charter Document

·

Changing the Domicile of a Fund

·

Change in Fund’s Subclassification

·

Distribution Agreements

·

Mergers

·

Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred

·

Terminate the Investment Advisor



A-37





12.

Social and Environmental Issues

Boards of directors and company management are responsible for guiding the corporation in connection with matters that are most often the subject of shareholder proposals on social and environmental issues: ensuring that the companies they oversee comply with applicable legal, regulatory and ethical standards, effectively managing risk, and assessing and addressing matters that may have a financial impact on shareholder value. The Funds will generally vote in accordance with the board’s recommendation on such proposals unless it appears both that the stewardship noted above has fallen short and the issue is material to the company. The former may be evidenced by the company’s failure to align its actions and disclosure with market practice and that of its peers, or the company’s having been subject to significant controversies, litigation, fines or penalties in connection with the relevant issue. Such instances will be considered CASE-BY-CASE. The Funds will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to dictate corporate conduct, impose excessive costs or restrictions, duplicate policies already substantially in place, or release information that would not help a shareholder evaluate an investment in the corporation as an economic matter.


13.

Global Proxies

Companies incorporated outside the U.S. shall generally be subject to the foregoing U.S. Guidelines if they are listed on a U.S. exchange and treated as a U.S. domestic issuer by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Where applicable and not provided for otherwise herein, certain U.S. Guidelines may also be applied to companies incorporated outside the U.S., e.g., companies with a significant base of U.S. operations and employees. However, the following provide for differing regulatory and legal requirements, market practices and political and economic systems existing in various global markets.


Unless otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote AGAINST global proxy proposals when the Agent recommends voting AGAINST such proposal because relevant disclosure by the issuer, or the time provided for consideration of such disclosure, is inadequate. For purposes of these global Guidelines, “AGAINST” shall mean withholding of support for a proposal, resulting in submission of a vote of AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate for the given market and level of concern raised by the Agent regarding the issue or lack of disclosure or time provided.


In connection with practices described herein that are associated with a firm AGAINST vote, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to consider them on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent recommends their support (1) as the issuer or market transitions to better practices (e.g., having committed to new regulations or governance codes) or (2) as the more favorable choice when shareholders must choose between alternate proposals.


Routine Management Proposals

Generally, vote FOR the following and other similar routine management proposals:

·

the opening of the shareholder meeting

·

that the meeting has been convened under local regulatory requirements

·

the presence of quorum

·

the agenda for the shareholder meeting

·

the election of the chair of the meeting


A-38




·

the appointment of shareholders to co-sign the minutes of the meeting

·

regulatory filings (e.g., to effect approved share issuances)

·

the designation of inspector or shareholder representative(s) of minutes of meeting

·

the designation of two shareholders to approve and sign minutes of meeting

·

the allowance of questions

·

the publication of minutes

·

the closing of the shareholder meeting


Consider proposals seeking authority to call shareholder meetings on less than 21 days’ notice on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to consider whether the issuer has provided clear disclosure of its compliance with any hurdle conditions for the authority imposed by applicable law and has historically limited it use of such authority to time-sensitive matters.


Discharge of Management/Supervisory Board Members

Generally, vote FOR management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless the Agent recommends AGAINST due to concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors or directors or legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders, including when the proposal is bundled. Generally do not withhold support from such proposals in connection with remuneration practices otherwise supported under these Guidelines or as a means of expressing disapproval of broader practices of the issuer or its board.


Director Elections

Unless otherwise provided for herein, the Agent’s standards with respect to determining director independence shall apply. These standards generally provide that, to be considered completely independent, a director shall have no material connection to the company other than the board seat.


Agreement with the Agent’s independence standards shall not dictate that a Fund’s vote shall be cast according to the Agent’s corresponding recommendation. Further, unless otherwise provided for herein, the application of Guidelines in connection with such standards shall apply only when the nominee’s level of independence can be ascertained based on available disclosure. These policies generally apply to director nominees in uncontested elections; votes in contested elections, and votes on director nominees not subject to policies described herein, should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration in contested elections given to input from the Investment Professional(s) for a given Fund.


For issuers domiciled in Canada, Finland, France, Ireland, the Netherlands, Sweden or tax haven markets, generally vote AGAINST non-independent directors when the full board serves as the audit committee, or the company does not have an audit committee.


For issuers in all markets, including those in tax haven markets and those in Japan that have adopted the U.S.-style board-with-committees structure, vote AGAINST non-independent nominees to the audit committee, or, if the slate of nominees is bundled, vote AGAINST the slate. If the slate is bundled and audit committee membership is unclear or proposed as a


A-39




separate agenda item, vote FOR if the Agent otherwise recommends support. For Canadian issuers, the Funds’ U.S. Guidelines with respect to audit committees shall apply; in addition, nominees (or slates of nominees) will be voted AGAINST if they do not comply with regulatory requirements to disclose audit fees broken down by category.


Negative recommendations from the Agent on slate ballots of nominees at Canadian issuers will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the board is classified or the Agent cites other concerns not otherwise supported by these Guidelines, generally voting AGAINST when concerns relate to dual class capital structures or other anti-takeover/entrenchment devices.


Generally, vote FOR non-independent directors when the full board serves as the compensation or nominating committee, or the company does not have a compensation or nominating committee, if the board meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange. Vote FOR non-independent directors who sit on the compensation or nominating committees if such committee meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange.


Generally follow the Agent’s recommendations to vote AGAINST individuals nominated as outside/non-executive directors who do not meet the Agent’s standard for independence, unless the slate of nominees is bundled, in which case the proposal(s) to elect board members shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


For issuers in tax haven markets, generally withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from bundled slates of nominees if the board is non-majority independent. For issuers in Canada and other global markets, generally follow the Agent’s standards for withholding support from bundled slates or non-independent directors (typically excluding the CEO), as applicable, if the board does not meet the Agent’s independence standards or the board’s independence cannot be ascertained due to inadequate disclosure.


For issuers in Japan, generally follow the Agent’s recommendations in furtherance of greater board independence and minority shareholder protections, including:

·

At listed subsidiary companies with controlling shareholders, if the board after the shareholder meeting does not include at least two directors deemed independent under the Agent’s standards, generally vote AGAINST reelection of top executives.

·

At companies with a three-committee structure, generally vote AGAINST outside director nominees not deemed independent under the Agent’s standards; however, generally vote FOR affiliated outsiders if the board after the shareholder meeting is majority independent.


Generally, withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees or slates of nominees presented in a manner not aligned with market practice and/or legislation, including:

·

Bundled slates of nominees (e.g., France, Hong Kong or Spain);

·

Simultaneous reappointment of retiring directors (e.g., South Africa);

·

In markets with term lengths capped by legislation or market practice, nominees whose terms exceed the caps or are not disclosed (except that bundled slates with such lack of disclosure shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis); or


A-40




·

Nominees whose names are not disclosed in advance of the meeting (e.g., Austria, Philippines, Hong Kong or South Africa) or far enough in advance relative to voting deadlines (e.g., Italy) to make an informed voting decision.

Such criteria will not generally provide grounds for withholding support in countries in which they may be identified as best practice but such legislation or market practice is not yet applicable, unless specific governance shortfalls identified by the Agent (e.g., director terms longer than four years) indicate diminished accountability to shareholders and so dictate that less latitude should be extended to the issuer.


Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to recommendations that the position of chairman should be separate from that of CEO or otherwise required to be independent, unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised. The latter would include former CEOs proposed as board chairmen in markets such as the United Kingdom for which best practice and the Agent recommend against such practice.


When cumulative or net voting applies, generally vote with the Agent’s recommendation to support nominees asserted by the issuer to be independent, even if independence disclosure or criteria fall short of Agent’s standards.


Consider nominees for whom the Agent has raised concerns regarding scandals or internal controls on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally withholding support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees or slates of nominees when:

·

The scandal or shortfall in controls took place at the company, or an affiliate, for which the nominee is being considered;

·

Culpability can be attributed to the nominee (e.g., nominee manages or audits relevant function); and

·

The nominee has been directly implicated, with resulting arrest and criminal charge or regulatory sanction.


Consider non-independent nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when the Agent has raised concerns regarding diminished shareholder value as evidenced by a significant drop in share price, generally voting with Agent’s recommendation AGAINST such nominees when few, if any, outside directors are present on the board and:

·

The founding family has retained undue influence over the company despite a history of scandal or problematic controls;

·

The nominees have engaged in protectionist activities such as introduction of a poison pill or preferential and/or dilutive share issuances; or

·

Evidence exists regarding compliance or accounting shortfalls.


If the Agent recommends withholding support due to other material failures or egregious actions, the Funds’ U.S. Guidelines with respect to such issues shall apply.


Consider nominees serving on the remuneration committee on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent recommends withholding support from nominees in connection with remuneration practices not otherwise supported by these Guidelines, including cases in which the issuer has not followed market practice by submitting a resolution on executive compensation.


A-41





For issuers in markets in which nominees’ attendance records are adequately disclosed, the Funds’ U.S. Guidelines with respect to director attendance shall apply. The same two-year attendance policy shall be applied regarding attendance by directors and statutory auditors of Japanese companies if year-over-year data can be tracked by nominee. For issuers in Canada, generally vote AGAINST a slate of nominees if one or more nominees fail the attendance Guideline, unless the Agent cites compelling reasons for supporting the slate (e.g., the issuer’s commitment to replace slate elections with individual elections within a year).


Consider self-nominated director candidates on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such candidates, except that (1) an unqualified candidate will generally not be supported simply to effect a “protest vote” and (2) cases of multiple self-nominated candidates may be considered as a proxy contest if similar issues are raised (e.g., potential change in control).


Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to “over-boarding” issues raised by the Agent unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised.


In cases where a director holds more than one board seat and corresponding votes, manifested as one seat as a physical person plus an additional seat as a representative of a legal entity, generally vote with the Agent’s recommendation to withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from the legal entity and vote on the physical person.


Generally, vote with the Agent’s recommendation to withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees for whom support has become moot since the time the individual was nominated (e.g., due to death, disqualification or determination not to accept appointment).


Generally, vote with the Agent’s recommendation when more candidates are presented than available seats and no other provisions under these Guidelines apply.


Board Structure

Generally, vote FOR proposals to fix board size, but also support proposals seeking a board range if the range is reasonable in the context of market practice and anti-takeover considerations. Proposed article amendments in this regard shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such proposals.


Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

Generally, vote in accordance with the Agent’s standards for indemnification and liability protection for officers and directors, voting AGAINST overly broad provisions.


Independent Statutory Auditors

With respect to Japanese companies that have not adopted the three-committee structure, vote AGAINST any nominee to the position of “independent statutory auditor” whom the Agent considers affiliated, e.g., if the nominee has worked a significant portion of his career for the


A-42




company, its main bank or one of its top shareholders. Where shareholders must vote on multiple nominees in a single resolution, vote AGAINST all nominees. When multiple slates of statutory auditors are presented, generally vote with the Agent’s recommendation, typically to support nominees deemed to be more independent and/or aligned with interests of minority shareholders.

Generally, vote AGAINST incumbent nominees at companies implicated in scandals or exhibiting poor internal controls.


Key Committees

Generally, except where market practice otherwise dictates, vote AGAINST proposals that permit non-board members to serve on the audit, compensation or nominating committee, provided that bundled slates may be supported if no slate nominee serves on the relevant committee(s). If not otherwise addressed under these Guidelines, consider other negative recommendations from the Agent regarding committee members on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Director and Statutory Auditor Remuneration

Consider director compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such proposals, while also factoring in the merits of the rationale and disclosure provided.

Generally, vote FOR proposals to approve the remuneration of directors and auditors as long as the amount is not excessive (e.g., significant increases should be supported by adequate rationale and disclosure), there is no evidence of abuse, the recipient’s overall compensation appears reasonable, and the board and/or responsible committee meets exchange or market standards for independence.

For European issuers, vote AGAINST non-executive director remuneration if:

·

The advance general meeting documents do not specify fees paid to non-executive directors;

·

The company seeks to excessively increase the fees relative to market or sector practices without providing a reasonable rationale for the increase; or

·

It provides for granting of stock options or similarly structured equity-based compensation.

For Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) issuers, the Agent’s limits with respect to equity awards to non-employee directors shall apply.


Bonus Payments

With respect to Japanese companies, generally follow the Agent’s guidelines on retirement and annual bonus payments, which include voting FOR retirement bonus proposals if all payments are for directors or auditors who have served as executives of the company and AGAINST such proposals if any payments are for outsiders, except when deemed appropriate by the Agent, provided that no payments shall be supported unless the individual or aggregate amounts are disclosed. In all markets, if issues have been raised regarding a scandal or internal controls, generally vote AGAINST bonus proposals for retiring directors or continuing directors or auditors when culpability can be attributed to the nominee (e.g., if a Fund is also voting AGAINST the nominee under criteria herein regarding issues of scandal or internal controls), unless bundled with bonuses for a majority of directors or auditors a Fund is voting FOR.



A-43




Stock Option Plans for Independent Internal Statutory Auditors

With respect to Japanese companies, follow the Agent’s guidelines with respect to proposals regarding option grants to independent internal statutory auditors or other outside parties, generally voting AGAINST such plans.


Amendment Procedures for Equity Compensation Plans and ESPPs

For TSX issuers, votes with respect to amendment procedures for security-based compensation arrangements and employee share purchase plans shall generally be cast in a manner designed to preserve shareholder approval rights, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s recommendation.


Compensation Plans and Shares Reserved for Equity Compensation Plans

Unless otherwise provided for herein, votes with respect to equity compensation plans (e.g., option, warrant, restricted stock or employee share purchase plans or participation in company offerings such as IPOs or private placements) or awards thereunder, the issuance of shares in connection with such plans, or related management proposals (e.g., article amendments), should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such proposals, considering quantitative or qualitative factors as appropriate for the market and utilizing the Agent’s methodology, including classification of a company’s stage of development as growth or mature and the corresponding determination as to reasonability of the share requests.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that:

·

Exceed Agent’s recommended dilution limits, including cases in which the Agent suggests dilution cannot be fully assessed (e.g., due to inadequate disclosure);

·

Provide deep or near-term discounts (or the equivalent, such as dividend equivalents on unexercised options) to executives or directors, unless discounts to executives are deemed by the Agent to be adequately mitigated by other requirements such as long-term vesting or performance requirements (e.g., Japan) or broad-based employee participation otherwise meeting the Agent’s standards ( e.g., France);

·

Are administered with discretion by potential grant recipients, unless such discretion is deemed acceptable due to market practice or other mitigating provisions;

·

Provide for retirement benefits or equity incentive awards to outside directors if not in line with market practice (e.g., Australia, Belgium, The Netherlands);

·

Permit financial assistance in the form of non-recourse (or essentially non-recourse) loans in connection with executive’s participation;

·

For matching share plans, do not meet the Agent’s standards, considering holding period, discounts, dilution, participation, purchase price and performance criteria;

·

Provide for vesting upon change in control if deemed to evidence a conflict of interest or anti-takeover device or if the change in control definition is too liberal (e.g., does not result in actual change in control);

·

Provide no disclosure regarding vesting or performance criteria (provided that proposals providing disclosure in one or both areas, without regard to Agent’s criteria for such disclosure, shall be supported provided they otherwise satisfy these Guidelines);

·

Permit post-employment vesting or exercise if deemed inappropriate by the Agent;


A-44




·

Allow plan administrators to make material amendments without shareholder approval unless adequate prior disclosure has been provided, with such voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such plans;

·

Provide for contract or notice periods or severance/termination payments that exceed market practice, e.g., relative to multiples of annual compensation; or

·

Provide for retesting in connection with achievement of performance hurdles unless the Agent’s analysis indicates that (1) performance targets are adequately increased in proportion to the additional time available, (2) the retesting is de minimis as a percentage of overall compensation or is acceptable relative to market practice, or (3) the issuer has committed to cease retesting within a reasonable period of time.


Generally, vote FOR such plans/awards or the related issuance of shares that (1) do not suffer from the defects noted above or (2) otherwise meet the Agent’s tests if the considerations raised by the Agent pertain primarily to performance hurdles, discretionary bonuses, recruitment awards, retention incentives, non-compete payments or vesting upon change in control (other than addressed above), if:

(1)

The company has provided adequate disclosure and/or a reasonable rationale regarding the relevant plan/award, practice or participation;

(2)

The recipient’s overall compensation appears reasonable;

(3)

Potential payments or awards are not so significant (individually or collectively) as to potentially influence an executive’s decision-making (e.g., to enter into a transaction that will result in a change of control payment) or to effectively act as a poison pill; and

(4)

The board and/or responsible committee meets exchange or market standards for independence.

Unless otherwise provided for herein, market practice of the primary country in which a company does business or competes for talent, or in which an employee is serving, as applicable, shall supersede that of the issuer’s domicile.


Consider proposals in connection with such plans or the related issuance of shares in other instances on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.


Remuneration Reports (Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation)

Generally, withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN as appropriate for specific market and level of concerns identified) from remuneration reports/advisory votes on compensation that include compensation plans that:

(1)

Permit practices or features not supported under these Guidelines, including financial assistance under the conditions described above;

(2)

Permit retesting excessive relative to market practice (irrespective of the Agent’s support for the report as a whole);

(3)

Cite long-term incentive plans deemed to be inadequately based on equity awards (e.g., cash-based plans or plans lacking an appropriate equity component);

(4)

Cite equity award valuation methods triggering a negative recommendation from the Agent;

(5)

Include components, metrics or rationales that have not been disclosed in line with market practice (although retrospective disclosure may be considered adequate);


A-45




(6)

For issuers in Australia, permit open market purchase of shares in support of equity grants in lieu of seeking shareholder approval, but only if the issuer has a history of significant negative votes when formally seeking approval for such grants; or

(7)

Include provisions for retirement benefits or equity incentive awards to outside directors if not in line with market practice, except that reports will generally be voted FOR if contractual components are reasonably aligned with market practices on a going-forward basis (e.g., existing obligations related to retirement benefits or terms contrary to evolving standards would not preclude support for the report).


Reports receiving the Agent’s support and not triggering the concerns cited above will generally be voted FOR. Unless otherwise provided for herein, reports not receiving the Agent’s support due to concerns regarding severance/termination payments, “leaver” status, incentive structures and vesting or performance criteria not otherwise supported by these Guidelines shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voted FOR if:

(1)

The company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the matter(s) under consideration;

(2)

The recipient’s overall compensation appears reasonable; and

(3)

The board and/or responsible committee meets exchange or market standards for independence.

Reports with typically unsupported features may be voted FOR when the Agent recommends their initial support as the issuer or market transitions to better practices (e.g., having committed to new regulations or governance codes).


Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay

The Funds’ U.S. Guidelines with respect to such shareholder proposals shall apply.


General Share Issuances

Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions shall generally be based on the Agent’s practice to determine support for general issuance requests (with or without preemptive rights), or related requests to repurchase and reissue shares, based on their amount relative to currently issued capital, appropriate volume and duration parameters, and market-specific considerations (e.g., priority right protections in France, reasonable levels of dilution and discount in Hong Kong). Requests to reissue repurchased shares will not be supported unless a related general issuance request is also supported.

Consider specific issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis based on the proposed use and the company’s rationale.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to issue shares (with or without preemptive rights), convertible bonds or warrants, to grant rights to acquire shares, or to amend the corporate charter relative to such issuances or grants when concerns have been identified by the Agent with respect to inadequate disclosure, inadequate restrictions on discounts, failure to meet the Agent’s standards for general issuance requests, or authority to refresh share issuance amounts without prior shareholder approval.

Generally, vote AGAINST nonspecific proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board.


A-46





Increases in Authorized Capital

Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions should generally be based on the Agent’s approach, as follows. Generally:

·

Vote FOR nonspecific proposals, including bundled proposals, to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

·

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital, unless:

§

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet these Guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

§

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

·

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

·

The Agent’s market-specific exceptions to the above parameters shall be applied.


Preferred Stock

Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions should generally be based on the Agent’s approach, including:

·

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

·

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the Agent’s guidelines on equity issuance requests.

·

Vote AGAINST the creation of (1) a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares or (2) blank check preferred stock unless the board states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.


Poison Pills/Protective Preference Shares

Generally, vote AGAINST management proposals in connection with poison pills or anti-takeover activities (e.g., disclosure requirements or issuances, transfers or repurchases) that do not meet the Agent’s standards. Generally vote in accordance with Agent’s recommendation to withhold support from a nominee in connection with poison pill or anti-takeover considerations when responsibility for the actions can be reasonably attributed to the nominee. Generally DO NOT VOTE AGAINST director remuneration in connection with poison pill considerations raised by the Agent.


Waiver on Tender-Bid Requirement

Generally, consider proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis seeking a waiver for a major shareholder from the requirement to make a buyout offer to minority shareholders, voting FOR when little concern of a creeping takeover exists and the company has provided a reasonable rationale for the request.


Approval of Financial Statements and Director and Auditor Reports

Generally, vote FOR management proposals seeking approval of financial accounts and reports, unless there is concern about the company’s financial accounts and reporting, which, in the case of related party transactions, would include concerns raised by the Agent regarding consulting


A-47




agreements with non-executive directors but not severance/termination payments exceeding the Agent’s standards for multiples of annual compensation, provided the recipient’s overall compensation appears reasonable and the board and/or responsible committee meets exchange or market standards for independence. Unless otherwise provided for herein, reports not receiving the Agent’s support due to other concerns regarding severance/termination payments not otherwise supported by these Guidelines shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in the merits of the rationale or disclosure provided and generally voted FOR if the overall compensation package and/or program at issue appears reasonable. Generally, vote AGAINST board-issued reports receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to concerns regarding independence of the board or the presence of non-independent directors on the audit committee. However, generally do not withhold support from such proposals in connection with remuneration practices otherwise supported under these Guidelines or as a means of expressing disapproval of broader practices of the issuer or its board.


Remuneration of Auditors

Generally, vote FOR proposals to authorize the board to determine the remuneration of auditors, unless there is evidence of excessive compensation relative to the size and nature of the company.


Indemnification of Auditors

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.


Ratification of Auditors and Approval of Auditors’ Fees

For Canadian issuers, the Funds’ U.S. Guidelines with respect to auditors and auditor fees shall apply.

For other markets, generally, follow the Agent’s standards for proposals seeking auditor ratification or approval of auditors’ fees, which generally indicate a vote FOR such proposals if the level of disclosure and independence meet the Agent’s standards. However, if fees for non-audit services (excluding significant, one-time events) exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and vote FOR ratification of auditors or approval of auditors’ fees if it appears that remuneration for the non-audit work is not so lucrative as to taint the auditor’s independence.

In other cases, generally vote FOR such proposals unless there are material concerns raised by the Agent about the auditor’s practices or independence.


Audit Commission

Consider nominees to the audit commission on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such candidates.


Allocation of Income and Dividends

With respect to Japanese companies, consider management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, including adjustments to reserves to make capital available for such purposes, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting with the Agent’s recommendations to support such proposals unless:

§

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or


A-48




§

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.


Generally vote FOR such proposals by issuers in other markets. In any markets, in the event management offers multiple dividend proposals on the same agenda, primary consideration shall be given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) and voted with the Agent’s recommendation if no input is received.


Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternatives

Generally, vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals, but vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.


Debt Instruments

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board to issue or set terms for debt instruments (e.g., commercial paper).


Debt Issuance Requests

When evaluating a debt issuance request, the issuing company’s present financial situation is examined. The main factor for analysis is the company’s current debt-to-equity ratio, or gearing level. A high gearing level may incline markets and financial analysts to downgrade the company’s bond rating, increasing its investment risk factor in the process. A gearing level up to 100 percent is considered acceptable.


Generally, vote FOR debt issuances for companies when the gearing level is between zero and 100 percent. Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals where the issuance of debt will result in the gearing level being greater than 100 percent, or for which inadequate disclosure precludes calculation of the gearing level, comparing any such proposed debt issuance to industry and market standards, and with voting decisions generally based on the Agent’s approach to evaluating such requests.


Financing Plans

Generally, vote FOR the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.


Related Party Transactions

Consider related party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally, vote FOR approval of such transactions unless the agreement requests a strategic move outside the company’s charter or contains unfavorable or high-risk terms (e.g., deposits without security interest or guaranty).


Approval of Donations

Generally, vote AGAINST such proposals unless adequate, prior disclosure of amounts is provided; if so, single- or multi-year authorities may be supported.



A-49




Capitalization of Reserves

Generally, vote FOR proposals to capitalize the company’s reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares.


Investment of Company Reserves

These proposals should generally be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration given to input from the Investment Professional(s) for a given Fund.


Article Amendments

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all proposals seeking amendments to the articles of association.


Generally, vote FOR an article amendment if:

·

It is editorial in nature;

·

Shareholder rights are protected;

·

There is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value;

·

Management provides adequate reasons for the amendments or the Agent otherwise supports management’s position;

·

It seeks to discontinue and/or delist a form of the issuer’s securities when the relevant Fund does not hold the affected security type; or

·

The company is required to do so by law (if applicable).


Generally, vote AGAINST an article amendment if:

·

It removes or lowers quorum requirements for board or shareholder meetings below levels recommended by the Agent;

·

It reduces relevant disclosure to shareholders;

·

It seeks to align the articles with provisions of another proposal not supported by these Guidelines;

·

It is not supported under these Guidelines, is presented within a bundled proposal, and the negative impact, on balance, outweighs any positive impact; or

·

It imposes a negative impact on existing shareholder rights, including rights of the Funds, or diminishes accountability to shareholders to the extent that any positive impact would not be deemed to be sufficient to outweigh removal or diminution of such rights.


With respect to article amendments for Japanese companies:

·

Generally vote FOR management proposals to amend a company’s articles to expand its business lines.

·

Generally vote FOR management proposals to amend a company’s articles to provide for an expansion or reduction in the size of the board, unless the expansion/reduction is clearly disproportionate to the growth/decrease in the scale of the business or raises anti-takeover concerns.

·

If anti-takeover concerns exist, generally vote AGAINST management proposals, including bundled proposals, to amend a company’s articles to authorize the Board to vary the annual meeting record date or to otherwise align them with provisions of a takeover defense.


A-50




·

Generally follow the Agent’s guidelines with respect to management proposals regarding amendments to authorize share repurchases at the board’s discretion, voting AGAINST proposals unless there is little to no likelihood of a “creeping takeover” (major shareholder owns nearly enough shares to reach a critical control threshold) or constraints on liquidity (free float of shares is low), and where the company is trading at below book value or is facing a real likelihood of substantial share sales; or where this amendment is bundled with other amendments which are clearly in shareholders’ interest.


Other Business

In connection with global proxies, vote in accordance with the Agent’s market-specific recommendations on management proposals for Other Business, generally AGAINST.




A-51



ING Mutual Funds
PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS

 

 

 

(a)

(1)

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of ING Mutual Funds dated June 3, 2004 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 102 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 8, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(2)

Amendment No. 1 dated September 2, 2004 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING Global Real Estate Fund Class I Shares) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 102 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 8, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(3)

Amendment No. 2 dated January 31, 2005 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING International Value Choice Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 106 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on January 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(4)

Amendment No. 3 dated February 1, 2005 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (name change – ING Global Value Choice Fund, formerly ING Worldwide Growth Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 106 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on January 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(5)

Amendment No. 4 dated March 1, 2005 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (name change – ING International SmallCap Fund, formerly ING International SmallCap Growth Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 110 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(6)

Amendment No. 5 dated April 29, 2005 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING Global Value Choice Fund and ING International Value Choice Fund Class I Shares) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 110 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(7)

Amendment No. 6 dated September 1, 2005 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund and ING Greater China Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 110 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(8)

Amendment No. 7 dated September 30, 2005 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING Global Equity Dividend Fund & ING Global Real Estate Fund Class O Shares) - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 110 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(9)

Amendment No. 8 dated November 1, 2005 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING Diversified International Fund, ING Index Plus International Equity Fund

C-1



 

 

 

 

 

and ING International Capital Appreciation Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(10)

Amendment No. 9 dated November 10, 2005 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING International Real Estate Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(11)

Amendment No. 10 dated March 16, 2006 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING Global Bond Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on June 19, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(12)

Amendment No. 11 dated May 25, 2006 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on June 19, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(13)

Amendment No. 12 dated July 13, 2006 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING Diversified International Fund Class R Shares) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 117 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on August 14, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(14)

Amendment No. 13 dated October 9, 2006 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (name change - ING Global Natural Resources Fund, formerly ING Precious Metals Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 119 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 7, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(15)

Amendment No. 14 dated November 9, 2006 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING International Value Opportunities Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 119 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 7, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(16)

Amendment No. 15 dated November 9, 2006 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (authority to reclassify, reorganize, recapitalize or convert issued or unissued Interests of any class into Interests of one or more other classes) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(17)

Amendment No. 16 dated November 9, 2006 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (abolishing Class M Shares of ING Emerging Countries Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(18)

Amendment No. 17 dated February 28, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (name change - ING International Growth Opportunities Fund, formerly ING International Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(19)

Amendment No. 18 dated March 2, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of

C-2



 

 

 

 

 

Trust (ING International Equity Dividend Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on July 27, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(20)

Amendment No. 19 dated July 12, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING Asia–Pacific Real Estate Fund and ING European Real Estate Fund; ING Global Equity Dividend Fund and ING Global Natural Resources Fund Class I Shares; and ING Index Plus International Equity Fund Class O Shares) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on July 27, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(21)

Amendment No. 20 dated September 12, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Class W shares for ING Diversified International Fund, ING Emerging Countries Fund, ING Foreign Fund, ING Global Equity Dividend Fund, ING Global Natural Resources Fund, ING Global Real Estate Fund, ING International Equity Dividend Fund, ING International Real Estate Fund and ING International SmallCap Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 128 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on November 9, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(22)

Amendment No. 21 dated December 17, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (name change – ING International SmallCap Multi-Manager Fund, formerly ING International SmallCap Fund) – Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 131 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on From N-1A on February 27, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(23)

Amendment No. 22 dated May 30, 2008 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Class O shares for ING Diversified International Fund, ING Global Bond Fund, ING Greater China Fund and ING International SmallCap Multi-Manager Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 132 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on June 4, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(24)

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING International Value Opportunities Fund effective August 1, 2008 – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

(25)

Amendment No. 23 dated September 27, 2008 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 134 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 26, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(26)

Amendment No. 24 dated March 27, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING International Capital Appreciation Fund – Class Q shares) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 135 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(27)

Amendment No. 25 dated May 14, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING Global Bond Fund, ING Global Value Choice Fund, ING International Value Choice Fund – Class W shares) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 135 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(28)

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING Disciplined International SmallCap Fund effective July 13, 2009 – Filed herein.

C-3



 

 

 

 

(29)

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund effective July 13, 2009 – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

(30)

Amendment No. 26 dated August 10, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Dissolved ING International Growth Opportunities Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(31)

Amendment No. 27 dated August 21, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Dissolved ING Disciplined International SmallCap Fund and ING Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(32)

Amendment No. 28 dated September 10, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Class I shares for ING Russia Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(33)

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING International Equity Dividend Fund effective September 14, 2009 – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

(34)

Amendment No. 29 dated October 13, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Class W of ING International Capital Appreciation) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(35)

Amendment No. 30 dated November 20, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (converting Class Q shares into Class W shares and abolishing Class Q shares for the following: ING Foreign Fund, ING Global Natural Resources Fund, ING Global Value Choice Fund, ING International SmallCap Multi-Manager Fund and ING Russia Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(36)

Amendment No. 31, effective March 5, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (converting Class Q shares into Class W shares and abolishing Class Q shares for the following: ING Emerging Countries Fund and ING International Capital Appreciation Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(37)

Amendment No. 32, dated June 30, 2010, to Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (name change – ING Global Opportunities Fund, formerly ING Foreign Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(38)

Amendment No. 33, dated September 30, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Class I shares of ING International Growth Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

C-4



 

 

 

 

 

 

(39)

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING Asia-Pacific Real Estate Fund effective November 26, 2010 – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

(40)

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING European Real Estate Fund effective November 26, 2010 – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

(41)

Amendment No. 34, dated November 18, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Class I shares of ING International Core Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 144 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on January 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(42)

Amendment No. 35, dated May 19, 2011, to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Class R shares and Class W shares of certain ING Funds) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference..

 

 

 

 

(43)

Amendment No. 36, dated July 15, 2011, to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(b)

(1)

Amended Bylaws of Registrant (Nicholas-Applegate Mutual Funds) dated December 18, 1992 - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(2)

Form of Amendment to Section 2.5 of Bylaws of Registrant – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on June 4, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(c)

 

N/A

 

 

 

(d)

(1)

Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC dated September 23, 2002 and amended and restated February 1, 2005 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 106 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on January 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amendment effective December 15, 2006 to Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC dated February 1, 2005 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amended Schedule A effective September 30, 2011 with respect to the Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement dated February 1, 2005 – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Reduction letter dated March 1, 2011 with respect to the Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement dated February 1, 2005 (ING International SmallCap Multi-Manager Fund) – Filed as an

C-5



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

Reduction letter dated March 1, 2011 with respect to the Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement dated February 1, 2005 (ING International Capital Appreciation Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

Reduction letter dated November 1, 2010 with respect to the Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement dated February 1, 2005 (ING International Value Choice Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Investment Management Agreement between the Trust and ING Investments, LLC dated September 23, 2002 - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

First Amendment to the Investment Management Agreement, effective as of September 2, 2004 (ING Foreign Fund, ING Global Equity Dividend Fund, ING International Fund, ING Precious Metals Fund and ING Russia Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 105 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 17, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Second Amendment dated December 15, 2006 to the Investment Management Agreement – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Amended Schedule A dated June 30, 2010 with respect to the Investment Management Agreement dated September 23, 2002 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2003 between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. (formerly Aeltus Investment Management, Inc.) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

First Amendment effective September 1, 2003 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and Aeltus Investment Management, Inc. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 105 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 17, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

C-6



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amended Schedule A dated September 28, 2010 with respect to the Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2003 between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Aeltus Termination letter (ING Worldwide Growth Fund) effective January 31, 2005 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 110 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on September 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

Second Amendment effective December 15, 2006 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2003 between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. (formerly Aeltus Investment Management, Inc.) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

Third Amendment effective September 15, 2007 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2003 between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. (formerly Aeltus Investment Management, Inc.) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 132 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on June 4, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

ING Investment Management Co. Termination Letter (merger of ING International Growth Opportunities Fund with and into ING International Capital Appreciation Fund) effective July 24, 2009 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 135 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)

Fourth Amendment effective August 1, 2008 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2003 between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. (formerly Aeltus Investment Management, Inc.) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 138 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 23, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

Amended and Restated Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 21, 2008 and amended and restated June 30, 2010 between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Advisors B.V. - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Termination letter (ING International Equity Dividend Fund) effective October 29, 2009 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Termination letter (ING Index Plus International Equity Fund) effective

C-7



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2010 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

First Amendment effective as of November 18, 2010 to the Amended and Restated Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 21, 2008 and amended and restated June 30, 2010 between ING Investments, LLC and NIG Investment Management Advisors B.V. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated September 23, 2002 between ING Investments, LLC and Clarion CRA Securities L.P. - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

First Amendment effective as of July 1, 2003 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and Clarion – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 105 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 17, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Second Amendment effective as of September 1, 2003 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and Clarion – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 105 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 17, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Clarion Name change notification effective February 24, 2004 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 105 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 17, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

Third Amendment effective as of December 15, 2006 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC, and ING Clarion Real Estate Securities L.P. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

Amended Schedule A dated June 1, 2008 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement dated September 23, 2002 between ING Investments, LLC and ING Clarion Real Estate Securities L.P. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 134 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 26, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

Clarion Name change notification effective as of May 1, 2009 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated July 1, 2011 between ING Investments, LLC and CBRE

C-8



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clarion Securities, LLC – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(7)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated September 29, 2009 between ING Investments, LLC and Artio Global Management LLC - Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 138 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 23, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(8)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated March 1, 2005 between ING Investments, LLC and Acadian Asset Management, Inc. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 107 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

First Amendment effective December 15, 2006 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement dated March 1, 2005 between ING Investments, LLC, and Acadian Asset Management, Inc. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amended Schedule A effective January 1, 2010 with respect to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and Acadian Asset Management LLC dated March 1, 2005 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated March 1, 2007 between ING Investments, LLC and Hansberger Global Investors, Inc. - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 14, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Schedule A dated August 8, 2009 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement dated March 1, 2007 between ING Investments, LLC and Hansberger Global Investors, Inc. – Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 7, 2005 between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Asia/Pacific (Hong Kong) Limited - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Schedule A dated December 7, 2005 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Asia/Pacific (Hong Kong) Limited – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

First Amendment effective December 15, 2006 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 7, 2005 between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Asia/Pacific (Hong Kong) Limited – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

C-9



 

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated November 16, 2007 between ING Investments, LLC and Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC with regard to ING International Value Choice Fund – Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 131 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 27, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Schedule A effective November 1, 2010 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated November 16, 2007 between ING Investments, LLC and Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC with regard to ING Global Value Choice Fund – Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 131 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 27, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Schedule A effective as of November 16, 2007 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC – Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 131 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 27, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated November 1, 2006 between ING Investments, LLC and Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 119 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 7, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Schedule A effective July 1, 2009 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Termination letter (ING International SmallCap Multi-Manager Fund) effective February 26, 2010 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 17, 2007 between ING Investments, LLC and Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 134 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 26, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Schedule A effective as of June 1, 2009 to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 138 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on

C-10



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 23, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15)

Sub-Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 17, 2007, by and among ING Investment’s, LLC, Schroder Investment Management North America, Inc. and Schroder Investment Management North America Limited (for ING International SmallCap Multi-Manager Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(16)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 15, 2010, between ING Investments, LLC and Baillie Gifford Overseas Limited – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 144 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on January 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(17)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 15, 2010, between ING Investments, LLC and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 144 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on January 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(18)

Sub-Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 31, 2010 between T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and T. Rowe Price International Ltd (ING International Growth Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(19)

Sub-Sub-Advisory Agreement dated January 3, 2011 between T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and T. Rowe Price International Ltd, Tokyo Branch (ING International Growth Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(20)

Sub-Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2011 between T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Singapore Private Ltd. (ING International Growth Fund) – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

(21)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated February 1, 2011 between ING Investments, LLC and Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(22)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated February 1, 2011 between ING Investments, LLC and Wellington Management Company, LLP – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(23)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated September 30, 2011 between ING Investments, LLC and Delaware Management Company – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

(24)

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated September 30, 2011 between ING Investments, LLC and J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

(25)

Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement effective May 29, 2003 as hereby amended and restated on February 1, 2005 between ING Mutual Funds and ING

C-11



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments, LLC with respect to ING Global Equity Dividend Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Schedule A effective December 17, 2007 with respect to the Restated Expense Limitation Agreement effective May 29, 2003 as hereby amended and restated on February 1, 2005 between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC with respect to ING Global Equity Dividend Fund – Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 131 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 27, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

First Amendment effective as of January 30, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Mutual Funds dated May 29, 2003 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on July 14, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26)

Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Mutual Funds effective September 23, 2002 as restated on August 1, 2003 and further amended and restated on February 1, 2005 - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

First Amendment effective as of January 30, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Mutual Funds dated September 23, 2002 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on July 14, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amended Schedule A dated September 8, 2011 to the Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Side Agreement dated March 1, 2009 to the Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC (ING Diversified International Fund) effective September 23, 2002 as restated on August 1, 2003 and further amended and restated on February 1, 2005 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on July 14, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

Side Agreement dated June 30, 2010 to the Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC (ING Global Opportunities Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

Side Agreement dated November 1, 2010 to the Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC (ING International Value Choice Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

C-12



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

Side Agreement dated January 1, 2011 to the Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC (ING Emerging Countries Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)

Side Agreement dated January 1, 2011 to the Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC (ING Global Natural Resources Fund and ING Global Real Estate Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(viii)

Side Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC dated March 1, 2011 with respect to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I and Class O shares of ING Greater China Fund – Filed an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 146 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ix)

Side Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC dated August 4, 2011 with respect to Class W shares of ING Greater China Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(x)

Side Agreement dated August 4, 2011 to the Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC (ING Global Real Estate Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xi)

Side Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC dated September 30, 2011 with respect to Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R and Class W shares of ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27)

Expense Limitation Agreement effective January 2, 2008 between ING Investments Distributor, LLC (formerly known as ING Funds Distributor, LLC), ING Investments, LLC and ING Mutual Funds with regard to ING Global Value Choice Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 134 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 26, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Schedule A effective November 20, 2009 to the Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Investments Distributor, LLC, ING Investments, LLC, and ING Mutual Funds – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

First Amendment effective as of January 30, 2009 to the Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Investments, LLC, ING Investments Distributor, LLC and ING Mutual Funds dated January 2, 2008– Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on July 14, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

C-13



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

(1)

Underwriting Agreement dated September 23, 2002 between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments Distributor, LLC – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Schedule A dated September 30, 2011 with respect to the Underwriting Agreement dated September 23, 2002 between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments Distributor, LLC – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

N/A

 

 

 

(g)

(1)

Custody Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon dated January 6, 2003 - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Exhibit A dated September 28, 2011 to the Custody Agreement dated January 6, 2003 with The Bank of New York Mellon – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Foreign Custody Manager Agreement dated January 6, 2003 with the Bank of New York Mellon – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on August 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Exhibit A dated September 28, 2011 to the Foreign Custody Manager Agreement dated January 6, 2003 with The Bank of New York Mellon – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amended Schedule 2 dated June 4, 2008 to the Foreign Custody Manager Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 135 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Securities Lending Agreement and Guaranty dated August 7, 2003 with The Bank of New York Mellon- Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Exhibit A dated September 30, 2011 to the Securities Lending Agreement and Guaranty dated August 7, 2003 with The Bank of New York Mellon – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

(1)

Amended and Restated Administration Agreement dated September 23, 2002 and amended and restated on November 30, 2008 between ING Mutual Funds and ING Funds Services, LLC - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 135 to the

C-14



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Schedule A dated September 30, 2011 to the Amended and Restated Administration Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Funds Services, LLC dated September 23, 2002 and amended and restated on November 30, 2008 between ING Mutual Funds and ING Funds Services, LLC – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Agency Agreement dated November 30, 2000 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended and Restated Exhibit A dated September 15, 2008 to the Agency Agreement dated November 30, 2003 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 134 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 26, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Transfer Agency Services Agreement dated February 25, 2009 by and between BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“BNYM”) (formerly, PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) and ING Mutual Funds – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 135 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Exhibit A effective September 30, 2011 to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement dated February 25, 2009 by and between BNYM and ING Mutual Funds – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amendment effective February 8, 2011 to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement dated February 25, 2009 by and between BNYM and ING Mutual Funds – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

Fund Accounting Agreement with The Bank of New York Melon dated January 6, 2003 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Exhibit A dated September 28, 2011 to the Fund Accounting Agreement dated January 6, 2003 with The Bank of New York Melon –Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

(1)

Opinion of Counsel - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective No. 46 to the Registrant’s Form N-1A Registration Statement filed in 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(2)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING Foreign Fund as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 98 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on June 27, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(3)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING Global Equity Dividend Fund as to

C-15



 

 

 

 

 

the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on August 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(4)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING Global Real Estate Fund Class I Shares as to the legality of securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 102 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 8, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(5)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING International Value Choice Fund as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 106 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on January 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(6)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING Global Equity Dividend Fund and ING Global Real Estate Fund Class O Shares as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 110 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(7)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund, ING Capital Appreciation Fund, ING Greater China Fund, ING Index Plus International Equity Fund and ING Diversified International Fund as to the legality of the securities being registered -Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 7, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(8)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING International Real Estate Fund as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 27, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(9)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING Global Bond Fund as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on June 19, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(10)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING Diversified International Fund Class R Shares as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 117 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on August 14, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(11)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING Disciplined International SmallCap Fund as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 118 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 19, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(12)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING International Value Opportunities Fund as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(13)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING International Equity Dividend

C-16



 

 

 

 

 

Fund as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 14, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(14)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING Global Equity Dividend Fund and ING Global Natural Resources Fund as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on July 27, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(15)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel with regard to ING Asia-Pacific Real Estate Fund and ING European Real Estate Fund as to the legality of the securities being registered – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on October 12, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(16)

Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class W Shares of ING Diversified International Fund, ING Emerging Countries Fund, ING Foreign Fund, ING Global Equity Dividend Fund, ING Global Real Estate Fund, ING Global Natural Resources Fund, ING International Equity Dividend Fund, ING International Real Estate Fund and ING International SmallCap Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 129 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 14, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(17)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class O shares of ING Index Plus International Equity Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 128 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on November 9, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(18)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class O shares of ING Diversified International Fund, ING Greater China Fund, ING International SmallCap Multi-Manager Fund and ING Global Bond Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 132 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on June 4, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(19)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class W Shares of ING Global Value Choice Fund, ING International Value Choice Fund and ING Global Bond Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 135 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(20)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class Q Shares of ING International Capital Appreciation Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on July 14, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(21)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class I shares of ING Russia Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(22)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class

C-17



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

W shares of ING International Capital Appreciation Fund- Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(23)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to ING International Growth Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(24)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to ING International Core Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 144 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on January 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(25)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class R shares of ING Global Real Estate Fund, ING Global Bond Fund, and Class W shares of ING Greater China Fund, ING Index Plus International Equity Fund, and ING Russia Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(26)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class I shares of ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund – Filed has an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 151 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(27)

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class A, Class C, Class R and Class W shares of ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund – Filed herein.

 

 

 

(j)

(1)

Consent of Dechert LLP – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

(2)

Consent of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Filed herein.

 

 

 

(k)

 

N/A

 

 

 

(l)

 

N/A

 

 

 

(m)

(1)

Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan dated November 16, 1999 for ING Mutual Funds (formerly known as Pilgrim Mutual Funds) Class A Shares - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended and Restated Schedule A effective September 8, 2011 to the Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class A Shares – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Waiver of Fee Payable under Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan for Class A shares of ING Emerging Countries Fund dated March 1, 2011 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

C-18



 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan dated August 7, 2001 for ING Mutual Funds (formerly known as Pilgrim Mutual Funds) Class B Shares - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended and Restated Schedule A effective November 21, 2010 to the Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class B Shares – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 22, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan dated May 1999 for ING Mutual Funds (formerly known as Pilgrim Mutual Funds) Class C Shares - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended and Restated Schedule A effective September 8, 2011 to the Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class C Shares – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class A Shares dated August 20, 2002 (for ING Global Natural Resources Fund and ING Russia Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Schedule A dated November 2009 to the Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class A Shares (for ING Global Natural Resources Fund and ING Russia Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

Shareholder Servicing Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class A, Class B, and Class C Shares dated August 20, 2002 (for ING Global Real Estate Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(6)

Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class B Shares dated August 20, 2002 (for ING Global Natural Resources Fund and ING Russia Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Schedule A dated November 2009 to the Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class B Shares (for ING Global Natural Resources Fund and ING Russia Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class B Shares dated August 20, 2002 (for ING Global Real Estate Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

C-19



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Schedule A dated August 2004 to the Distribution Plan for Class B Shares of ING Global Real Estate Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class C Shares dated August 20, 2002 (for ING Global Natural Resources Fund and ING Russia Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Schedule A dated November 2009 to the Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class C Shares (for ING Global Natural Resources Fund and ING Russia Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class C Shares dated August 20, 2002 (for ING Global Real Estate Fund) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Schedule A dated August 2004 to Distribution Plan for Class C Shares of ING Global Real Estate Fund – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 22, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

Shareholder Services Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class O Shares dated July 21, 2005 - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Schedule A effective May 2008 to the Shareholder Services Plan for Class O Shares – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 134 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 26, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

Shareholder Services Agreement dated June 4, 2008 between ING Investments Distributor, LLC and ShareBuilder Securities Corporation (Class O Shares) – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 134 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on February 26, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(12)

Shareholder Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class R Shares dated August 14, 2006 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Schedule A effective September 8, 2011 to the Shareholder Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class R shares –Filed herein.

C-20



 

 

 

 

 

(n)

(1)

Sixth Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3, effective May 19, 2011 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Amended Schedule A effective September 8, 2011 to Sixth Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amended Schedule B effective September 8, 2011 to Sixth Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

 

N/A

 

 

 

(p)

(1)

ING Funds and Advisers Code of Ethics effective July 11, 2011 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(2)

CBRE Clarion Securities Code of Ethics – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(3)

Artio Global Management LLC (formerly, Julius Baer) Code of Ethics – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on July 14, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(4)

ING Investment Management Advisors B.V. Code of Ethics – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 121 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on February 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(5)

Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC Code of Ethics – Filed as an Exhibit to Post Effective Amendment No. 138 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 23, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(6)

Acadian Asset Management, Inc. Code of Ethics updated as of April 1, 2007 – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on May 14, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(7)

Hansberger Global Investors, Inc. Code of Ethics - Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(8)

Baillie Gifford Overseas Limited Code of Ethics – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(9)

T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. and its Affiliates Code of Ethics – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(10)

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. Code of Ethics – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 144 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on January 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(11)

Wellington Management Company, LLP Code of Ethics – Filed as an Exhibit to Post-

C-21



 

 

 

 

 

Effective Amendment No. 144 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on January 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(12)

Delaware Investments Code of Ethics – Filed herein.

 

 

 

 

(13)

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Code of Ethics – Filed herein.

ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE FUND

There are no persons controlled by or under common control with the Fund.

ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION

Article 5.2 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust provides for the indemnification of Registrant’s Trustees, officers, employees and agents against liabilities incurred by them in connection with the defense or disposition of any action or proceeding in which they may be involved or with which they may be threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been in such office, except with respect to matters as to which it has been determined that they acted with willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their office (“disabling conduct”).

Section 7 of Registrant’s Administration Agreement provides for the indemnification of Registrant’s Administrator against all liabilities incurred by it in performing its obligations under the agreement, except with respect to matters involving its disabling conduct. Section 9 of Registrant’s Distribution Agreement provides for the indemnification of Registrant’s Distributor against all liabilities incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Agreement, except with respect to matters involving its disabling conduct. Section 4 of the Shareholder Service Agreement provides for the indemnification of Registrant’s Distributor against all liabilities incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Agreement, except with respect to matters involving its disabling conduct.

Registrant has obtained from a major insurance carrier a Trustees’ and officers’ liability policy covering certain types of errors and omissions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”) may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE ADVISER

Information as to the Trustees and officers of the Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the directors and officers of the Adviser in the last two years, is included in its application for registration as an investment adviser on Form ADV for ING Investments, LLC (File No. 801-48282) filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”), and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

C-22


Information as to the directors and officers of the sub-advisers, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the directors and officers of the sub-advisers in the last two years, are included in their application for registration as investment advisers on Forms ADV for ING Investment Management Advisors B.V. (File No. 801-40494); CBRE Clarion Securities LCC (File No. 801-49083); Artio Global Management LLC (formerly, Julius Baer Investment Management LLC) (File No. 801-18766); ING Investment Management Co. (File No. 801-9046); Acadian Asset Management, Inc. (File No. 801-28078); Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC (File No. 801-65208); ING Investment Management Asia/Pacific (Hong Kong) Ltd. (File No. 801-64490); Hansberger Global Investors, Inc. (File No. 801-46059); Schroder Investment Management America, Inc. (File No. 801-15834); Baillie Gifford Overseas Limited (File No. 801-21051); T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (File No. 801-856); T. Rowe Price International Ltd. (File No. 801-61894), Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. (File No. 801-17853); Wellington Management Company, LLP (File No. 801-15908); Delaware Management Company (File No. 812-13521); and J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (File No. 812-13919-09).

ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

 

 

 

 

(a)

ING Investments Distributor, LLC is the principal underwriter for ING Mutual Funds; ING Funds Trust; ING Equity Trust; ING Investors Trust; ING Prime Rate Trust; ING Mayflower Trust; ING Senior Income Fund; ING Separate Portfolios Trust; ING Series Fund, Inc.; ING Variable Products Trust; ING Variable Insurance Trust; ING Balanced Portfolio, Inc.; ING Variable Portfolios, Inc.; ING Variable Funds; ING Intermediate Bond Portfolio; ING Money Market Portfolio; ING Partners, Inc. and ING Strategic Allocation Portfolios, Inc.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Information as to the directors and officers of the Distributor, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the directors and officers of the Distributor in the last two years, is included in its application for registration as a broker-dealer on Form BD (File No. 8-48020) filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

 

 

 

 

(c)

Not applicable.

ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”), and the rules promulgated thereunder are maintained at the offices of (a) the Registrant; (b) ING Investments, LLC; (c) ING Investments Distributor, LLC; (d) the Sub-Advisers; (e) the Custodian; (f) the Transfer Agent and (g) the Administrator. The address of each is as follows:

 

 

 

 

(a)

ING Mutual Funds
7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258

 

 

 

 

(b)

ING Investments, LLC
7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258

 

 

 

 

 

Directed Services LLC
1475 Dunwoody Drive
West Chester, PA 19380

C-23



 

 

 

 

(c)

ING Investments Distributor, LLC
7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258

 

 

 

 

(d)

(1)

ING Investment Management Co.
230 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10169

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Artio Global Management LLC (formerly Julius Baer Investment Management LLC)
330 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor
New York, NY 10017

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

ING Investment Management Advisors B.V.
Prinses Beatrixlaan 15, 2595 AK
The Hague, The Netherlands

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

ING Investment Management Asia/Pacific (Hong Kong) Limited
39/F One International Finance Centre
1 Harbour View Street
Central, Hong Kong

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

CBRE Clarion Securities LLC (formerly, ING Clarion Real Estate Securities LLC)
201 King of Prussia Road, Suite 600
Radnor, PA 19087

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

Acadian Asset Management, Inc.
One Post Office Square
Boston, MA 02109

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

Hansberger Global Investors, Inc.
401 East Las Olas Blvd., Suite 1700
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33307

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

Tradewinds’ Global Investors, LLC
2049 Century Park East, 18th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90067

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

Schroder Investment Management America, Inc.
875 Third Avenue, 22nd Floor
New York, NY 10022

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

Baillie Gifford Overseas Limited
Calton Square, 1 Greenside Row
Edinburgh, Scotland EH1 3AN

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
100 East Pratt Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21202

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12)

T. Rowe Price International Ltd.

C-24



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60 Queen Victoria Street
London, EC4N 4TZ

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

T. Rowe Price International Ltd., Tokyo Branch
NBF Hibiya Building 20th Floor, 1-7
Uchisaiwai-cho 1-chome, Chiyoda-Ky, Tokyo 100-0011, Japan

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc.
2300 North Ridgetop Road
Santa Fe, New Mexico 87506

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15)

Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16)

Delaware Management Company
2005 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17)

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.
270 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10017

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

The Bank of New York Mellon
One Wall Street
New York, New York 10286

 

 

 

 

(f)

BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.
301 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809

 

 

 

 

(g)

ING Funds Services, LLC
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

          None.

ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS

Registrant hereby undertakes that if it is requested by the holders of at least 10% of its outstanding shares to call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of a Trustee, it will do so and will assist in communications with other shareholders as required by Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act.

C-25


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 152 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 152 to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Scottsdale and the State of Arizona on the 30th day of September, 2011.


 

 

 

 

 

ING Mutual Funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Huey P. Falgout, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Huey P. Falgout, Jr.

 

 

Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

TITLE

 

DATE

 

 

President, Chief
Executive Officer and

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Shaun Mathews*

 

Interested Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President and
Chief/Principal Financial

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Todd Modic*

 

Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Colleen D. Baldwin*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

John V. Boyer*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Patricia W. Chadwick*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Peter S. Drotch*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

J. Michael Earley*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Patrick W. Kenny*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Sheryl K. Pressler*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Roger B. Vincent*

 

 

 

 

C-26



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interested Trustee

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Robert W. Crispin*

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

*By:

/s/ Huey P. Falgout, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

Huey P. Falgout, Jr.

 

 

Attorney-in-fact **

 


 

 

**

Powers of Attorney for Todd Modic, Shaun Mathews and each Trustee dated January 14, 2011 were filed as attachments to Post-Effective Amendment No. 144 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on January 24, 2011 and are incorporated herein by reference.

C-27


EXHIBIT INDEX
ING Mutual Funds

 

 

 

 

       

 

Exhibit Number

 

Exhibit Description

       

 

(a)(24)

 

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING International Value Opportunities Fund effective August 1, 2008

       

 

(a)(28)

 

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING Disciplined International SmallCap Fund effective July 13, 2009

       

 

(a)(29)

 

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund effective July 13, 2009

       

 

(a)(33)

 

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING International Equity Dividend Fund effective September 14, 2009

       

 

(a)(39)

 

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING Asia-Pacific Real Estate Fund effective November 26, 2010

       

 

(a)(40)

 

Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series with respect to ING European Real Estate Fund effective November 26, 2010

       

 

(d)(1)(ii)

 

Amended Schedule A effective September 30, 2011 with respect to the Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement dated February 1, 2005

       

 

(d)(20)

 

Sub-Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2011 between T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Singapore Private Ltd. (ING International Growth Fund)

       

 

(d)(23)

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated September 30, 2011 between ING Investments, LLC and Delaware Management Company

       

 

(d)(24)

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated September 30, 2011 between ING Investments, LLC and J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

       

 

(d)(26)(ii)

 

Amended Schedule A dated September 8, 2011 to the Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC

       

 

(d)(26)(xi)

 

Side Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments, LLC dated September 30, 2011 with respect to Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R and Class W shares of ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund

       

 

(e)(1)(i)

 

Amended Schedule A dated September 30, 2011 with respect to the Underwriting Agreement dated September 23, 2002 between ING Mutual Funds and ING Investments Distributor, LLC

       

 

(g)(1)(i)

 

Amended Exhibit A dated September 28, 2011 to the Custody Agreement dated January 6, 2003 with The Bank of New York Mellon

       

 

(g)(2)(i)

 

Amended Exhibit A dated September 28, 2011 to the Foreign Custody Manager Agreement dated January 6, 2003 with The Bank of New York Mellon

       

 

(g)(3)(i)

 

Amended Exhibit A dated September 30, 2011 to the Securities Lending Agreement and Guaranty dated August 7, 2003 with The Bank of New York Mellon

       

 

(h)(1)(i)

 

Amended Schedule A dated September 30, 2011 to the Amended and Restated Administration Agreement between ING Mutual Funds and ING Funds Services, LLC dated September 23, 2002 and amended and restated on November 30, 2008 between ING Mutual Funds and ING Funds Services, LLC

       

 

(h)(3)(i)

 

Amended Exhibit A effective September 30, 2011 to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement dated February 25, 2009 by and between BNYM and ING Mutual Funds

       

 

(h)(4)(i)

 

Amended Exhibit A dated September 28, 2011 to the Fund Accounting Agreement dated January 6, 2003 with The Bank of New York Melon

       

C-28



 

 

 

 

       

 

(i)(27)

 

Opinion of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered with regard to Class A, Class C, Class R and Class W shares of ING Emerging Markets Equity Fund

       

 

(j)(1)

 

Consent of Dechert LLP

       

 

(j)(2)

 

Consent of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

       

 

(m)(1)(i)

 

Amended and Restated Schedule A effective September 8, 2011 to the Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class A Shares

       

 

(m)(3)(i)

 

Amended and Restated Schedule A effective September 8, 2011 to the Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class C Shares

       

 

(m)(12)(i)

 

Amended Schedule A effective September 8, 2011 to the Shareholder Service and Distribution Plan for ING Mutual Funds Class R shares

       

 

(n)(1)(i)

 

Amended Schedule A effective September 8, 2011 to Sixth Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3

       

 

(n)(1)(ii)

 

Amended Schedule B effective September 8, 2011 to Sixth Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3

       

 

(p)(12)

 

Delaware Investments Code of Ethics

       

 

(p)(13)

 

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Code of Ethics

       

C-29